diff options
Diffstat (limited to 'noao/digiphot/ptools')
103 files changed, 13500 insertions, 0 deletions
diff --git a/noao/digiphot/ptools/README b/noao/digiphot/ptools/README new file mode 100644 index 00000000..2a2e5597 --- /dev/null +++ b/noao/digiphot/ptools/README @@ -0,0 +1,23 @@ + The Photometry Tools Package + ------------------------------- + +The ptools package contains routines which perform oerations on the +text database files and/or ST binary tables files produced by the APPHOT +and DAOPHOT packages, and scripts which make the fact that any given database +is a table or a text file transparent to the user. + +The ptools directory structure is listed below. The .h files are all in lib +as many of them are shared by several tasks. + + |-pconvert------routines to the pconvert task + |-doc-----------ptools documentation +|-ptools-----|-lib-----------ptools definitions or .h files + |-pexamine------routines specific to the pexamine task + |-ptutils-------routines specific to miscellneous utility tasks + |-txtools-------routines specific to the text file operators + |-test----------directory of test data + + +Lindsey Davis +NOAO IRAF GROUP +August 1991 diff --git a/noao/digiphot/ptools/Revisions b/noao/digiphot/ptools/Revisions new file mode 100644 index 00000000..14287582 --- /dev/null +++ b/noao/digiphot/ptools/Revisions @@ -0,0 +1,395 @@ +.help revisions Jan90 noao.digiphot.ptools +.nf + +ptools$pconvert/ptdeftable.x + pt_kstati() was being declared pointer instead of int (7/13/09, MJF) + +ptools$pexamine/ptsetup.x + pt_getnames() was declared a pointer instead of int (7/12/09, MJF) + +ptools$pconvert/ptconvert.x +ptools$pconvert/txtools/ptxcalc.x +ptools$pconvert/txtools/ptxdump.x +ptools$pconvert/txtools/ptxselect.x + Added missing xev_freeop calls to the pconvert, txcalc, txdump, and + txselect tasks so that memory is released if any of the input operands + are strings. + + (Davis, March 6, 2002) + + +ptools$mkpkg + Modified the mkpkg procedures to pick up user compile and link flags. + + (Davis, June 17, 1999) + +ptools$ptools.cl + Modified the package cl script to check and see if the tables package is + already loaded before checking to see if it exists and then loading it. + + (Davis, August 1, 1998) + +ptools$pdump.cl + Modified the way the pdump script handles the tdump pwidth parameter + to work around a change made to the tables.ttools.tdump task. The solution + is not ideal because it leaves the value of tdump.pwidth.p_max + modified but the parameter value is not changed. + + (Davis, August 15, 1997) + +ptools$pconcat.cl + Added a missing "cache ("istable")" statement that could cause trouble + if the pconcat script was called from a backgroound job. + + (Davis, July 28, 1997) + +ptools$txtools/t_txselect.x + Changed the maximimum size of the expression to be evaluated from + SZ_FNAME to SZ_LINE which is what it was supposed to be. + + (Davis, May 25, 1996) + +ptools$tbdump.cl + If the input file was an ST binary table file and the expression parameter + was not equal to "yes", the intermediate tables file was not being deleted + when the tbdump and pdump tasks terminated. The problem was due to the + ".tab" extension that was added to the tables name but not sensed by + the delete command. I switched the delete command to a tdelete command + and everything worked fine. + + (Davis, Nov 2, 1995) + +ptools/pexamine/pexmine.h +ptools/pexamine/ptcolon.x + The rinner and router colon commands were incorrectly coded as rin and + rout colon commands in the pexamine.h file. The :router command was also + incorrectly writing back its results into the rinner parameter. + + (Davis, May 1, 1995) + +ptools/ptutils/t_tbcrename.x +ptools/ptutils/t_tbkeycol.x + Add several new checks for input text files to avoid a problem with + a text file being opened as a binary table. This problem prably appeared + when tables was modified to support simple text files (tables 1.3.3 for + sure, proably 1.3.2 as well, not sure before that). + + (Davis, March 21, 1995) + + +ptools/tbconcat.cl + Add a test for the existence of the ttools.keypar.silent parameter + for backwards compatability between tables 1.3.3 and 1.3.2. + + (Davis, Feb 25, 1995) + +ptools/pexamine/ptplot.x + An off the end of the array computation error in the routine pt_hplot + was causing an invalid floating point operation on the Dec Alpha when + the user tried to plot the histogram of an array, + + (Davis, Feb 23, 1995) + +ptools/pconvert/ptdeftable.x + Modified the pconvert task so that header space is preallocated rather + than added as needed. This significantly speeds up the task performance + by decreasing the number of disk writes required. This change was + made in response to a suggestion from PHil Hodge at ST. + + (Davis, Feb 2, 1995) + +ptools/txtools/t_txcalc.x +ptools/txtools/ptxcalc.x +ptools/tbcalc.cl +ptools/pcalc.cl +ptools/doc/pcalc.hlp +ptools/doc/tbcalc.hlp +ptools/doc/txcalc.hlp + Added the tasks txcalc, tbcalc, and pcalc to the ptools package. + This tasks perform arithmetic operations on the fields or columns + of photometry files written with apphot or daophot tasks. + + (Davis, May 31 1993) + +ptools/pexamine + Fixed numerous small bugs in the pexamine task including: 1) + unclear error messages if the default x-y or histogram plot columns could + not be found on task startup 2) initialization bug that could cause + the output edited catalog to be written incorrectly on the + second or higher run of pexamine, 3) added a 5% buffer around all + the plots so the user can see the plotted data better, 4) added + the standard deviation of the sky to the standard apphot columns, 5) + a misleading error message in the colon command to change the + default histogram column. + + (Davis, May 22 1993) + +ptools/ptutils/t_istable.x + Modified the istable task, which is called by the pconcat, pdump, + prenumber, pselect, and psort script tasks so that it could deal + correctly with the fact that legal tables files might be text files. + + (Davis, May 12 1993) + +ptools/pdump.cl +ptools/pttest.cl +ptools/tbdump.cl +ptools/tbrenumber.cl + Added an expression parameter to the pdump task. + + (Davis, Feb 25, 1993) + +ptools/tbrenumber.cl +ptools/prenumber.cl + Modified the tbrenumber and prenumber scripts so they can use + the tables 1.2.1 version of tcalc as well as the 1.2 version. + The parameters verbose and harmless present in the 1.2 version + were removed from the 1.2.1 version. + + (Davis, June 1, 1992) + +ptools$pexamine/ptplot.x + 1. The error message "Star not found" would persist after a star + was successfully found because no status line message was printed + out after a succesful find operation. + + (Davis, April 7, 1992) + +ptools$tbdump.cl +ptools$tbrenumber.cl +ptools$prenumber.cl + 1. Changed the name of the pagwidth parameter to pwidth the call to the + ttools package task tdump because the parameter was renamed in the + version 1.2 of tables. + + 2. Changed the value of the tcalc equals parameter from ":ROWNUM" + to "rownum" in calls to tcalc made by the tbrenumber and prenumber + tasks. + + (Davis, February 28, 1992) + +ptools$ptools.cl +ptools$ptools.hd +ptools$ptools.men +ptools$x_ptools.x +ptools$pappend.cl +ptools$pdump.cl +ptools$prenumber.cl +ptools$pselect.cl +ptools$psort.cl +ptools$pconvert/t_pconvert.x +ptools$doc/pappend.hlp +ptools$doc/pdump.hlp +ptools$doc/prenumber.hlp +ptools$doc/pselect.hlp +ptools$doc/psort.hlp +ptools$doc/pconvert.hlp + Changed the name of the append task to pappend. + Changed the name of the dump task to pdump. + Changed the name of the renumber task to prenumber. + Changed the name of the select task to pselect. + Changed the name of the sort task to psort. + Changed the name of the convert task to pconvert. + + (Davis, October 8, 1991) + +ptools$pttest.cl +ptools$doc/pttest.hlp + Added the new task pttest to the ptools package. Pttest runs basic tests + on the ptools package. + + (Davis, October 8, 1991) + +ptools$pexamine/ptplot.x + Changed the status line message so that it is printed only when the + first plot is made or new data is read in. + + (Davis, October 7, 1991) + + *** Applied the results of spplint to the ptools package. + +ptools$convert/t_convert.x + Removed 2 extra arguments from the strupr call. + This could be a problem in the old testphot. + +ptools$convert/ptconvert.x + Changed an illegal logical NOT construct to an integer == NO construct. + This was not a problem in the old testphot. + + Removed unused variable record form the pt_convert routine. + +ptools$convert/ptdeftable.x + Removed an extra argument from the pt_gnfn call. This routine has + changed and this bug was not a problem in the old testphot.. + +ptools$pexamine/ptgetphot.x + Removed an extra argument from the pt_gnfn call. This routine has + changed. Pexamine did not exist in the old testphot so this was not + a problem. + +ptools$pexamine/ptplot.x + Removed an extra argument from the pt_gnfn call. This routine has + changed. Pexamine did not exist in the old testphot so this was not + a problem. + + Removed an extra argument from pt_rxydata. This routine has changed. + Pexamine did not exist in the old testphot so this was not a problem. + + Removed unused variables x1, y1 from the pt_gcur routine. + +ptools$pexamine/ptcolon.x + Removed an extra argument for a clgetr command. + Pexamine did not exist in the old testphot so this was not a problem. + +ptools$txtools/t_txdump.x + Removed two extra arguments from the call to strupr. This could have + been a problem in the old testphot. + +ptools$txtools/ptxdump.x + Changed an illegal logical NOT construct to an integer == NO construct. + This was not a problem in the old testphot. + +ptools$txtools/ptxselect.x + Changed an illegal logical NOT construct to an integer == NO construct. + This was not a problem in the old testphot. + +ptools$txtools/ptsortnum.x + Removed unused argument colwidth from the pt_colsort routine. + + Davis, October 3, 1991 + + +ptools$renumber.cl +ptools$tbrenumber.cl + Changed the calls to the tables tcalc task to include all the hidden + parameters. + + Davis, October 1, 1991 + +ptools$ + 1. Deleted the append, dump, renumber, select and sort sub-directories + and consolidated then into the txtools sub-directory. + + 2. Several small files were eliminated by concantenating them into other + existing files in txtools, pexamine, and convert. + + 3. Changed the way selected keywords are stored in the text database + data structures. The index, instead of the pointer is stored. This removes + potential problems with reallocating the record structures, when the + test database files contain variable-sized records. All the text database + tools were affected, as were a couple of files in daophot. + + 4. Modified txdump, txrenumber, txselect, txsort and pexamine so that they + could correctly deal with variable-sized records instead of crashing, + if a given record was larger than the first record in the file. + + 5. Completely rewrote convert. + + 6. Added an offset parameter to pexamine so that the user can elect + to read portions of an input photometry catalog into memory for plotting + and examining. + + Davis, August 13, 1991 + +ptools$ + 1. Renamed the hidden tcolrename task need for the photcal preprocessors to + tbcrename in conformance with the new standards. + + 2. Added a help page for tbcrename. + + Davis, May 24, 1991 + +ptools$ + 1. Renamed the hidden tkeycol task need for the photcal preprocessors to + tbkeycol in conformance with the new standards. + + Davis, May 24, 1991 + +ptools$renumber/t_txrenumber.x + 1. The txrenumber task will now accept a list of images. + + Davis, May 24, 1991 + +ptools$ + 1. The ptools package now loads the tables package on startup. + + 2. The tasks tappend, tdump, trenumber, tselect, and tsort have now become + tbappend, tbdump, tbrenumber, tbselect and tbsort. These tasks work + on binary tables files. All are now scripts which call a tables + package task. All 5 tasks now operate on lists of tables files. + + Davis, May 24, 1991 + +ptools$pttables/ptkeywords.x +ptools$pttables/ptconvert.x + 1. Fixed a problem with embedded blanks in string parameters in the + apphot/daophot database files. The format and units string were not being + correctly read because the second part of the value string was being read + into the units string, the units string was being read into the filter + string etc. This was only a problem for keywords (#K) because they + are read in free format. It was not a problem for columns (#N). + The format will now default to %-20s if it can not be decoded + and only the first part of the string will be kept. The units string + will be incorrect. There may be a more elegant solution + later but this fix will work for now. + + Davis, Apr 2, 1991 + +ptools$pttables/ptmkrec.x + 1. All of the ptools tasks which operate on text files convert, txappend, + txdump, txrenumber, txselect, txsort and pexamine have been modfied + to be more efficient. Calls to strmatch have been replaced by calls + to strncmp. Convert, txdump and txselect no longer call the expression + evaluator if the expression is a simple "yes" string. + + 2. Ptmkrec has been modified to be more efficient for the simple case + where there is only a single aperture. + + Davis, Mar 29, 1991 + +ptools$ + 1. Added the new hidden task tkeycol to the ptools package. Tkeycol + converts ST table header keywords into new ST table columns. It is not + intended to be seen directly by the user but will be used in some + of the preprocessing scripts in the photcal package. + + 2. Added the new hidden task tcolrename to the ptools package. Tcolrename + renames selected columns in a list of ST tables. It is not intended to + be seen directly by the user but will be used in some of the preprocessing + scripts in the ptools package. + + Davis, Mar 2, 1991 + +ptools$convert/ptconvert.x + Convert was preallocating space for 150 columns in the output table. In + rare cases where the user had a large number of apertures (20 or so) + in a phot text file convert could overwrite memory and crash the task. + + Davis, Oct 4, 1990 + +ptools$tvmark/ + Removed tvmark from ptools since it is duplicated in proto. + + Davis, Jul 9, 1990 + +ptools$convert/ptdeftable.x + Corrected a bug in the convert task wherein the code was trying to + load a string quantity into a boolean parameter. This caused the + code to crash on Orion was worked ok on the sparc station. + + Davis, Jun 7, 1990 + +ptools$pttables/tappend.cl + Removed two harmless debugging statements from the tappend.cl script. + + Davis, Jan 8, 1989 + +ptools$pttables/pthdrs.x + An off the end of the array access error was occurring for the format and + units string in the case where the header was duplicated in an input + text database file. This bug sometimes caused meomory corruption errors + in several of the daophot tasks and in the ptools tasks txsort, txdump, + txrenumber and txselect. + + Davis, Jan 5, 1989 +.endhelp diff --git a/noao/digiphot/ptools/cntrplot.par b/noao/digiphot/ptools/cntrplot.par new file mode 100644 index 00000000..4381f07b --- /dev/null +++ b/noao/digiphot/ptools/cntrplot.par @@ -0,0 +1,21 @@ +# The PEXAMINE task contour plotting parameters + +ncolumns,i,h,21,2,,Number of columns +nlines,i,h,21,2,,Number of lines +floor,r,h,INDEF,,,"Minimum value to be contoured (INDEF if none)" +ceiling,r,h,INDEF,,,"Maximum value to be contoured (INDEF if none)" +zero,r,h,0.,,,"Greyscale value of zero contour" +ncontours,i,h,5,,,"Number of contours to be drawn (0 for default)" +interval,r,h,0.,,,"Contour interval (0 for default)" +nhi,i,h,-1,,,"Hi/low marking option: -1=omit, 0=mark h/l, 1=mark each pix" +dashpat,i,h,528,,,"Bit pattern for generating dashed lines" +label,b,h,no,,,"Label major contours with their values ?" +box,b,h,yes,,,Draw box around periphery of window ? +ticklabels,b,h,Yes,,,Label tick marks ? +majrx,i,h,5,,,Number of major divisions along x grid +minrx,i,h,5,,,Number of minor divisions along x grid +majry,i,h,5,,,Number of major divisions along y grid +minry,i,h,5,,,Number of minor divisions along y grid +round,b,h,no,,,Round axes to nice values ? +fill,b,h,no,,,Fill viewport vs enforce unity aspect ratio ? +banner,b,h,yes,,,Standard banner? diff --git a/noao/digiphot/ptools/doc/istable.hlp b/noao/digiphot/ptools/doc/istable.hlp new file mode 100644 index 00000000..3a08376c --- /dev/null +++ b/noao/digiphot/ptools/doc/istable.hlp @@ -0,0 +1,64 @@ +.help istable Aug91 noao.ptools.digiphot +.ih +NAME +istable -- determine the status of a file + +.ih +USAGE +istable infile + +.ih +PARAMETERS + +.ls infile +The name of the input file whose status is to be determined. +.le +.ls table = no +An output variable which is "yes" if \fIinfile\fR is an STSDAS table +and "no" otherwise. +.le +.ls text = no +An output variable which is "yes" if \fIinfile\fR is an APPHOT/DAOPHOT +text database and "no" otherwise. +.le +.ls other = no +An output variable which is "yes" if \fIinfile\fR is neither of the +above and "no" otherwise. +.le + +.ih +DESCRIPTION +ISTABLE is a very simple task which determines whether a specified +input file is an STSDAS table, an APPHOT/DAOPHOT text database file or +neither of the above. ISTABLE first tries to open the input file as an +STSDAS table. If successful ISTABLE returns "yes" in the +variable \fItable\fR and "no" in \fItext\fR and \fIother\fR. Otherwise +ISTABLE tries to open the input file as an APPHOT/DAOPHOT text database +file by checking for the "#K IRAF" keyword. +If the check is positive ISTABLE return "yes" in +the variable \fItext\fR and "no" in \fItable\fR and \fIother\fR. If the input +file is neither an STSDAS table or an APPHOT/DAOPHOT text database +ISTABLE returns "yes" in the variable \fIother\fR and "no" in \fItext\fR +and \fItable\fR. + +.ih +EXAMPLES + +1. Determine whether the file n4147.mag.1 is an STSDAS table. + +.nf + pt> istable n4147.mag + pt> =istable.table + + ... answer will appear on the screen +.fi + +.ih +TIME REQUIREMENTS +.ih +BUGS +Users should be wary of running ISTABLE in background as the output +CL parameters may not be properly updated. +.ih +SEE ALSO +.endhelp diff --git a/noao/digiphot/ptools/doc/pcalc.hlp b/noao/digiphot/ptools/doc/pcalc.hlp new file mode 100644 index 00000000..36d06229 --- /dev/null +++ b/noao/digiphot/ptools/doc/pcalc.hlp @@ -0,0 +1,86 @@ +.help pcalc May93 noao.digiphot.ptools +.ih +NAME +pcalc - perform an arithmetic operation on a field in a list of apphot/daophot +databases +.ih +USAGE +pcalc infiles field value +.ih +PARAMETERS +.ls infiles +The APPHOT/DAOPHOT database(s) containing the field to be recomputed. +.le +.ls field +The field to be recomputed. Field must be an integer or real field +in the input file(s). +.le +.ls value +The arithmetic expression used to recompute the specified field. +Value may be an integer or real expression but must match the data +type of field. The functions real and int may be used to do type +conversions. +.le + +.ih +DESCRIPTION + +PCALC reads in the values of the \fIfield\fR keyword +from a set of APPHOT/DAOPHOT databases, replaces the old values +with new values equal to the value of the arithmetic expression \fIvalue\fR, +and updates the databases(s). + +PCALC is script task which calls TXCALC is the input file is an +APPHOT/DAOPHOT text database or TBCLAC if APPHOT/DAOPHOT is a tables +database. +If the input file is a text database, the expression \fIvalue\fR consists +of variables which are the field names +specified by the #N keywords or the parameters specified by the +#K keywords in the APPHOT/DAOPHOT text databases. +Only keywords beginning with #N can actually be replaced. +If the input file is an ST tables database, the expression \fIvalue\fR +consists of the table column names. + +The supported +arithmetic operators and functions are briefly described below. + +.nf +addition + subtraction - +multiplication * division / +negation - exponentiation ** +absolute value abs(x) cosine cos(x) +sine sin(x) tangent tan(x) +arc cosine acos(x) arc sine asin(x) +arc tangent atan(x) arc tangent atan2(x,y) +exponential exp(x) square root sqrt(x) +natural log log(x) common log log10(x) +minimum min(x,y) maximum max(x,y) +convert to integer int(x) convert to real real(x) +nearest integer nint(x) modulo mod(x) +.fi + +.ih +EXAMPLES + +1. Change the XCENTER and YCENTER fields to XCENTER + 5.4 and YCENTER + 10.3 +respectively in a file produced by the apphot package center task. + +.nf + pt> pcalc m92.ctr.1 xcenter "xcenter+5.4" + pt> pcalc m92.ctr.1 ycenter "ycenter+10.3" +.fi + +2. Add a constant to the computed magnitudes produced by nstar. + +.nf + pt> pcalc n4147.nst.2 mag "mag+3.457" +.fi + +.ih +BUGS +TXCALC does not allow arrays in the expression field. + +.ih +SEE ALSO +ptools.tbcalc,tables.tcalc,ptools.pcalc +.endhelp diff --git a/noao/digiphot/ptools/doc/pconcat.hlp b/noao/digiphot/ptools/doc/pconcat.hlp new file mode 100644 index 00000000..f96d9bab --- /dev/null +++ b/noao/digiphot/ptools/doc/pconcat.hlp @@ -0,0 +1,50 @@ +.help pconcat Dec92 noao.digiphot.ptools +.ih +NAME +pconcat -- concatenate a list of APPHOT/DAOPHOT databases +.ih +USAGE +pconcat infiles outfile +.ih +PARAMETERS +.ls infiles +The list of APPHOT/DAOPHOT databases to be concatenated. +.le +.ls outfile +The name of the output APPHOT/DAOPHOT database. +.le +.ls task = "TASK" +The name of the keywords whose value is the name of the task which wrote +the database. +.le +.ih +DESCRIPTION +PCONCAT is a simple task which accepts a list of APPHOT/DAOPHOT +database files and concatenates them into one resultant output file. +PCONCAT checks that all the file are indeed APPHOT/DAOPHOT +database files and that they were all written by the same task before +performing the concatenation. + +PCONCAT is a simple script which call TXCONCAT in the PTOOLS package +if the input files are text database files or TBCONCAT in the PTOOLS package +if the input files are STSDAS database files. TBCONCAT is itself a script +which call the TABLES package task TMERGE to do the actual work. + +.ih +EXAMPLES + +1. Concatenate a list of DAOPHOT package task GROUP output database files +into a single output file. + +.nf + pt> pconcat m92r.grp.1,m92r.grp.2,m92r.grp.3 m92rall.grp.1 +.fi + +.ih +TIME REQUIREMENTS +.ih +BUGS +.ih +SEE ALSO +ptools.txconcat,ptools.tbconcat,tables.tmerge,concatenate +.endhelp diff --git a/noao/digiphot/ptools/doc/pconvert.hlp b/noao/digiphot/ptools/doc/pconvert.hlp new file mode 100644 index 00000000..ca3db8e7 --- /dev/null +++ b/noao/digiphot/ptools/doc/pconvert.hlp @@ -0,0 +1,153 @@ +.help pconvert Aug91 noao.digiphot.ptools +.ih +NAME +pconvert -- convert an APPHOT/DAOPHOT text database into an STSDAS table +.ih +USAGE +pconvert textfile table fields +.ih +PARAMETERS +.ls textfile +The APPHOT/DAOPHOT text database which is to be converted into an +APPHOT/DAOPHOT STSDAS table database. +.le +.ls table +The name of the output STSDAS table database. +.le +.ls fields = "*" +Template defining the fields to be selected from each record. By default +all the fields are output. Fields +are specified by using the names defined in the APPHOT/DAOPHOT text +database by the +#N entries. Upper or lower case and minimum match abbreviations are +permissible. For those fields which have multiple entries such as +magnitude, an individual value can be referenced by specifying an array +index, e.g. MAG[2] or several values can be selected by specifying a +range of elements, e.g. MAG[1-4]. +.le +.ls expr = yes +The boolean expression, evaluated independently for each record, +which serves as a selection criterion. By default all records are selected. +.le +.ls append = no +If append is yes then the converted APPHOT/DAOPHOT text file is appended to an +existing output STSDAS table database. +.le +.ih +DESCRIPTION +PCONVERT selects a subset of the fields from each record of an +APPHOT/DAOPHOT text database and writes these into an STSDAS tabl database. +The #K keyword parameters in the text database are +stored as header parameters in the STSDAS table while the selected fields +are stored in fields (columns) with the names specified by the text +database #N keywords, units specified +by the #U keywords, and print format specified by the #F keywords. + +The output records are selected on the basis of the boolean +expression \fIexpr\fR whose variables are the field (column) names +specified by the #N keywords in the APPHOT/DAOPHOT text database. +If after substituting the values associated +with a particular record into the field name variables the +expression evaluates to yes, that record is included in the output table. + +The supported +operators and functions are briefly described below. A detailed description +of the boolean expression evaluator and its syntax can be found +in the manual page for the IMAGES package HEDIT task. + +The following logical operators can be used in the boolean expression. + +.nf + equal == not equal != + less than < less than or equal <= + greater than > greater than or equal >= + or || and && + negation ! pattern match ?= + concatenation // +.fi + +The pattern match character ?= takes a +string expression as its first argument and a pattern as its second argument. +The result is yes if the pattern is contained in the string expression. +Patterns are strings which may contain pattern matching meta-characters. +The meta-characters themselves can be matched by preceeding them with the escape +character. The meta-characters are described below. + +.nf + beginning of string ^ end of string $ + one character ? zero or more characters * + white space # escape character \ + ignore case { end ignore case } + begin character class [ end character class ] + not, in char class ^ range, in char class - +.fi + +The boolean expression may also include arithmetic operators and functions. +The following arithmetic operators and functions are supported. + +.nf +addition + subtraction - +multiplication * division / +negation - exponentiation ** +absolute value abs(x) cosine cos(x) +sine sin(x) tangent tan(x) +arc cosine acos(x) arc sine asin(x) +arc tangent atan(x) arc tangent atan2(x,y) +exponential exp(x) square root sqrt(x) +natural log log(x) common log log10(x) +minimum min(x,y) maximum max(x,y) +convert to integer int(x) convert to real real(x) +nearest integer nint(x) modulo mod(x) +.fi + + +If the append parameter is "yes" then the converted input text database is +appended to the specified output table. When appending to a table each of the +output fields must already exist in the output table. + +.ih +EXAMPLES + +1. Convert the text output from the DAOPHOT PHOT task in the file n4147.mag.1 +to an STSDAS table, selecting only the fields ID, XCENTER, YCENTER, +MAG,and MSKY ncessary for input to the DAOPHOT fitting routines. +Put the output in an STSDAS table named n4147.tmag.1. + +.nf + pt> pconvert n4147.mag.1 n4147.tmag.1 "ID,XCENTER,YCENTER,MAG,MSKY" +.fi + +If there were 4 magnitude fields in n4147.mag.1 +then there would be 4 columns in the output table with names of +MAG[1], MAG[2], MAG[3] and MAG[4] + + +2. Convert the same file as in example 1. but append the output to + n4147.tmag.1 and only select records with YCENTER <= 200.0. + +.nf + pt> pconvert n4147.mag.1 n4147.tmag.1 "ID,XCENTER,YCENTER,MAG,MSKY" \ + expr="YCENTER < 200.0" append+ + +.fi + +3. Convert all the records in the NSTAR text database n4147.nst.1 to + an STSDAS table. + + pt> pconvert n4147.nst.1 n4147.tnst.1 "*" + +.ih +TIME REQUIREMENTS +.ih +BUGS +Changes in the values of the #K keyword quantities which are permitted by +the APPHOT/DAOPHOT text database format will be lost in the conversion to +STSDAS table format which does not permit such changes. For example users +who have +set up and run PHOT interactively and changed the values of the parameters +after writing the first record to the text database will see only the initial +values of the #K keywords in the STSDAS table headers after conversion. +.ih +SEE ALSO +images.hedit +.endhelp diff --git a/noao/digiphot/ptools/doc/pdump.hlp b/noao/digiphot/ptools/doc/pdump.hlp new file mode 100644 index 00000000..d37a87e6 --- /dev/null +++ b/noao/digiphot/ptools/doc/pdump.hlp @@ -0,0 +1,178 @@ +.help pdump Feb93 noao.digiphot.ptools +.ih +NAME +pdump - print fields from an APPHOT/DAOPHOT database +.ih +USAGE +pdump infiles fields expr +.ih +PARAMETERS +.ls infiles +The APPHOT/DAOPHOT databases containing the fields to be dumped. +.le +.ls fields +A template defining the fields to be dumped from each record. +In the case of APPHOT/DAOPHOT text databases, the fields are specified by +keywords defined by the +#K and #N entries in the database. Upper or lower case and minimum match +abbreviations are permissible. Some fields such as "mag" may have +multiple entries. An individual entry can be referenced by specifying an +array index, e.g. "MAG[2]" or several values can be selected by +specifying a range of elements, e.g. "MAG[1-3]". +In the case of STSDAS table APPHOT/DAOPHOT databases the fields are the +column names. Names must be spelled in full but upper or lower case is allowed. +In the case of STSDAS table databases, it may be necessary to escape the +leading square bracket so that field "MAG[2]" would be referred to as +"MAG\[2]". The fields are output in +the order in which they are specified in the template. +.le +.ls expr +The boolean expression to be evaluated once per record. +Only the fields in those records for which the boolean expression +evaluates to yes are printed. +If \fIexpr\fR = "yes", the specified fields in all the records are +printed. +.le +.ls headers = no +Dump the APPHOT/DAOPHOT database field headers. The selected +fields are printed on the standard output, preceded by the parameters list, +if \fIparameters\fR = yes, and the keyword, units, +and format information. +.le +.ls parameters = yes +Print the keyword parameters records on the +standard output if \fIheaders\fR = yes. +.le + +.ih +DESCRIPTION +PDUMP selects a subset of fields specified by the \fIfields\fR +parameter from an APPHOT/DAOPHOT database or a list of databases +and prints the results on the standard output. +If \fIheaders\fR = no, the output is in simple list format +with adjacent fields +separated by whitespace. The fields are printed in the order in +which they appear in \fIields\fR. If \fIheaders\fR = yes, the +selected fields are printed on the standard output, preceded by +the parameter list, if \fIparameters\fR = yes, and the keyword, units, +and format information. +Newlines will not be inserted in the output if the input database +was an APPHOT/DAOPHOT text file, so users should take +care not specify so many output fields as to exceed the IRAF text file +line limit of 161 characters. +Newlines will be inserted if the original database was an +STSDAS table. + +PDUMP is a simple CL script which calls TXDUMP if the APPHOT/DAOPHOT +database was a text file and TBDUMP if it was an STSDAS table. +Although the parameters of TBDUMP and TXDUMP have been tailored to +make the two tasks appear as similar as possible each task +offers some capabilities that the other does not. In some +situations users may wish to use the individual tasks instead of the +generic script. + +The output records are selected on the basis of an input boolean +expression \fIexpr\fR whose variables are the field names +specified by the #N keywords or the parameters specified by the +#K keywords in the APPHOT/DAOPHOT text database or the column names +in an ST tables database. +If after substituting the values associated +with a particular record into the field name variables the +expression evaluates +to yes, that record is included in the output table. + +The supported +operators and functions are briefly described below. A detailed description +of the boolean expression evaluator and its syntax can be found +in the manual page for the IMAGES package HEDIT task. + +The following logical operators can be used in the boolean expression. + +.nf + equal == not equal != + less than < less than or equal <= + greater than > greater than or equal >= + or || and && + negation ! pattern match ?= + concatenation // +.fi + +The pattern match character ?= takes a +string expression as its first argument and a pattern as its second argument. +The result is yes if the pattern is contained in the string expression. +Patterns are strings which may contain pattern matching meta-characters. +The meta-characters themselves can be matched by preceeding them with the escape +character. The meta-characters listed below. + +.nf + beginning of string ^ end of string $ + one character ? zero or more characters * + white space # escape character \ + ignore case { end ignore case } + begin character class [ end character class ] + not, in char class ^ range, in char class - +.fi + +The expression may also include arithmetic operators and functions. +The following arithmetic operators and functions are supported. + +.nf +addition + subtraction - +multiplication * division / +negation - exponentiation ** +absolute value abs(x) cosine cos(x) +sine sin(x) tangent tan(x) +arc cosine acos(x) arc sine asin(x) +arc tangent atan(x) arc tangent atan2(x,y) +exponential exp(x) square root sqrt(x) +natural log log(x) common log log10(x) +minimum min(x,y) maximum max(x,y) +convert to integer int(x) convert to real real(x) +nearest integer nint(x) modulo mod(x) +.fi +.ih +EXAMPLES + +1. Select the fields XCENTER and YCENTER from the output of the APPHOT +CENTER task. + +.nf + pt> pdump image.ctr.3 "XCENTER,YCENTER" yes +.fi + +2. Select the fields XCENTER and YCENTER from the output of the APPHOT +CENTER task for all records with YCENTER > 100.0. + +.nf + pt> pdump image.ctr.3 "XCENTER,YCENTER" "YCENTER > 100.0" +.fi + +3. Select the fields ID, XCENTER, YCENTER and the first three magnitudes +from the output of the APPHOT PHOT task. In the case of STSDAS table +databases it may be necessary to escape the leading square bracket. + +.nf + pt> pdump image.mag.3 "ID,XCEN,YCEN,MAG[1],MAG[2],MAG[3]" yes + + or + + pt> pdump image.mag.3 "ID,XCEN,YCEN,MAG\[1],MAG\[2],MAG\[3]" yes +.fi + + +4. Select the ID, XCENTER, YCENTER, MSKY and MAG fields from the output +of the DAOPHOT NSTAR task. Print the headers and parameters as well. + +.nf + pt> pdump image.nst.3 "ID,XCENTER,YCENTER,MSKY,MAG" \ + yes headers+ parameters+ +.fi + +.ih +BUGS +Users should not dump more fields than fill a 161 character textline +as IRAF does not currently fully support longer text lines. +.ih +SEE ALSO +ptools.txdump,ptools.tbdump,tables.tdump +.endhelp diff --git a/noao/digiphot/ptools/doc/pexamine.hlp b/noao/digiphot/ptools/doc/pexamine.hlp new file mode 100644 index 00000000..20289d26 --- /dev/null +++ b/noao/digiphot/ptools/doc/pexamine.hlp @@ -0,0 +1,835 @@ +.help pexamine Aug91 noao.digiphot.ptools +.ih +NAME +pexamine -- interactively examine or edit a photometry catalog +.ih +USAGE +pexamine input output image +.ih +PARAMETERS +.ls input +The name of the input photometry catalog. \fIInput\fR may be either an +APPHOT/DAOPHOT text database file or an STSDAS binary table database. +.le +.ls output +The name of the edited output catalog. \fIOutput\fR is either an +APPHOT/DAOPHOT text database or an STSDAS binary table database +depending on the file type of \fIinput\fR. If \fIoutput\fR = "" no output +catalog is written. +.le +.ls image +The name of the input image corresponding to the input photometry +catalog. If \fIimage\fR is "" no image will be attached to PEXAMINE +and some interactive catalog examining commands will not be available. +All the catalog editing commands however are still available. +.le +.ls deletions = "" +The name of an optional output deletions photometry catalog. \fIDeletions\fR +is either an APPHOT/DAOPHOT text database or an STSDAS binary +table database depending on the file type of \fIinput\fR. If \fIdeletions\fR +is "" no deletions file is written. +.le +.ls photcolumns = "daophot" +The list of standard photometry columns that are loaded when pexamine is +run. The options are listed below. +.ls "daophot" +The standard columns for the DAOPHOT package. The current list is GROUP, ID, +XCENTER, YCENTER, MSKY, MAG, MERR, CHI, SHARP and NITER. +If any of these +columns are multi-valued, (as in the case of magnitudes measured through +more than one aperture), the first value is selected. +The standard list may easily be extended at user request. +.le +.ls "apphot" +The standard columns for the APPHOT package. The current list is ID, +XCENTER, YCENTER, MSKY, MAG, and MERR. +If any of these +columns are multi-valued, (as in the case of magnitudes measured through +more than one aperture), the first value is selected. +The standard list may easily be extended at user request. +.le +.ls user list +A user supplied list of standard columns. +Column names are listed in full in either upper or +lower case letters, separated by commas. If more than one value of +a multi-valued column is requested +the individual values +must be listed separately as in the following example +ID, XCENTER, YCENTER, MAG[1], MERR[1], MAG[2], MERR[2]. +.le + +\fIPhotcolumns\fR can be changed interactively from within PEXAMINE at +the cost of rereading the database. +.le +.ls xcolumn = "mag" (magnitude), ycolumn = "merr" (magnitude error) +The names of the two columns which define the default X-Y plot. +\fIXcolumn\fR and \fIycolumn\fR must be listed in \fIphotcolumns\fR or +\fIusercolumns\fR but may be changed interactively by the user. +If either \fIxcolumn\fR or \fIycolumn\fR is a multi-valued quantity +and more than one value is listed in \fIphotcolumns\fR or \fIusercolumns\fR +then the desired value number must be specified explicitly in, e.g. +MAG[2] or MERR[2]. +.le +.ls hcolumn = "mag" (magnitude) +The name of the column which defines the default histogram plot. +\fIHcolumn\fR must be listed in \fIphotcolumns\fR or +\fIusercolumns\fR but may be changed interactively by the user. +If \fIhcolumn\fR is a multi-valued quantity and more than one value is +listed in \fIphotcolumns\fR or \fIusercolumns\fR then the desired value +must be specified explicitly in \fIhcolumn\fR, e.g. MAG[2]. +.le +.ls xposcolumn = "xcenter", yposcolumn = "ycenter" +The names of the two columns which define the X and Y coordinates in +\fIimage\fR of the objects in the catalog. This information is +required if the image display and image cursor are to be used to visually +identify objects in the image with objects in the catalog or if plots +of image data are requested. \fIXposcolumn\fR and \fIyposcolumn\fR must +be listed in \fIphotcolumns\fR or \fIusercolumns\fR but may +be changed interactively by the user. +.le +.ls usercolumns = "" +The list of columns loaded into memory in addition to the +standard photometry columns \fIphotcolumns\fR. The column +names are listed in full in upper or lower case letters and separated by +commas. +\fIUsercolumns\fR can be changed interactively from within PEXAMINE at +the cost of rereading the database. +.le +.ls max_nstars = 3000 +The maximum number of objects that are loaded into memory at task +startup time, beginning at object \fIfirst_star\fR. If there are more +than \fImax_nstars\fR in the catalog only the first \fImax_nstars\fR +objects are read in. +.le +.ls first_star = 1 +The index of the first object to be read out of the catalog. +.le +.ls match_radius = 2.0 +The tolerance in pixels to be used for matching objects in the catalog with +objects marked on the display with the image cursor. +.le +.ls graphics = "stdgraph" +The default graphics device. +.le +.ls gcommands = "" +The graphics cursor. If null the standard graphics cursor is used whenever +graphics cursor input is requested. A cursor file in the appropriate +format may be substituted by specifying the name of the file. +.le +.ls icommands = "" +The image display cursor. If null the standard image cursor is used whenever +image cursor input is requested. A cursor file in the appropriate +format may be substituted by specifying the name of the file. +Also the image cursor may be changed to query the graphics device or the +terminal by setting the environment variable "stdimcur" to "stdgraph" +or "text" respectively. +.le +.ls use_display = yes +Use the image display? Users without access to an image display should +set \fIuse_display\fR to "no". +.le + +.ih +PLOTTING PARAMETERS + +PEXAMINE supports five types of plots 1) an X-Y column plot +2) a histogram column plot 3) a radial profile plot 4) a surface +plot and 5) a contour plot. +Each supported plot type has its own parameter set which +controls the appearance of the plot. +The names of the five parameter sets are listed below. + +.nf + cntrplot Parameters for the contour plot + histplot Parameters for the column histogram plot + radplot Parameters for radial profile plot + surfplot Parameters for surface plot + xyplot Parameters for the X-Y column plot +.fi + +The same parameters dealing with graph formats occur in many of the parameter +sets while some are specific only to one parameter set. In the +summary below those common to more than one parameter set are shown +only once. The characters in parenthesis are the graph key prefixes +for the parameter sets in which the parameter occurs. + +.ls angh = -33., angv = 25. (s) +Horizontal and vertical viewing angles in degrees for surface plots. +.le +.ls axes = yes (s) +Draw axes along the edge of surface plots? +.le +.ls banner = yes (chrsx) +Add a standard banner to a graph? The standard banner includes the +IRAF user and host identification and the date and time. +.le +.ls box = yes (chrx) +Draw graph box and axes? +.le +.ls ceiling = INDEF (cs) +Ceiling data value for contour and surface plots. A value of INDEF does +not apply a ceiling. In contour plots a value of 0. also does not +apply a ceiling. +.le +.ls dashpat = 528 (c) +Dash pattern for negative contours. +.le +.ls fill = no (yes) (c) (hrx) +Fill the output viewport regardless of the device aspect ratio? +.le +.ls floor = INDEF (cs) +Floor data value for contour and surface plots. A value of INDEF does +not apply a floor. In contour plots a value of 0. also does not +apply a floor. +.le +.ls grid = no (rx) +Draw grid lines at major tick marks? +.le +.ls interval = 0.0 (c) +Contour interval. If 0.0, a contour interval is chosen which places 20 to 30 +contours spanning the intensity range of the image. +.le +.ls label= no (c) +Label the major contours in the contour plot? +.le +.ls logx = no, logy = no (rx) (hrx) +Plot the x or y axis logarithmically? The default for histogram plots is +to plot the y axis logarithmically. +.le +.ls majrx=5, minrx=5, majry=5, minry=5 (chrx) +Maximum number of major tick marks on each axis and number of minor tick marks +between major tick marks. +.le +.ls marker = "box" (rx) +Marker to be drawn. Markers are "point", "box", +"cross", "plus", "circle", "hline", "vline" or "diamond". +.le +.ls nbins = 512 (h) +The number of bins in, or resolution of, histogram plots. +.le +.ls ncolumns = 21, nlines = 21 (cs) +Number of columns and lines used in contour and surface plots. +.le +.ls ncontours = 5 (c) +Number of contours to be drawn. If 0, the contour interval may be specified, +otherwise 20 to 30 nicely spaced contours are drawn. A maximum of 40 contours +can be drawn. +.le +.ls nhi = -1 (c) +If -1, highs and lows are not marked. If 0, highs and lows are marked +on the plot. If 1, the intensity of each pixel is marked on the plot. +.le +.ls rinner = 0, router = 8 +The inner and outer radius of the region whose radial profile is to +be plotted. +.le +.ls round = no (chrx) +Extend the axes up to "nice" values? +.le +.ls szmarker = 1 (rx) +Size of mark except for points. A positive size less than 1 specifies +a fraction of the device size. Values of 1, 2, 3, and 4 signify +default sizes of increasing size. +.le +.ls ticklabels = yes (chrx) +Label the tick marks? +.le +.ls top_closed = no (h) +Include z2 in the top histogram bin? Each bin of the histogram is a +subinterval that is half open at the top. \fITop_closed\fR decides whether +those pixels with values equal to z2 are to be counted in the histogram. If +\fItop_closed\fR is yes, the top bin will be larger than the other bins. +.le +.ls x1 = INDEF, x2 = INDEF, y1 = INDEF, y2 = INDEF (hrx) +Range of graph along each axis. If INDEF the range is determined from +the data range. The default y1 for histogram plots is 0. +.le +.ls zero = 0. (c) +Greyscale value of the zero contour, i.e., the value of a zero point shift +to be applied to the image data before plotting. Does not affect the values +of the floor and ceiling parameters. +.le +.ls z1 = INDEF, z2 = INDEF (h) +Range of pixel values to be used in histogram. INDEF values default to +the range in the region being histogrammed. +.le + +.ih +DESCRIPTION + +PEXAMINE is a general purpose tool for interactively examining and editing +photometry catalogs produced by the APPHOT or DAOPHOT packages. It is +intended to aid the user in assessing the accuracy of the photometry, +in diagnosing problems with particular catalog objects, +in searching the photometry data for relationships +between the computed quantities, and in editing the catalog based on +those observed relationships. PEXAMINE is intended to complement the +more batch oriented editing facilities of the PSELECT task. + +PEXAMINE takes the input catalog \fIinput\fR and the corresponding +image \fIimage\fR (if defined) and produces an output catalog of selected +objects \fIoutput\fR (if defined) and an output catalog of deleted objects +\fIdeletions\fR (if defined). The input catalog may be either an +APPHOT/DAOPHOT text database or an ST binary table database. +The file type of the output catalogs \fIoutput\fR and \fIdeletions\fR +is the same as that of \fIinput\fR. + +READING IN THE DATA + +PEXAMINE reads the column data specified by \fIphotcolumns\fR and +\fIusercolumns\fR for up to \fImax_nstars\fR into memory. If there are +more than \fImax_nstars\fR in the input catalog only the data for the +first \fImax_nstars\fR is read. The \fIphotcolumns\fR parameter +defines the list of standard photometry columns to be loaded. If +"daophot" or "apphot" is selected then the standard columns +are GROUP, ID, XCENTER, YCENTER, MSKY, MAG, MERR, CHI, SHARP and NITER +and ID, XCENTER, YCENTER, MSKY, MAG and MERR respectively. +Otherwise the user must set \fIphotcolumns\fR to his or her own preferred +list of standard photometry columns. Non-standard columns may also be +specified using the parameter \fIusercolumns\fR. +Valid column lists contain the full names of the specified columns +in upper or lower case letters, separated by commas. +Either \fIphotcolumns\fR or +\fIusercolumns\fR may be redefined interactively by the user after +the task has started up, but only at the +expense of rereading the data from \fIinput\fR. + +PEXAMINE will fail to load a specified column if that column is +not in the photometry database, is of a datatype other than +integer or real, or adding that column would exceed the maximum +number of columns limit currently set at twenty. The user can +interactively examine the list of requested and loaded standard +photometry columns, as well as list all the columns in the input +after the task has started up. + +GRAPHICS AND IMAGE COMMAND MODE + +PEXAMINE accepts commands either from the graphics cursor \fIgcommands\fR +(graphics command mode) or the image display cursor \fIicommands\fR +if available (image command mode). +PEXAMINE starts up in graphics command mode, but all the +interactive commands are accessible from both modes and the user can +switch modes at any time assuming that the \fIuse_display\fR parameter +to "yes". + +PEXAMINE interprets the cursor position in graphics mode +differently from how it interprets it in image command mode. +In graphics command mode the cursor coordinates are the position +of the cursor in the current plot, whereas in image command mode they +are the x and y coordinates of the cursor in the displayed image. +For example, if the user issues a command to PEXAMINE to locate the object +in the catalog nearest the point in the current X-Y plot marked by +the graphics cursor, PEXAMINE does so by searching +the data for the object whose values of \fIxcolumn\fR and \fIycolumn\fR +most closely match those of the current cursor position. +If the user issues a command to PEXAMINE to locate the +object in the catalog corresponding to the object marked on the image +display with the image cursor, +PEXAMINE does so by searching the data for +the object whose values of \fIxposcolumn\fR and \fIyposcoumn\fR +most closely match and fall within \fImatch_radius\fR of the current +cursor position. + +Input to PEXAMINE is through single keystroke commands or colon +commands. Keystroke commands are simple commands that may +optionally use the cursor position but otherwise require no arguments. +The PEXAMINE keystroke commands fall into three categories, basic +commands, data examining commands and data editing commands, all +described in detail in the following sections. Colon commands +take an optional argument and function differently depending on +the presence or absence of that argument. When the argument is absent +colon commands are used to display the +current value of a parameter or list of parameters. When the argument is +present they change their current value to that argument. +The basic colon commands are described in detail below. + +BASIC KEYSTROKE COMMANDS + +These keystroke commands are used to display the help page, switch from +graphics to image command mode and quit the task. + +.ls ? +Page through the help for the PEXAMINE task +.le +.ls : +Execute a PEXAMINE colon command. +.le +.ls g +Change to graphics command mode. Throughout PEXAMINE graphics command mode +is the default. All PEXAMINE commands are available in graphics command +mode. +.le +.ls i +Change to image command mode. +All the PEXAMINE commands are available in image command mode. +However if \fIuse_display\fR is no and the image +cursor has not been aliased to the standard input or a text file +image command mode is disabled. +.le +.ls q +Quit PEXAMINE without writing an output catalog. +PEXAMINE queries the user for confirmation of this option. +.le +.ls e +Quit PEXAMINE and write the output catalog. +.le + +DATA EXAMINING COMMANDS + +The data examining commands fall into two categories, those that examine +the catalog data including 'l' (catalog listing), 'o' (object listing), +'x' (Y column versus X column plot) and 'h' (histogram column plot) +commands, and those which examine the image data around specific catalog +objects including 'r' (radial profile plotting), 's' (surface plotting), +'c' (contour plotting) and 'm' (pixel dumping). The latter group +require that \fIimage\fR be defined. A brief summary of each data +examining command is given below. +.ls l +Print out the name, datatype, and units for all the columns in the input +catalog. The list command can be used to check the contents of the input +catalog and/or determine why a particular column was not loaded. +.le +.ls o +Print out the names and values of the stored columns of the object +nearest the cursor. In graphics mode the current plot type must be +X-Y. In image command mode the object nearest the cursor must also be +no more than \fImatch-radius\fR pixels away from the image cursor to be +found. If an object is found and the current plot type is X-Y +the graphics cursor is moved to the position of the selected object +in the X-Y plot. +.le +.ls x +Plot the data in \fIycolumn\fR versus the data in \fIxcolumn\fR excluding +any already deleted points and identifying objects marked for deletion +with a cross. X-Y plotting is undefined if \fIxcolumn\fR or \fIycolumn\fR +is undefined. +.le +.ls h +Plot the histogram of the data in \fIhcolumn\fR excluding any already +deleted points and those marked for deletion. Histogram plotting is +disabled if \fIhcolumn\fR is undefined. +.le +.ls r +Plot the radial profile of the object nearest the cursor including +only pixels within a distance of \fIrinner\fR and \fIrouter\fR of +the object center. Radial profile plotting is disabled if \fIimage\fR +or \fIxposcolumn\fR or \fIyposcolumn\fR is undefined. +.le +.ls s +Plot the surface plot of the object nearest the cursor including +only pixels within an image section \fIncols\fR by \fInlines\fR +around the object center. Surface plotting is disabled if \fIimage\fR +or \fIxposcolumn\fR or \fIyposcolumn\fR is undefined. +.le +.ls c +Plot the contour plot of the object nearest the cursor including +only pixels within an image section \fIncols\fR by \fInlines\fR +around the object center. Contour plotting is disabled if \fIimage\fR +or \fIxposcolumn\fR or \fIyposcolumn\fR is undefined. +.le +.ls m +Dump the pixel values of a grid of 10 by 10 pixels around the object +nearest the cursor. Pixel value dumping is disabled if \fIimage\fR +or \fIxposcolumn\fR or \fIyposcolumn\fR is undefined. +.le +.ls p +Replot the current graph. +.le + +DATA EDITING COMMANDS + +Data points can be deleted from the catalog in either graphics command +mode or image +command mode. In graphics command mode the +graphics cursor and either the X-Y or histogram plot is used to delete points. +In image command mode the image cursor and the displayed +image are used to delete points. A data point has three possible states +good, marked for deletion and deleted. +Any one of the keystroke commands 'd' (delete point), '(' (delete points +with x less than x cursor), ')' (delete points with x greater than x cursor, +'^' (delete points with y > y cursor), 'v' (delete points with y < y cursor) +or 'b' (delete points in a box) can be used to mark points for deletion. +The 'f' key is used to actually delete the points and replot the data. +In between marking the points for deletion and actually deleting the marked +points the 't' (toggle) key can be used to undelete the last set marked. +The full list of the data editing keystroke commands is given below. + +.ls z +Undelete not just unmark all the data points replot. +.le +.ls f +Delete points marked for deletion and replot. Points marked for deletion +but not actually deleted will be written to the output catalog and not +written to the deletions catalog. +.le +.ls d +Mark the point nearest the cursor for deletion. +.le +.ls u +Undelete the marked point nearest the cursor. +.le +.ls ( +Mark all points with x values less than the x value of the cursor for +deletion. In graphics command mode points can only be marked for deletion if +the current plot type is "xyplot" or "histplot". In image command +mode \fIxposcolumn\fR and \fIyposcolumn\fR must be defined before +points can be marked for deletion. +.le +.ls ) +Mark all points with x values greater than the x value of the cursor for +deletion. In graphics command mode points can only be marked for deletion if +the current plot type is "xyplot" or "histplot". In image command +mode \fIxposcolumn\fR and \fIyposcolumn\fR must be defined before +points can be marked for deletion. +.le +.ls v +Mark all points with y values less than the y value of the cursor for +deletion. In graphics command mode points can only be marked for deletion if +the current plot type is "xyplot". In image command +mode \fIxposcolumn\fR and \fIyposcolumn\fR must be defined before +points can be marked for deletion. +.le +.ls ^ +Mark all points with y values greater than the y value of the cursor for +deletion. In graphics command mode points can only be marked for deletion if +the current plot type is "xyplot". In image command +mode \fIxposcolumn\fR and \fIyposcolumn\fR must be defined before +points can be marked for deletion. +.le +.ls b +Mark all points within a box whose lower left and upper right hand corners +are marked by the cursor for deletion. +In graphics mode points can only be marked for deletion if the current +plot type is "xyplot". In image command mode \fIxposcolumn\fR and +\fIyposcolumn\fR must be defined before points can be marked for +deletion. +.le +.ls t +Toggle between marking points for deletion or undeletion. The default +is to mark points for deletion. +.le + +BASIC COLON COMMANDS + +All the PEXAMINE parameters can be changed interactively with colon +commands, including those which determine which data is read in, +which data is plotted and the parameters of each plot. A brief description +of the basic commands is given here. The full list is given in the +following section. + +.ls :photcolumns [col1,col2,...] +Show or set the list of requested standard photometry columns and the list +of loaded +photometry columns. If the user supplies a new list of columns the data will be +reread from disk. +.le +.ls :usercolumns [col1,col2,...] +Show or set the list of requested user columns and the list of loaded +user columns. If the user supplies a new list of columns the data will be +reread from disk. +.le +.ls :xcolumn [colname] +Show or set the name of the column to be plotted along the x axis of the +X-Y plot. +.le +.ls :ycolumn [colname] +Show or set the name of the column to be plotted along the y axis of the +X-Y plot. +.le +.ls :hcolumn [colname] +Show or set the name of the column to be whose histogram is to be plotted. +.le +.ls :eparam [cntrplot/histplot/radplot/surfplot/xyplot] +Review or edit the list of parameters for the various plot types. +.le +.ls :unlearn [cntrplot/histplot/radplot/surfplot/xyplot] +Return the list of parameters for the various plot types to their default +values. +.le +.ls :x y key cmd +Execute any defined keystroke "key" supplying the appropriate x and y +value in place of the cursor position. In graphics command mode the x +and y position are assumed to be the position in the current graph. +In image command mode the x and y position are assumed to be the x and +y coordinate in the image display. +.le + +.ih +COMMANDS + +.nf + PEXAMINE Interactive Cursor Keystroke Commands + + Basic Commands + +? Print help for the PEXAMINE task +: PEXAMINE colon commands +g Activate the graphics cursor +i Activate the image cursor +e Exit PEXAMINE and save the edited catalog +q Quit PEXAMINE and discard the edited catalog + + Data Examining Commands + +l List the name, datatype and units for all columns in the catalog +o Print out the names and values of the stored columns for the + object nearest the cursor +x Replot the current y column versus the current x column +h Replot the current histogram +r Plot the radial profile of the object nearest the cursor +s Plot the surface of the object nearest the cursor +c Plot the contour plot of the object nearest the cursor +m Print the data values of the object nearest the cursor +p Replot the current graph + + Data Editing Commands + +z Reinitialize the data by removing all deletions and replot +d Mark the point nearest the cursor for deletion +u Undelete the marked point nearest the cursor +t Toggle between marking points for deletion or undeletion +( Mark points with X < X (cursor) for deletion or undeletion +) Mark points with X > X (cursor) for deletion or undeletion +v Mark points with Y < Y (cursor) for deletion or undeletion +^ Mark points with Y > Y (cursor) for deletion or undeletion +b Mark points inside a box for deletion or undeletion +f Actually delete the marked points and replot + + + PEXAMINE Interactive Colon Commands + +:xcolumn [name] Show/set the X-Y plot X axis quantity +:ycolumn [name] Show/set the X-Y plot Y axis quantity +:hcolumn [name] Show/set the histogram plot quantity +:photcolumns [col1,col2,...] Show/set the list of photometry columns +:usercolumns [col1,col2,...] Show/set the list of user columns +:delete [yes/no] Delete or undelete points +:eparam [x/h/r/s/c] Edit/unlearn the specified plot pset + or +:unlearn + + + PEXAMINE Interactive X-Y Plotting Commands + +:x1 [value] Left world x-coord if not autoscaling +:x2 [value] Right world x-coord if not autoscaling +:y1 [value] Lower world y-coord if not autoscaling +:y2 [value] Upper world y-coord if not autoscaling +:szmarker [value] Marker size +:marker [point|box|plus|cross|circle|diamond|hline|vline] Marker type +:logx [yes/no] Log scale the x axis? +:logy [yes/no] Log scale the y axis? +:box [yes/no] Draw box around periphery of window? +:ticklabels [yes/no] Label tick marks? +:grid [yes/no] Draw grid lines at major tick marks? +:majrx [value] Number of major divisions along x axis +:minrx [value] Number of minor divisions along x axis +:majry [value] Number of major divisions along y axis +:minry [value] Number of minor divisions along y axis +:round [yes/no] Round axes to nice values? +:fill [yes/no] Fill viewport vs enforce unity aspect ratio? + + + PEXAMINE Interactive Histogram Plotting Commands + +:nbins [value] Number of bins in the histogram +:z1 [value] Minimum histogram intensity +:z2 [value] Maximum histogram intensity +:top_closed [y/n] Include z in the top bin? +:x1 [value] Left world x-coord if not autoscaling +:x2 [value] Right world x-coord if not autoscaling +:y1 [value] Lower world y-coord if not autoscaling +:y2 [value] Upper world y-coord if not autoscaling +:logy [yes/no] Log scale the y axis? +:box [yes/no] Draw box around periphery of window? +:ticklabels [yes/no] Label tick marks? +:majrx [value] Number of major divisions along x axis +:minrx [value] Number of minor divisions along x axis +:majry [value] Number of major divisions along y axis +:minry [value] Number of minor divisions along y axis +:round [yes/no] Round axes to nice values? +:fill [yes/no] Fill viewport vs enforce unity aspect ratio? + + PEXAMINE Interactive Radial Profile Plotting Commands + +:rinner [value] Inner radius of the region to be plotted +:router [value] Outer radius of the region to be plotted +:x1 [value] Left world x-coord if not autoscaling +:x2 [value] Right world x-coord if not autoscaling +:y1 [value] Lower world y-coord if not autoscaling +:y2 [value] Upper world y-coord if not autoscaling +:szmarker [value] Marker size +:marker [point|box|plus|cross|circle|diamond|hline|vline] Marker type +:logx [yes/no] Log scale the x axis? +:logy [yes/no] Log scale the y axis? +:box [yes/no] Draw box around periphery of window? +:ticklabels [yes/no] Label tick marks? +:grid [yes/no] Draw grid lines at major tick marks? +:majrx [value] Number of major divisions along x axis +:minrx [value] Number of minor divisions along x axis +:majry [value] Number of major divisions along y axis +:minry [value] Number of minor divisions along y axis +:round [yes/no] Round axes to nice values? +:fill [yes/no] Fill viewport vs enforce unity aspect ratio? + + + PEXAMINE Interactive Surface Plotting Commands + +:ncolumns [value] Number of columns to be plotted +:nlines [value] Number of lines to be plotted +:axes [yes/no] Draw axes? +:angh [value] Horizontal viewing angle +:angv [value] Vertical viewing angle +:floor [value] Minimum value to be plotted +:ceiling [value] Maximum value to be plotted + + + PEXAMINE Interactive Contour Plotting Commands + +:ncolumns [value] Number of columns to be plotted +:nlines [value] Number of lines to be plotted +:floor [value] Minimum value to be plotted +:ceiling [value] Maximum value to be plotted +:zero [value] Greyscale value of zero contour +:ncontours [value] Number of contours to be drawn +:interval [value] Contour interval +:nhi [value] Hi/low marking option +:dashpat [value] Bit pattern for generating dashed lines +:label [yes/no] Label major contours with their values? +:box [yes/no] Draw box around periphery of window? +:ticklabels [yes/no] Label tick marks? +:majrx [value] Number of major divisions along x axis +:minrx [value] Number of minor divisions along x axis +:majry [value] Number of major divisions along y axis +:minry [value] Number of minor divisions along y axis +:round [yes/no] Round axes to nice values? +:fill [yes/no] Fill viewport vs enforce unity aspect ratio? +.fi + +.ih +EXAMPLES + +1. Examine and edit an APPHOT aperture photometry catalog and a DAOPHOT +allstar catalog without either attaching the associated image or using the +image display. + +.nf + pt> pexamine m92.mag.1 m92.mag.ed use_display- + + ... a plot of magnitude error versus magnitude appears on + the screen and the graphics cursor comes up ready to accept + commands + + ... the user sees a generally smooth trend of increasing + magnitude error with increasing magnitude except for a + single deviant point at the bright end of the plot + + ... the user decides to remove the deviant point using the + 'd' keystroke command to mark the point and the 'f' + keystroke command to actually delete and replot the graph + + ... after examining the plot further the user decides to delete + all objects for which the magnitude error is > 0.1 magnitudes + using the '^' keystroke command, followed by the 'f' + keystroke command to actually replot and delete the data. + + ... after deciding that this new plot is satisfactory the user + issues the 'e' keystroke command to exit pexamine and save + the good data in m92.mag.ed + + pt> pexamine m92.als.1 m92.als.ed use_display- + + ... a plot of magnitude error versus magnitude appears on the + screen and the graphics cursor comes up ready to accept + commands + + ... after looking at the plot the user decides that what they + really want to see is a plot of the goodness of fit parameter + chi versus magnitude + + ... the user issues the colon command :ycol chi followed by 'p' + keystroke command to replot the data + + ... the user sees a generally smooth trend of increasing + chi with increasing magnitude + + ... after examining the plot further the user decides to delete + all objects for which the chi value > 2.0 and the + magnitude is > 25 using the '^' key and ')' keystroke + commands followed by 'f' to save the deletions and replot + the data + + ... after deciding that this new plot is satisfactory the user + issues the 'e' keystroke command to exit pexamine and save + the good data in m92.als.ed +.fi + +2. Examine and edit a DAOPHOT allstar catalog using the subtracted image, the +original image and the image display. + +.nf + pt> display image.sub 1 + + ... display the subtracted image + + pt> pexamine orionk.als.1 orionk.als.ed image xcol=mag ycol=chi + + ... a plot of the goodness of fit versus magnitude appears + on the terminal and the graphics cursor comes up ready to + accept commands + + ... the user notices some very anomalous chi values and decides + to see if these correspond to objects which have poor + subtraction on the displayed image + + ... the user switches to image command mode by tapping the 'i' + key, moves to the first poorly subtracted object and taps + the 'o' key + + ... a list of the values of the loaded columns including chi + appears in the text window , the program switches to graphics + mode and places the graphics cursor on the corresponding + point in the X-Y plot + + ... the point in question indeed has a very high chi value + and the user decides to try and investigate the reason for the + anomalous value + + ... the user taps the 'r' key to get a radial profile of the + object in the original image + + ... after carefully examining the profile it appears that the + object's profile is too broad and that it is not a star + + ... the user switches back to the X-Y plot with the 'x' key, + marks the point with the 'd' key and saves the deletions + and replots with the 'f' key. + + ... the user goes back to image command mode with the 'i' key + and begins investigating the next object + + ... finally after examining the image and making all the changes + the user decides to quit and save the changes with the 'e' key + +.fi + +.ih +TIME REQUIREMENTS + +.ih +BUGS +If the display device is on a remote resource the first image cursor +request will cause PEXAMINE to hang. The remote resource is expecting +the appropriate password which the user must type in to cause the +the image cursor to appear. The normal password prompt is +not being issued or flushed to the terminal. The solution to the problem +is to put the password in the .irafhosts file + +INDEF valued points cannot be accessed by +PEXAMINE. INDEF valued points should be removed from the input catalog +with PSELECT prior to entering PEXAMINE. + +.ih +SEE ALSO +ptools.pselect, ptools.txselect,ptools.tselect +.endhelp diff --git a/noao/digiphot/ptools/doc/prenumber.hlp b/noao/digiphot/ptools/doc/prenumber.hlp new file mode 100644 index 00000000..1dcc4ed9 --- /dev/null +++ b/noao/digiphot/ptools/doc/prenumber.hlp @@ -0,0 +1,59 @@ +.help prenumber May93 noao.digiphot.ptools +.ih +NAME +prenumber -- renumber an APPHOT/DAOPHOT database +.ih +USAGE +renumber infile +.ih +PARAMETERS +.ls infile +The APPHOT/DAOPHOT database to be renumbered. +.le +.ls id = "ID" +The name of the keyword whose value is the sequence number of the object +.le +.ls idoffset = 0 +An integer offset to be added to the id numbers of the stars in +the output renumbered photometry file. If idoffset is > 0, the output +id numbers will run from 1 + idoffset to N + idoffset instead of from 1 to N. +in the database. +.le + +.ih +DESCRIPTION +PRENUMBER is a simple task which accepts an APPHOT/DAOPHOT +database file and renumbers the objects in the file from 1 + idoffset +to N + idoffset, +where N is the number of objects in the database. A renumber operation is +often performed +after an append operation to insure that the database objects have unique id +numbers or after a sort to put the id numbers in order. + +PRENUMBER is a script which executes TXRENUMBER if the APPHOT/DAOPHOT +database is a text database or TCALC if the file is an STSDAS table +database. +.ih +EXAMPLES + +1. Renumber a sorted NSTAR database that has been sorted on magnitude. + +.nf + pt> prenumber m92r.nst.1 +.fi + +2. Renumber a PHOT photometry file of extra stars so as to ensure the +stars' id numbers are greater than 4000. + +.nf + pt> prenumber m92r.mag.extra idoffset=4000 +.fi + +.ih +TIME REQUIREMENTS +.ih +BUGS +.ih +SEE ALSO +ptools.txrenumber,ptools.tbrenumber,tables.tcalc +.endhelp diff --git a/noao/digiphot/ptools/doc/pselect.hlp b/noao/digiphot/ptools/doc/pselect.hlp new file mode 100644 index 00000000..92d4f163 --- /dev/null +++ b/noao/digiphot/ptools/doc/pselect.hlp @@ -0,0 +1,130 @@ +.help pselect Aug91 noao.digiphot.ptools +.ih +NAME +pselect - select records from an APPHOT/DAOPHOT database +.ih +USAGE +pselect infiles outfiles expr +.ih +PARAMETERS +.ls infiles +The APPHOT/DAOPHOT databases containing the records from which the +selection is to be made. +.le +.ls outfiles +The output APPHOT/DAOPHOT databases containing the selected records. +.le +.ls expr +The boolean expression to be evaluated. The expression +is evaluated once for each record. If \fIexpr\fR = yes, +a copy is made of the input file. +.le + +.ih +DESCRIPTION +PSELECT selects a subset of the records +from an APPHOT/DAOPHOT database or a list of databases +and writes the new records out to another database or list of +databases. + +The output records are selected on the basis of an input boolean +expression \fIexpr\fR whose variables are in the case of text +databases the field names +specified by the #N keywords or the parameters specified by the +#K keywords and in the case of an STSDAS table database the +column names. +If after substituting the values associated +with a particular record into the field name variables the +expression evaluates +to yes, that record is included in the output database. + +The supported +operators and functions are briefly described below. A detailed description +of the boolean expression evaluator and its syntax can be found +in the manual page for the IMAGES package HEDIT task. + +The following logical operators can be used in the boolean expression. + +.nf + equal == not equal != + less than < less than or equal <= + greater than > greater than or equal >= + or || and && + negation ! pattern match ?= + concatenation // +.fi + +The pattern match character ?= takes a +string expression as its first argument and a pattern as its second argument. +The result is yes if the pattern is contained in the string expression. +Patterns are strings which may contain pattern matching meta-characters. +The meta-characters themselves can be matched by preceeding them with the escape +character. The meta-characters are listed below. + +.nf + beginning of string ^ end of string $ + one character ? zero or more characters * + white space # escape character \ + ignore case { end ignore case } + begin character class [ end character class ] + not, in char class ^ range, in char class - +.fi + +The boolean expression may also include arithmetic operators and functions. +The following arithmetic operators and functions are supported. + +.nf +addition + subtraction - +multiplication * division / +negation - exponentiation ** +absolute value abs(x) cosine cos(x) +sine sin(x) tangent tan(x) +arc cosine acos(x) arc sine asin(x) +arc tangent atan(x) arc tangent atan2(x,y) +exponential exp(x) square root sqrt(x) +natural log log(x) common log log10(x) +minimum min(x,y) maximum max(x,y) +convert to integer int(x) convert to real real(x) +nearest integer nint(x) modulo mod(x) +.fi + +.ih +EXAMPLES + +1. Select the records from the output of the APPHOT CENTER task for +which 100. <= XCENTER <= 200. and 300. <= YCENTER <= 400. + +.nf + pt> pselect m92.ctr.3 m92out \ + "XCE >= 100. && XCE <= 200. && YCE >= 300. && YCE <= 400." +.fi + +2. Select the records from the output of the APPHOT PHOT task for which +the first magnitude is not equal to INDEF. In the case of the +an STSDAS table database it may be necessary to escape the +leading square bracket. + +.nf + pt> pselect n4147.mag.3 n4147out "MAG[1] != INDEF" + + or + + pt> pselect n4147.mag.3 n4147out "MAG\[1] != INDEF" +.fi + +3. Select the records from the output of the DAOPHOT ALLSTAR task +for which CHI <= 5.0 and MERR <= .10 magnitudes. + +.nf + pt> pselect m92b.al.2 m92out "CHI <= 5.0 && MERR <= 1.0" +.fi + +.ih +BUGS +Array valued fields in text databases are not allowed in the expression +field. + +.ih +SEE ALSO +images.hedit,ptools.tbselect,tables.tselect,ptools.txselect +.endhelp diff --git a/noao/digiphot/ptools/doc/psort.hlp b/noao/digiphot/ptools/doc/psort.hlp new file mode 100644 index 00000000..806448c9 --- /dev/null +++ b/noao/digiphot/ptools/doc/psort.hlp @@ -0,0 +1,64 @@ +.help psort Aug91 noao.digiphot.ptools +.ih +NAME +psort -- sort an APPHOT/DAOPHOT database file +.ih +USAGE +psort infiles field +.ih +PARAMETERS +.ls infiles +The input APPHOT/DAOPHOT databases to be sorted. The sort is performed in place. +.le +.ls field +The field to be sorted on. If the input file is a text database, +\fIfield\fR may be any quantity defined by +the APPHOT/DAOPHOT #K and #N keywords. If the input file is an STSDAS +table database \fIfield\fR may be any column name. \fIField\fR may be +of type integer or real, in which case a numeric sort is performed, +boolean, in which case the boolean constant "no" is assumed to have a +smaller value than "yes", or character in which case an alphabetic sort +is performed. +.le +.ls ascend = yes +Sort in increasing value order. +.le +.ih +DESCRIPTION +PSORT is a simple task which accepts an APPHOT/DAOPHOT database file +and sorts it in place based on the value of the selected quantity +\fIfield\fR. By default the sort is in increasing order of the value +of field, but a reverse sort can be performed by +setting \fIascend\fR = no. + +If \fIfield\fR is a real or integer the sort is numeric, if boolean +the constant "no" is assumed to have a smaller value than "yes", if +character the sort is alphabetic. + +PSORT is a simple CL script which call TXSORT if the input database is +a text file and TSORT if the input database is a text file. +.ih +EXAMPLES + +1. Sort the output of the APPHOT task PHOT in increasing order of +the y coordinate. + +.nf + pt> psort m92.mag.1 YCENTER +.fi + +2. Sort the output of the DAOPHOT task ALLSTAR in increasing order of +magnitude. + +.nf + pt> psort m92.al.1 MAG +.fi + +.ih +TIME REQUIREMENTS +.ih +BUGS +.ih +SEE ALSO +ptools.txsort,tables.tsort,ptools.tbsort +.endhelp diff --git a/noao/digiphot/ptools/doc/pttest.hlp b/noao/digiphot/ptools/doc/pttest.hlp new file mode 100644 index 00000000..3329e017 --- /dev/null +++ b/noao/digiphot/ptools/doc/pttest.hlp @@ -0,0 +1,78 @@ +.help pttest Oct91 noao.digiphot.ptools +.ih +NAME +pttest -- run basic tests on the ptools package tasks +.ih +USAGE +pttest rootname +.ih +PARAMETERS +.ls rootname +The root name of the output test files. The actual test files are stored in +in the PTOOLS package test directory. If the test files already exist +PTTEST will exit with a warning message. +.le +.ls ptlogfile = "" +The name of the output log file. By default all the output is logged in a file +called \fIrootname.log"\fR. If the log file already exists PTTEST will +exit with a warning message. +.le +.ls ptplotfile = "" +The name of the output plot file. By default all the graphics output is +logged in a file called \fIrootname.plot"\fR. If the plot file already exists +PTTEST will exit with a warning message. +.le + +.ih +DESCRIPTION + +PTTEST is a simple script which exercises each of the major tasks in the +PTOOLS package in turn. At startup PTTEST reads a small set of text files +stored in the PTOOLS test subdirectory and creates copies of them in +the user's working directory. PTTEST initializes the PTTOLS package by +returning +all the parameters to their default state, runs each of the PTOOLS +tasks in non-interactive mode, spools the text output to the file +\fIptlogfile\fR, and the graphics output from the PEXAMINE task to the plot +metacode file \fIptplotfile\fR. + +Some of PTOOLS tasks which PTTEST attempts to test are in the STSDAS TABLES +package. If this package is not available a warning message will appear +on the screen and this part of the PTTEST script will be skipped. +The TABLES external addon package is available from ST. + +.ih +EXAMPLES + +1. Check to see that all the PTOOLS tasks are functioning correctly. +.nf + da> ptools + + ... load the ptools package + + da> pttest testit + + ... run the test script + + da> lprint testit.log + + ... print the text output + + da> gkidir testit.plot + + ... list the contents of the plot file + + da> gkiextract testit.plot 1-N | stdplot + + ... send the plots to the plotter + +.fi + +.ih +TIME REQUIREMENTS +.ih +BUGS +.ih +SEE ALSO +tables +.endhelp diff --git a/noao/digiphot/ptools/doc/tbcalc.hlp b/noao/digiphot/ptools/doc/tbcalc.hlp new file mode 100644 index 00000000..9e0f83b9 --- /dev/null +++ b/noao/digiphot/ptools/doc/tbcalc.hlp @@ -0,0 +1,79 @@ +.help tbcalc May93 noao.digiphot.ptools +.ih +NAME +tbcalc - perform an arithmetic operation on a column in a list of apphot/daophot + ST tables databases +.ih +USAGE +tbcalc textfiles column value +.ih +PARAMETERS +.ls textfiles +The APPHOT/DAOPHOT ST tables database(s) containing the column to be recomputed. +.le +.ls column +The column to be recomputed. Column must be an integer or real column +in the input file(s). +.le +.ls value +The arithmetic expression used to recompute the specified column. +Value may be an integer or real expression but must match the data +type of column. +.le + +.ih +DESCRIPTION + +TBCALC reads in the value of the \fIcolumn\fR +from a set of APPHOT/DAOPHOT ST tables databases, replaces it with a new +value specified by the arithmetic expression \fIvalue\fR, +and updates the ST tables databases(s). + +The expression \fIvalue\fR consists of variables which are column names +in the APPHOT/DAOPHOT ST tables database. +TBCALC uses the TABLES package task TCALC to actually perform the +arithmetic operation. + +The supported +arithmetic operators and functions are briefly described below. + +.nf +addition + subtraction - +multiplication * division / +negation - exponentiation ** +absolute value abs(x) cosine cos(x) +sine sin(x) tangent tan(x) +arc cosine acos(x) arc sine asin(x) +arc tangent atan(x) arc tangent atan2(x,y) +exponential exp(x) square root sqrt(x) +natural log log(x) common log log10(x) +minimum min(x,y) maximum max(x,y) +convert to integer int(x) convert to real real(x) +nearest integer nint(x) modulo mod(x) +.fi + +.ih +EXAMPLES + +1. Change the XCENTER and YCENTER fields to XCENTER + 5.4 and YCENTER + 10.3 +respectively in a file produced by the daophot package allstar task. + +.nf + pt> tbcalc m92.als.1 xcenter "xcenter+5.4" + pt> tbcalc m92.als.1 ycenter "ycenter+10.3" +.fi + +2. Add a constant to the computed magnitudes produced by the daophot +package nstar task. + +.nf + pt> tbcalc n4147.nst.2 mag "mag+3.457" +.fi + +.ih +BUGS + +.ih +SEE ALSO +ptools.txcalc,tables.tcalc,ptools.pcalc +.endhelp diff --git a/noao/digiphot/ptools/doc/tbconcat.hlp b/noao/digiphot/ptools/doc/tbconcat.hlp new file mode 100644 index 00000000..846b8f6e --- /dev/null +++ b/noao/digiphot/ptools/doc/tbconcat.hlp @@ -0,0 +1,49 @@ +.help tbconcat Dec92 noao.digiphot.ptools +.ih +NAME +tbconcat -- concatenate a list of APPHOT/DAOPHOT STSDAS databases +.ih +USAGE +tbconcat tables outtable +.ih +PARAMETERS +.ls tables +The list of APPHOT/DAOPHOT STSDAS databases to be concatenated. +.le +.ls outtable +The name of the output APPHOT/DAOPHOT STSDAS database. +.le +.ls task = "TASK" +The name of the keyword whose value is the name of the task which wrote +the database. +.le +.ih +DESCRIPTION +TBCONCAT is a simple task which accepts a list of APPHOT/DAOPHOT STSDAS +database files and concatenates them into one resultant database. +TBCONCAT checks that all the file are indeed APPHOT/DAOPHOT STSDAS +database files and that they were all written by the same task before +performing the concatenation. + +TBCONCAT is a simple script built around the STSDAS TABLES package +task TMERGE. Users should consult the manual page for TMERGE for +more details about the inner working of the task. + +.ih +EXAMPLES + +1. Concatenate a list of DAOPHOT package GROUP output tables into a +single file. + +.nf + pt> tbconcat m92r.grp.1,m92r.grp.2,m92r.grp.3 m92rall.grp.1 +.fi + +.ih +TIME REQUIREMENTS +.ih +BUGS +.ih +SEE ALSO +ptools.txconcat,ptools.pconcat,tables.tmerge,concatenate +.endhelp diff --git a/noao/digiphot/ptools/doc/tbcrename.hlp b/noao/digiphot/ptools/doc/tbcrename.hlp new file mode 100644 index 00000000..47d4fd3f --- /dev/null +++ b/noao/digiphot/ptools/doc/tbcrename.hlp @@ -0,0 +1,50 @@ +.help tbcrename Aug91 noao.digiphot.ptools +.ih +NAME +tbcrename -- rename selected columns in a list of table + +.ih +USAGE +tbcrename tables columns names + +.ih +PARAMETERS + +.ls table +The list of input tables files. +.le +.ls columns +The list of columns separated by commas whose names are to be changed. +.le +.ls names +The list of new column names separated by commas. +.le + +.ih +DESCRIPTION + +TBCRENAME takes a list of ST tables \fItables\fR and changes the names +of selected columns \fIcolumns\fR to the names specified in \fInames\fR. +If the input file is not an ST table or the column does not exist +no action is taken. Otherwise the specified column is renamed. + +.ih +EXAMPLES + +1. For the list of ST tables in tablelist, rename the columns "MAG,MERR" +to "MAG[1],MERR[1]". Note the use of '\' to escape the pattern matching +meta-character '['. + +.nf + pt> tbcrename @tablelist "MAG,MERR" "MAG\[1],MERR\[1]" +.fi + +.ih +TIME REQUIREMENTS +.ih +BUGS +Since the contents of the ST table are altered the user must have +write permission on the table in order to run TBCRENAME. +.ih +SEE ALSO +.endhelp diff --git a/noao/digiphot/ptools/doc/tbdump.hlp b/noao/digiphot/ptools/doc/tbdump.hlp new file mode 100644 index 00000000..3cb5eac4 --- /dev/null +++ b/noao/digiphot/ptools/doc/tbdump.hlp @@ -0,0 +1,193 @@ +.help tbdump Feb93 noao.digiphot.ptools +.ih +NAME +tbdump -- print fields (columns) from a list of APPHOT/DAOPHOT STSDAS table + databases +.ih +USAGE +tbdump tables columns expr +.ih +PARAMETERS +.ls tables +The name of the APPHOT/DAOPHOT table database(s) to be dumped. +.le +.ls columns +The template specifying the names of the columns to be dumped. +A null or blank string means +dump all columns. A column template consists of a list +of either column names or column patterns containing the usual pattern matching +meta-characters. The names or patterns are separated by commas or white space. +Column names must be spelled in full but may be upper or lower case. +The columns list can be placed in a file and the name of the file preceded +by an '@' character given in place of the column template. +If the first non-white character in the column template +is the negation character '~', the output will contain those columns +NOT named in the remainder of the column template. +.le +.ls expr +The boolean expression to be evaluated once per record. +Only the fields in those records for which the boolean expression +evaluates to yes are printed. +If \fIexpr\fR = "yes", the specified columns in all the records are +printed. +.le +.ls datafile = STDOUT +If \fIDatafile\fR is not null ("") then the table data will be written +to an output file with this name. By default the table data is written +on the standard output. +\fIDatafile\fR will not be created if the table is empty. +.le +.ls cdfile = "" +If \fICdfile\fR is not null ("") then the column definitions will be written +to an output file with this name. +The column definitions consist of the column name, data type (R, D, I, B, +or C), print format, and units. +.le +.ls pfile = "" +If \fIPfile\fR is not null ("") then the header parameters will be written +to an output file with this name. +\fIPfile\fR will not be created if there are no header parameters. +.le +.ls rows = "-" +\fIRows\fR is a string which may be used to specify ranges of rows which are +to be dumped. The default of "-" means dump all rows. The first +ten rows could be specified as \fIrows\fR = "1-10" or just \fIrows\fR = "-10". +To dump the first ten rows and all rows from 900 through the last, +use \fIrows\fR = "-10,900-". \fIRows\fR = "1,3,7,23" will print only +those four rows. It is not an error to specify rows larger than the largest +row number as they will simply be ignored. +See the help for RANGES in XTOOLS for further information. +.le +.ls pagwidth = 158 +The width of the output for printing the table data. If any of the columns +to be printed is wider than this an error message will be displayed, and +the data will not be dumped. The width of each character column is +increased by two to include a pair of enclosing quotes. +.le +.ih +DESCRIPTION +This task converts selected records from an APPHOT/DAOPHOT STSDAS table +database to ASCII format +and by default prints the result on the standard output. +TBDUMP output does not include row numbers or column names. +The TABLES package task TPRINT can be used for more readable output. + +The PTOOLS version of TBDUMP described here is +actually a combination of the STSDAS TABLES package tasks TSELECT and TDUMP. + +The three primary uses for TBDUMP are to format STSDAS tables for input to +applications +which expect simple text input, allow editing that would be +difficult or impossible with the TABLES package TEDIT task, such as +global substitutions, +and facilitate copying a table over a network to another computer. +For the latter two applications the table can be dumped to three separate files +containing column definitions, header parameters, and table data, +edited, column data types changed, etc. +The TABLES package TCREATE can be used to create a new table from the three +ASCII files produced by TBDUMP. +By default only the column data is dumped. + +TBDUMP queries for the columns to be dumped. If \fIcolumns\fR is null ("") +then all the columns are dumped. +All the rows are dumped by default, but ranges of +rows may be specified with the \fIrows\fR parameter. +If the table is wider than will fit on a page, +the output will consist of more than one line per row of the table, +but all the columns will be printed before moving on to the next row. +This is in contrast to TPRINT, +which prints all rows for those columns that will fit on a page, +then prints all rows for the next set of columns, etc. +Character columns with multiple words are printed with enclosing quotes. + +The TABLES package TLCOL task (with TLCOL.NLIST=1) may be used to generate +a list of +column names so there is no question about spelling or case. This list may +be edited to rearrange the names and/or delete some, the list +file preceded by an '@' and used as the value of the \fIcolumns\fR +parameter. + +The output records are selected on the basis of an input boolean +expression \fIexpr\fR whose variables are the tables column names. +If after substituting the values associated +with a particular record into the field name variables the +expression evaluates +to yes, that record is included in the output table. + +The supported +operators and functions are briefly described below. A detailed description +of the boolean expression evaluator and its syntax can be found +in the manual page for the IMAGES package HEDIT task. + +The following logical operators can be used in the boolean expression. + +.nf + equal == not equal != + less than < less than or equal <= + greater than > greater than or equal >= + or || and && + negation ! pattern match ?= + concatenation // +.fi + +The pattern match character ?= takes a +string expression as its first argument and a pattern as its second argument. +The result is yes if the pattern is contained in the string expression. +Patterns are strings which may contain pattern matching meta-characters. +The meta-characters themselves can be matched by preceeding them with the escape +character. The meta-characters listed below. + +.nf + beginning of string ^ end of string $ + one character ? zero or more characters * + white space # escape character \ + ignore case { end ignore case } + begin character class [ end character class ] + not, in char class ^ range, in char class - +.fi + +The expression may also include arithmetic operators and functions. +The following arithmetic operators and functions are supported. + +.nf +addition + subtraction - +multiplication * division / +negation - exponentiation ** +absolute value abs(x) cosine cos(x) +sine sin(x) tangent tan(x) +arc cosine acos(x) arc sine asin(x) +arc tangent atan(x) arc tangent atan2(x,y) +exponential exp(x) square root sqrt(x) +natural log log(x) common log log10(x) +minimum min(x,y) maximum max(x,y) +convert to integer int(x) convert to real real(x) +nearest integer nint(x) modulo mod(x) +.fi +.ih +EXAMPLES +.nf +1. Dump the "ID", "MAG" and "MAGERR" columns of the DAOPHOT package NSTAR +output to the standard output. + + pt> tbdump n4147.nst.1 "ID,MAG,MAGERR" yes + +2. Dump the "ID", "MAG", and "MAGERR" columns of the above file for records +which have "MAG <= 20.0". + + pt> tbdump n4147.nst.1 "ID,MAG,MAGERR" "MAG <= 20.0" + +3. Dump the "MAG" and "MAGERR" columns of the above file and pipe the +result to graph. + + pt> tbdump n4147.nst.1 "MAG,MAGERR" yes | graph STDIN + +4. Dump all the columns in the first 100 rows of the above file. + + pt> tbdump n4147.nst.1 "" yes rows="1-100" +.fi +.ih +BUGS +.ih +SEE ALSO +tables.tdump,tables.tprint,tables.tlcol,tables.tcreate,ptools.txdump,ptools.pdump +.endhelp diff --git a/noao/digiphot/ptools/doc/tbkeycol.hlp b/noao/digiphot/ptools/doc/tbkeycol.hlp new file mode 100644 index 00000000..0c79b882 --- /dev/null +++ b/noao/digiphot/ptools/doc/tbkeycol.hlp @@ -0,0 +1,50 @@ +.help tbkeycol Aug91 noao.ptools.digiphot +.ih +NAME +tbkeycol -- create new table columns from table header keywords + +.ih +USAGE +tbkeycol table keywords + +.ih +PARAMETERS + +.ls table +The list of input ST tables. +.le +.ls keywords +The list of ST table header keywords, separated by commas, whose values will be +copied into the newly created ST table columns. +.le + +.ih +DESCRIPTION + +TBKEYCOL takes a list of ST tables \fItable\fR and copies the values of the +header keywords \fIkeywords\fR into newly created columns of the same name. +If the input file is not an ST table, an output column of the same name as the +keyword already exists, or the keyword does not exist, no action is +taken. Otherwise a new column of the same name as the keyword is created, +and the value of the keyword is copied into all rows of the table. + +.ih +EXAMPLES + +1. For the list of ST tables in tablelist, copy the values of the header +keywords "IMAGE", "ITIME", "IFILTER", and "XAIRMASS" into table columns +of the same name. + +.nf + pt> tbkeycol @tablelist "IMAGE,ITIME,IFILTER,XAIRMASS" +.fi + +.ih +TIME REQUIREMENTS +.ih +BUGS +Since the structure of the ST table is altered the user must have +write permission on the table in order to run TBKEYCOL. +.ih +SEE ALSO +.endhelp diff --git a/noao/digiphot/ptools/doc/tbrenumber.hlp b/noao/digiphot/ptools/doc/tbrenumber.hlp new file mode 100644 index 00000000..55c50770 --- /dev/null +++ b/noao/digiphot/ptools/doc/tbrenumber.hlp @@ -0,0 +1,54 @@ +.help tbrenumber May93 noao.digiphot.ptools +.ih +NAME +tbrenumber -- renumber a list of APPHOT/DAOPHOT STSDAS table database(s) +.ih +USAGE +tbrenumber tables +.ih +PARAMETERS +.ls tables +The list of APPHOT/DAOPHOT STSDAS table databases to be renumbered. +.le +.ls idoffset = 0 +An integer offset to be added to the id numbers of the stars in +the output renumbered photometry file. If idoffset is > 0, the output +id numbers will run from 1 + idoffset to N + idoffset instead of from 1 to N. +.le +.ls id = "ID" +The name of the keyword whose value is the sequence number of the object +in the database. +.le +.ih +DESCRIPTION +TBRENUMBER is a simple script task which accepts an APPHOT/DAOPHOT STSDAS +table database and renumbers the objects from 1 + idoffset to N + idoffset, +where N is the number +of objects in the database. TBRENUMBER calls the TABLES package TCALC task +to actually do the work. + +.ih +EXAMPLES + +1. Renumber a concatenated NSTAR photometry file that has been written with +TBCONCAT. + +.nf + pt> tbrenumber m92r.nst +.fi + +2. Renumber a PHOT photometry file of extra stars so as to ensure the +stars' id numbers are greater than 4000. + +.nf + pt> tbrenumber m92r.mag.extra idoffset=4000 +.fi + +.ih +TIME REQUIREMENTS +.ih +BUGS +.ih +SEE ALSO +ptools.txrenumber,ptools.prenumber,tables.tcalc +.endhelp diff --git a/noao/digiphot/ptools/doc/tbselect.hlp b/noao/digiphot/ptools/doc/tbselect.hlp new file mode 100644 index 00000000..1a4ad6f4 --- /dev/null +++ b/noao/digiphot/ptools/doc/tbselect.hlp @@ -0,0 +1,107 @@ +.help tbselect Aug91 noao.digiphot.ptools +.ih +NAME +tbselect -- create a new APPHOT/DAOPHOT table database from selected rows +of an old APPHOT/DAOPHOT table database +.ih +USAGE +tbselect intable outtable expr +.ih +PARAMETERS +.ls intable +The list of APPHOT/DAOPHOT STSDAS table databases from which rows are +copied. +.le +.ls outtable +The list of output APPHOT/DAOPHOT table databases to contain the copied rows. +The number of output tables must equal the number of input tables. +.le +.ls expr +The boolean expression which determines which rows are copied to the new +table. \fIExpr\fR is evaluated once for each input row of data. +If \fIexpr\fR is "yes" a copy is made of the old input table. +.le +.ih +DESCRIPTION +TSELECT creates a new APPHOT/DAOPHOT table database containing a subset of +the rows in the old table database. +The rows are selected on the basis of an input boolean expression whose +variables are table column names. +If after substituting the values associated +with a particular row into the column name variables the expression evaluates +to yes, that row is included in the output table. + +The supported +operators and functions are briefly described below. A detailed description +of the boolean expression evaluator and its syntax can be found +in the manual page for the IMAGES package HEDIT task. + +The following logical operators can be used in the expression. + +.nf + equal == not equal != + less than < less than or equal <= + greater than > greater than or equal >= + or || and && + negation ! pattern match ?= + concatenation // +.fi + +The pattern match character ?= takes a +string expression as its first argument and a pattern as its second argument. +The result is yes if the pattern is contained in the string expression. +Patterns are strings which may contain pattern matching meta-characters. +The meta-characters themselves can be matched by preceeding them with the escape +character. The meta-characters are listed below. + +.nf + beginning of string ^ end of string $ + one character ? zero or more characters * + white space # escape character \ + ignore case { end ignore case } + begin character class [ end character class ] + not, in char class ^ range, in char class - +.fi + +The expression may also include arithmetic operators and functions. +The following arithmetic operators and functions are supported. + +.nf +addition + subtraction - +multiplication * division / +negation - exponentiation ** +absolute value abs(x) cosine cos(x) +sine sin(x) tangent tan(x) +arc cosine acos(x) arc sine asin(x) +arc tangent atan(x) arc tangent atan2(x,y) +exponential exp(x) square root sqrt(x) +natural log log(x) common log log10(x) +minimum min(x,y) maximum max(x,y) +convert to integer int(x) convert to real real(x) +nearest integer nint(x) modulo mod(x) +.fi +.ih +EXAMPLES + +1. Extract all stars brighter than twentieth magnitude from an +the output of the DAOPHOT ALLSTAR task and create a new database. + +.nf + pt> tbselect m92.al.1 m92out "MAG <= 20.0" +.fi + +2. Create a new database from the output of the DAOPHOT NSTAR task by +removing all INDEF valued magnitudes. + +.nf + pt> tbselect n2264b.nst.1 n2264out "MAG != INDEF" + +.fi +.ih +BUGS +Column names must be set off from operators by blanks in the expression so +that they can be correctly parsed by the expression evaluator. +.ih +SEE ALSO +ptools.txselect,tables.tselect,ptools.tbselect +.endhelp diff --git a/noao/digiphot/ptools/doc/tbsort.hlp b/noao/digiphot/ptools/doc/tbsort.hlp new file mode 100644 index 00000000..6812868a --- /dev/null +++ b/noao/digiphot/ptools/doc/tbsort.hlp @@ -0,0 +1,78 @@ +.help tbsort Aug91 noao.digiphot.ptools +.ih +NAME +tbsort -- sort an APPHOT/DAOPHOT STSDAS table database on one or more columns +.ih +USAGE +tbsort table columns +.ih +PARAMETERS +.ls table +The list of APPHOT/DAOPHOT table databases to be sorted in-place. +All tables are sorted on the same column or columns. +.le +.ls columns +The list of columns to sort on. A column template consists of a list of +either column names, or column patterns containing the usual pattern matching +meta-characters. The names or patterns are separated by commas or white space. +The list can be placed in a file and the name of the file preceeded by a +'@' can be given in place of the column template. +.le +.ls ascend = yes +If \fIascend\fR = yes, the table is sorted in ascending value order, with the +first +row containing the smallest value of the sorted column. Otherwise, the table +is sorted in descending order, with the largest value first. +.le +.ls casesens = yes +If \fIcasesens\fR = yes, sorts on character columns are case sensitive, +with upper case letters preceding lower case in the sort. +Otherwise, the sort is case insensitive. +.le +.ih +DESCRIPTION +TBSORT sorts an APPHOT/DAOPHOT STSDAS table database. +TBSORT operates in place so +a copy of the unsorted table must be made with the TABLES +package TCOPY task in order to preserve the original table. +The column or columns to sort on are specified by the parameter +\fIcolumns\fR, which is a list of column names or column name patterns +separated by +commas. The most significant column name is the first in the list. Subsequent +columns are used to break ties. There are two flags, \fIascend\fR +and \fIcasesens\fR. If \fIascend\fR is yes, +the first row in the output table holds the smallest value if +the sorted column is numeric or the first string in alphabetic order if the +sorted column is a character string. If \fIcasesens\fR is yes, +upper case characters +precede lower case characters in sort order. Otherwise, case is not significant +in determining the sort order. No precedes yes when sorting a boolean column +in ascending order. Null table elements always are last in the sort, regardless +of whether \fIascend\fR is yes or no. + +TBSORT is identical to the TABLES package sort with the exception that +it has its own copy of the default parameter set so that users +can modify the parameters independently of the TBSORT task in TABLES. +.ih +EXAMPLES + +1. Sort the output of the DAOPHOT ALLSTAR task in increasing order of +magnitude. + +.nf + pt> tbsort m92.al.1 MAG +.fi + +2. Sort the output of the DAOPHOT task NSTAR in increasing order of +the y position. + +.nf + pt> tbsort m92.nst.1 YCENTER +.fi + +.ih +BUGS +.ih +SEE ALSO +ptools.txsort,ptools.psort,tables.tbsort +.endhelp diff --git a/noao/digiphot/ptools/doc/txcalc.hlp b/noao/digiphot/ptools/doc/txcalc.hlp new file mode 100644 index 00000000..747adabd --- /dev/null +++ b/noao/digiphot/ptools/doc/txcalc.hlp @@ -0,0 +1,80 @@ +.help txcalc May93 noao.digiphot.ptools +.ih +NAME +txcalc - perform an arithmetic operation on a field in a list of apphot/daophot + text databases +.ih +USAGE +txcalc textfiles field value +.ih +PARAMETERS +.ls textfiles +The APPHOT/DAOPHOT text database(s) containing the field to be recomputed. +.le +.ls field +The field to be recomputed. Field must be an integer or real field +in the input file(s). +.le +.ls value +The arithmetic expression used to recompute the specified field. +Value may be an integer or real expression but must match the data +type of field. The functions real and int may be used to do type +conversions. +.le + +.ih +DESCRIPTION + +TXCALC reads in the values of the \fIfield\fR keyword +from a set of APPHOT/DAOPHOT text databases, replaces the old values +with new values equal to the value of the arithmetic expression \fIvalue\fR, +and updates the text databases(s). + +The expression \fIvalue\fR consists of variables which are the field names +specified by the #N keywords or the parameters specified by the +#K keywords in the APPHOT/DAOPHOT text databases. +Only keywords beginning with #N can actually be replaced. + +The supported +arithmetic operators and functions are briefly described below. + +.nf +addition + subtraction - +multiplication * division / +negation - exponentiation ** +absolute value abs(x) cosine cos(x) +sine sin(x) tangent tan(x) +arc cosine acos(x) arc sine asin(x) +arc tangent atan(x) arc tangent atan2(x,y) +exponential exp(x) square root sqrt(x) +natural log log(x) common log log10(x) +minimum min(x,y) maximum max(x,y) +convert to integer int(x) convert to real real(x) +nearest integer nint(x) modulo mod(x) +.fi + +.ih +EXAMPLES + +1. Change the XCENTER and YCENTER fields to XCENTER + 5.4 and YCENTER + 10.3 +respectively in a file produced by the apphot package center task. + +.nf + pt> txcalc m92.ctr.1 xcenter "xcenter+5.4" + pt> txcalc m92.ctr.1 ycenter "ycenter+10.3" +.fi + +2. Add a constant to the computed magnitudes produced by nstar. + +.nf + pt> txcalc n4147.nst.2 mag "mag+3.457" +.fi + +.ih +BUGS +TXCALC does not allow arrays in the expression field. + +.ih +SEE ALSO +ptools.tbcalc,tables.tcalc,ptools.pcalc +.endhelp diff --git a/noao/digiphot/ptools/doc/txconcat.hlp b/noao/digiphot/ptools/doc/txconcat.hlp new file mode 100644 index 00000000..87516f72 --- /dev/null +++ b/noao/digiphot/ptools/doc/txconcat.hlp @@ -0,0 +1,45 @@ +.help txconcat Dec92 noao.digiphot.ptools +.ih +NAME +txconcat -- concatenate a list of APPHOT/DAOPHOT text databases +.ih +USAGE +txconcat textfiles outfile +.ih +PARAMETERS +.ls textfiles +The list of APPHOT/DAOPHOT text databases to be concatenated. +.le +.ls outfile +The name of the output APPHOT/DAOPHOT text database. +.le +.ls task = "TASK" +The name of the keywords whose value is the name of the task which wrote +the database. +.le +.ih +DESCRIPTION +TXCONCAT is a simple task which accepts a list of APPHOT/DAOPHOT text +database files and concatenates them into one resultant output file. +TXCONCAT checks that all the file are indeed APPHOT/DAOPHOT text +database files and that they were all written by the same task before +performing the concatenation. + +.ih +EXAMPLES + +1. Concatenate a list of DAOPHOT PHOT task result files into a single +output file. + +.nf + pt> txconcat m92r.mag.1,m92r.mag.2,m92r.mag.3 m92rall.mag.1 +.fi + +.ih +TIME REQUIREMENTS +.ih +BUGS +.ih +SEE ALSO +ptools.tbconcat,ptools.pconcat,tables.tmerge,concatenate +.endhelp diff --git a/noao/digiphot/ptools/doc/txdump.hlp b/noao/digiphot/ptools/doc/txdump.hlp new file mode 100644 index 00000000..bd432afb --- /dev/null +++ b/noao/digiphot/ptools/doc/txdump.hlp @@ -0,0 +1,167 @@ +.help txdump Aug91 noao.digiphot.ptools +.ih +NAME +txdump - print fields from selected records in an APPHOT/DAOPHOT text database +.ih +USAGE +txdump textfiles fields expr +.ih +PARAMETERS +.ls textfiles +The APPHOT/DAOPHOT text database whose fields from selected records are to +be printed. +.le +.ls fields +A template defining the fields to be printed from each selected record. +The fields are specified by keywords defined in the text database output +files #K and #N entries. Upper or lower case and minimum match +abbreviations are permissible. Some fields such as "mag" may have +multiple entries. An individual entry can be referenced by specifying an +array index, e.g. "mag[2]" or several values can be selected by +specifying a range of elements, e.g. "mag[1-3]". The fields are output in +the order in which they are specified in the template. +.le +.ls expr +The boolean expression to be evaluated once per record. +Only the fields in those records for which the boolean expression +evaluates to yes are printed. +If \fIexpr\fR = "yes", the specified fields in all the records are +printed. +.le +.ls headers = no +Preserve the APPHOT/DAOPHOT text database output format. The selected +fields are printed on the standard output, preceded by parameters list, +if \fIparameters\fR = yes, and the keyword, units, +and format information, exactly as they appear in the text database. +.le +.ls parameters = yes +Print the keyword parameters records in APPHOT/DAOPHOT format on the +standard output if \fIheaders\fR = yes. +.le + +.ih +DESCRIPTION +\fITXDUMP\fR selects a subset of fields specified by the \fIfields\fR +parameter from an APPHOT/DAOPHOT text database or a list of databases by +evaluating a boolean expression supplied by the user and prints the +results on the standard output. +If \fIheaders\fR = no, the resultant output is in simple list format +with all the specified fields in one line of text and adjacent fields +separated by whitespace. The fields are printed in the order in +which they appear in \fIexpr\fR. If \fIheaders\fR = yes, the +selected fields are printed on the standard output, preceded by +the parameter list, if \fIparameters\fR = yes, and the keyword, units, +and format information, exactly as they appear in the text database. +Newlines will not be inserted in the output so users should take +care not to exceed the IRAF text file line limit of 161 characters. + +The output records are selected on the basis of an input boolean +expression \fIexpr\fR whose variables are the field names +specified by the #N keywords or the parameters specified by the +#K keywords in the APPHOT/DAOPHOT text database. +If after substituting the values associated +with a particular record into the field name variables the +expression evaluates +to yes, that record is included in the output table. + +The supported +operators and functions are briefly described below. A detailed description +of the boolean expression evaluator and its syntax can be found +in the manual page for the IMAGES package HEDIT task. + +The following logical operators can be used in the boolean expression. + +.nf + equal == not equal != + less than < less than or equal <= + greater than > greater than or equal >= + or || and && + negation ! pattern match ?= + concatenation // +.fi + +The pattern match character ?= takes a +string expression as its first argument and a pattern as its second argument. +The result is yes if the pattern is contained in the string expression. +Patterns are strings which may contain pattern matching meta-characters. +The meta-characters themselves can be matched by preceeding them with the escape +character. The meta-characters listed below. + +.nf + beginning of string ^ end of string $ + one character ? zero or more characters * + white space # escape character \ + ignore case { end ignore case } + begin character class [ end character class ] + not, in char class ^ range, in char class - +.fi + +The expression may also include arithmetic operators and functions. +The following arithmetic operators and functions are supported. + +.nf +addition + subtraction - +multiplication * division / +negation - exponentiation ** +absolute value abs(x) cosine cos(x) +sine sin(x) tangent tan(x) +arc cosine acos(x) arc sine asin(x) +arc tangent atan(x) arc tangent atan2(x,y) +exponential exp(x) square root sqrt(x) +natural log log(x) common log log10(x) +minimum min(x,y) maximum max(x,y) +convert to integer int(x) convert to real real(x) +nearest integer nint(x) modulo mod(x) +.fi + +.ih +EXAMPLES + +1. Print the fields XCENTER and YCENTER from the output of the APPHOT +CENTER task. + +.nf + pt> txdump image.ctr.1 XCENTER,YCENTER yes +.fi + +2. Select the fields ID, XCENTER, YCENTER and the first three magnitudes +MAG{1-3] from the output of the APPHOT PHOT task. + +.nf + pt> txdump image.mag.2 "ID,XCEN,YCEN,MAG[1-3]" yes +.fi + +3. Print all fields for all records in the above file with a magnitude +through the first aperture of less than 20.0. + +.nf + pt> txdump image.mag.2 * "MAG[1] < 20.0" +.fi + +4. Print the id and all magnitudes for which magnitudes 1 and 2 are < 20.0 +from a file which is the output of the APPHOT PHOT task. + +.nf + pt> txdump image.mag.3 ID,MAG "MAG[1] < 20.0 && MAG[2] < 20.0" +.fi + +5. Select the ID, XCENTER, YCENTER, MSKY and MAG fields from the output + of the DAOPHOT NSTAR task for records where the magnitude is not + INDEF, while preserving the format of the text database so it + is suitable for input into a rerun of NSTAR. + +.nf + pt> txdump image.nst.1 "ID,XCENTER,YCENTER,MSKY,MAG" \ + "MAG[1] != INDEF" headers+ +.fi + +.ih +BUGS +TXDUMP does not allow arrays in the expression field. + +Users should not dump more fields than fill a 161 character textline +as IRAF does not currently fully support longer text lines. +.ih +SEE ALSO +images.hedit,ptools.tbdump,tables.tdump,ptools.pdump +.endhelp diff --git a/noao/digiphot/ptools/doc/txrenumber.hlp b/noao/digiphot/ptools/doc/txrenumber.hlp new file mode 100644 index 00000000..67ac5a42 --- /dev/null +++ b/noao/digiphot/ptools/doc/txrenumber.hlp @@ -0,0 +1,59 @@ +.help txrenumber May93 noao.digiphot.ptools +.ih +NAME +txrenumber -- renumber a list of APPHOT/DAOPHOT text database +.ih +USAGE +txrenumber textfiles +.ih +PARAMETERS +.ls textfiles +The APPHOT/DAOPHOT text database to be renumbered. +.le +.ls idoffset = 0 +An integer offset to be added to the id numbers of the stars in +the output renumbered photometry file. If idoffset is > 0, the output +id numbers will run from 1 + idoffset to N + idoffset instead of from 1 to N. +.le +.ls id = "ID" +The name of the keyword whose value is the sequence number of the object in +the list. After renumbering the original values of the \fIid\fR are replaced +by numbers 1 through N, where N is the total number of objects in the list. +The id keyword must denote an integer quantity. +.le +.ih +DESCRIPTION +TXRENUMBER is a simple task which accepts an APPHOT/DAOPHOT text +database file and renumbers all the objects in the file beginning +with 1 and ending with the number of objects in the file. +The renumber operation is performed in place. The original +values of the \fIid\fR field are replaced by numbers 1 + idoffset +through N + idoffset +where N is the total number of objects in the list. +A renumber operation is typically performed after another +list operation such as TXCONCAT or TXSORT. + +.ih +EXAMPLES + +1. Renumber the stars in a concatenated file produced by TXCONCAT. + +.nf + pt> txrenumber m92rall.mag.1 +.fi + +2. Renumber a PHOT photometry file of extra stars so as to ensure the +stars' id numbers are greater than 4000. + +.nf + pt> txrenumber m92r.mag.extra idoffset=4000 +.fi + +.ih +TIME REQUIREMENTS +.ih +BUGS +.ih +SEE ALSO +ptools.tbrenumber,ptools.prenumber,tables.tcalc +.endhelp diff --git a/noao/digiphot/ptools/doc/txselect.hlp b/noao/digiphot/ptools/doc/txselect.hlp new file mode 100644 index 00000000..b80357ea --- /dev/null +++ b/noao/digiphot/ptools/doc/txselect.hlp @@ -0,0 +1,121 @@ +.help txselect Aug91 noao.digiphot.ptools +.ih +NAME +txselect - select records from an APPHOT/DAOPHOT text database +.ih +USAGE +txselect textfiles outfiles expr +.ih +PARAMETERS +.ls textfiles +The APPHOT/DAOPHOT text database(s) containing the records from which the +selection is to be made. +.le +.ls outfiles +The output APPHOT/DAOPHOT text database(s) containing the selected records. +.le +.ls expr +The boolean expression to be evaluated once for each record. +Each input record for which \fIexpr\fR evaluates as "yes" will be +written to the output file. +If \fIexpr\fR = yes, a copy is made of the input file. +.le + +.ih +DESCRIPTION +TXSELECT selects a subset of the records +from a set of APPHOT/DAOPHOT text databases +and writes the new records out to another set of text databases. + +The output records are selected on the basis of an input boolean +expression \fIexpr\fR whose variables are the field names +specified by the #N keywords or the parameters specified by the +#K keywords in the APPHOT/DAOPHOT text database. +If after substituting the values associated +with a particular record into the field name variables the +expression evaluates +to yes, that record is included in the output database. + +The supported +operators and functions are briefly described below. A detailed description +of the boolean expression evaluator and its syntax can be found +in the manual page for the IMAGES package HEDIT task. + +The following logical operators can be used in the boolean expression. + +.nf + equal == not equal != + less than < less than or equal <= + greater than > greater than or equal >= + or || and && + negation ! pattern match ?= + concatenation // +.fi + +The pattern match character ?= takes a +string expression as its first argument and a pattern as its second argument. +The result is yes if the pattern is contained in the string expression. +Patterns are strings which may contain pattern matching meta-characters. +The meta-characters themselves can be matched by preceeding them with the escape +character. The meta-characters listed below. + +.nf + beginning of string ^ end of string $ + one character ? zero or more characters * + white space # escape character \ + ignore case { end ignore case } + begin character class [ end character class ] + not, in char class ^ range, in char class - +.fi + +The boolean expression may also include arithmetic operators and functions. +The following arithmetic operators and functions are supported. + +.nf +addition + subtraction - +multiplication * division / +negation - exponentiation ** +absolute value abs(x) cosine cos(x) +sine sin(x) tangent tan(x) +arc cosine acos(x) arc sine asin(x) +arc tangent atan(x) arc tangent atan2(x,y) +exponential exp(x) square root sqrt(x) +natural log log(x) common log log10(x) +minimum min(x,y) maximum max(x,y) +convert to integer int(x) convert to real real(x) +nearest integer nint(x) modulo mod(x) +.fi + +.ih +EXAMPLES + +1. Select the records from the output of the APPHOT CENTER task for +which 100. <= XCENTER <= 200. and 300. <= YCENTER <= 400. + +.nf + pt> txselect m92.ctr.1 m92out \ + "XCE >= 100. && XCE <= 200. && YCE >= 300. && YCE <= 400." +.fi + +2. Select the records from the output of the APPHOT PHOT task for which +the first magnitude is not equal to INDEF. + +.nf + pt> txselect n4147.mag.2 n4147out "MAG[1] != INDEF" +.fi + +3. Select the records from the output of the DAOPHOT ALLSTAR task + for which CHI <= 5.0 and MERR <= .10 magnitudes. + +.nf + pt> txselect m92b.al.1 m92out "CHI <= 5.0 && MERR <= 1.0" +.fi + +.ih +BUGS +TXSELECT does not allow arrays in the expression field. + +.ih +SEE ALSO +images.hselect,images.hedit,ptools.tbselect,tables.tselect,ptools.pselect +.endhelp diff --git a/noao/digiphot/ptools/doc/txsort.hlp b/noao/digiphot/ptools/doc/txsort.hlp new file mode 100644 index 00000000..b9a324fd --- /dev/null +++ b/noao/digiphot/ptools/doc/txsort.hlp @@ -0,0 +1,61 @@ +.help txsort Aug91 noao.digiphot.ptools +.ih +NAME +txsort -- sort a list of APPHOT/DAOPHOT text database file(s) +.ih +USAGE +txsort textfile field +.ih +PARAMETERS +.ls textfiles +The input APPHOT/DAOPHOT text database(s) to be sorted. +The sort is performed in place. +.le +.ls field +The field to be sorted on. \fIField\fR may be any quantity defined by +the APPHOT/DAOPHOT #K and #N keywords. The keywords may be +of type integer or real, in which case a numeric sort is performed, +boolean, in which case the boolean constant "no" has a smaller value +than "yes", or character in which case an alphabetic sort is performed. +.le +.ls ascend = yes +Sort in increasing value order. +.le +.ih +DESCRIPTION +TXSORT is a simple task which accepts a list of APPHOT/DAOPHOT text +database files +and sorts them in place based on the value of the selected field +specifier \fIfield\fR. By default the sort is performed in increasing order +of the value +of \fIfield\fR, but a reverse sort can be performed by +setting \fIascend\fR = "no". + +If \fIfield\fR is a real or integer quantity the sort is numeric; if boolean +the boolean constant "no" is assumed to have a smaller value than "yes"; if +character the sort is alphabetic. +.ih +EXAMPLES + +1. Sort the output of the APPHOT task PHOT in increasing order of +the y position. + +.nf + pt> txsort m92.mag.1 YCENTER +.fi + +2. Sort the output of the DAOPHOT task ALLSTAR in increasing order of + magnitude. + +.nf + pt> txsort m92.al.1 MAG +.fi + +.ih +TIME REQUIREMENTS +.ih +BUGS +.ih +SEE ALSO +ptools.tbsort,tables.tsort,ptools.psort,sort +.endhelp diff --git a/noao/digiphot/ptools/histplot.par b/noao/digiphot/ptools/histplot.par new file mode 100644 index 00000000..59148ea9 --- /dev/null +++ b/noao/digiphot/ptools/histplot.par @@ -0,0 +1,20 @@ +# The PEXAMINE task histogram plotting task parameters + +nbins,i,h,10,1,,Number of bins in histogram +z1,r,h,INDEF,,,Minimum histogram intensity +z2,r,h,INDEF,,,Maximum histogram intensity +top_closed,b,h,yes,,,Include z2 in the top bin? +x1,r,h,INDEF,,,Left world X-coord if not autoscaling +x2,r,h,INDEF,,,Right world X-coord if not autoscaling +y1,r,h,INDEF,,,Lower world Y-coord if not autoscaling +y2,r,h,INDEF,,,Upper world Y-coord if not autoscaling +logy,b,h,yes,,,Log scale the y axis ? +box,b,h,yes,,,Draw box around periphery of window ? +ticklabels,b,h,yes,,,Label tick marks ? +majrx,i,h,5,,,Number of major divisions along x axis +minrx,i,h,5,,,Number of minor divisions along x axis +majry,i,h,5,,,Number of major divisions along y axis +minry,i,h,5,,,Number of minor divisions along y axis +round,b,h,no,,,Round axes to nice values ? +fill,b,h,yes,,,Fill viewport vs enforce unity aspect ratio ? +banner,b,h,yes,,,Standard banner ? diff --git a/noao/digiphot/ptools/istable.par b/noao/digiphot/ptools/istable.par new file mode 100644 index 00000000..fa135764 --- /dev/null +++ b/noao/digiphot/ptools/istable.par @@ -0,0 +1,7 @@ +# ISTABLE Parameters + +infile,s,a,,,,Input file +table,b,h,no,,,Is the file a tables file ? +text,b,h,no,,,Is the file a text database file ? +other,b,h,no,,,Is the file neither a tables or a text database file ? +mode,s,h,"ql",,,Mode of task diff --git a/noao/digiphot/ptools/lib/strip.ptoolsx b/noao/digiphot/ptools/lib/strip.ptoolsx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..e69de29b --- /dev/null +++ b/noao/digiphot/ptools/lib/strip.ptoolsx diff --git a/noao/digiphot/ptools/lib/warning.dat b/noao/digiphot/ptools/lib/warning.dat new file mode 100644 index 00000000..a27f7da2 --- /dev/null +++ b/noao/digiphot/ptools/lib/warning.dat @@ -0,0 +1,12 @@ + + + $$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$ + WARNING FROM THE PTOOLS PACKAGE LOADER + $$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$ + + The SDAS external package TABLES required by some of the PTOOLS + tasks is not available. The tasks TBAPPEND, TBDUMP, TBRENUMBER, + TBSELECT, and TBSORT will not run. The tasks PAPPEND, PDUMP, + PRENUMBER, PSELECT and PSORT will run only on APPHOT/DAOPHOT + output files written in the default text format, not on files + written in ST tables format. diff --git a/noao/digiphot/ptools/mkpkg b/noao/digiphot/ptools/mkpkg new file mode 100644 index 00000000..b8a75eaa --- /dev/null +++ b/noao/digiphot/ptools/mkpkg @@ -0,0 +1,38 @@ +# PTOOLSX libraries + +$call relink +$exit + +update: + $call relink + $call install + ; + +relink: + $omake x_ptools.x + !mkpkg -p noao trelink XF="$(XFLAGS)" LF="$(LFLAGS)" + ; + +linkonly: + !mkpkg -p noao trelink XF="$(XFLAGS)" LF="$(LFLAGS)" + $call install + ; + +install: + $move xx_ptools.e noaobin$x_ptools.e + ; + +trelink: + $set LIBS = "-lds -lncar -lgks -lxtools -ltbtables" + $set XFLAGS = "$(XFLAGS) $(XF)" + $set LFLAGS = "$(LFLAGS) $(LF)" + $update libpkg.a + $link x_ptools.o libpkg.a ../lib/libpttables.a $(LIBS) -o xx_ptools.e + ; + +libpkg.a: + @pconvert + @pexamine + @ptutils + @txtools + ; diff --git a/noao/digiphot/ptools/pcalc.cl b/noao/digiphot/ptools/pcalc.cl new file mode 100644 index 00000000..494e7ee7 --- /dev/null +++ b/noao/digiphot/ptools/pcalc.cl @@ -0,0 +1,50 @@ +# PCALC - Recompute a column of an APPHOT/DAOPHOT database using an +# arithmetic expression. + +procedure pcalc (infile, field, value) + +string infile {prompt="Input apphot/daophot databases(s)"} +string field {prompt="Field to be edited"} +string value {prompt="New value or expression for field"} + +struct *inlist + +begin + # Local variable declarations. + file tmpin + string in, tfield, tvalue, inname + + # Cache the istable parameters. + cache ("istable") + + # Get the positional parameters. + in = infile + tfield = field + tvalue = value + + # Expand the file list names. + tmpin = mktemp ("tmp$") + files (in, sort=no, > tmpin) + + # Loop over each file in the input and output lists selecting records. + inlist = tmpin + while (fscan (inlist, inname) != EOF) { + istable (inname) + if (istable.table) { + if (defpar ("tcalc.verbose") || defpar ("tcalc.harmless")) { + tcalc (inname, tfield, tvalue, datatype="real", + colunits="", colfmt="", verbose=no, harmless=0.1) + } else { + tcalc (inname, tfield, tvalue, datatype="real", + colunits="", colfmt="") + } + } else if (istable.text) { + txcalc (inname, tfield, tvalue) + } else { + print ("Cannot run PCALC on file: " // inname) + } + } + inlist = "" + + delete (tmpin, ver-, >& "dev$null") +end diff --git a/noao/digiphot/ptools/pconcat.cl b/noao/digiphot/ptools/pconcat.cl new file mode 100644 index 00000000..7d098eee --- /dev/null +++ b/noao/digiphot/ptools/pconcat.cl @@ -0,0 +1,56 @@ +# PCONCAT -- Concatenate a list of apphot/daophot databases into a single +# output database. The input files must either be all text files or all data +# files. PCONCAT checks that the input files were all created by the same +# task. + +procedure pconcat (infiles, outfile) + +file infiles {prompt = "Input apphot/daophot database(s) to be concatenated"} +file outfile {prompt = "Output apphot/daophot database"} +string task {"TASK", prompt="Task name keyword"} + +struct *inlist + +begin + # Declare local variables. + bool table, text, other + file in, out + string tmpin, inname + + # Cache the istable parameters. + cache ("istable") + + # Get the positional parameters. + in = infiles + out = outfile + + # Make a file lists. + tmpin = mktemp ("tmp$") + files (in, sort=no, > tmpin) + + # Check to see whether the first file is a text database or a table. + + inlist = tmpin + if (fscan (inlist, inname) != EOF) { + istable (inname) + table = istable.table + text = istable.text + other = istable.other + } else { + table = no + text = no + other = no + } + delete (tmpin, ver-, >& "dev$null") + inlist = "" + + # Do the actual appending. + if (table) + tbconcat (in, out, task=task) + else if (text) + txconcat (in, out, task=task) + else if (access (inname)) + print ("File " // inname // " is not an APPHOT/DAOPHOT database") + else + print ("File " // inname // " does not exist") +end diff --git a/noao/digiphot/ptools/pconvert.par b/noao/digiphot/ptools/pconvert.par new file mode 100644 index 00000000..eb3fdd0c --- /dev/null +++ b/noao/digiphot/ptools/pconvert.par @@ -0,0 +1,8 @@ +# CONVERT Parameters + +textfile,s,a,,,,Input apphot/daophot text database +table,s,a,,,,Output apphot/daophot table database +fields,s,a,"*",,,Fields to be extracted +expr,s,h,yes,,,Boolean expression used for record selection +append,b,h,no,,,Append to existing table ? +mode,s,h,"ql",,,Mode of task diff --git a/noao/digiphot/ptools/pconvert/mkpkg b/noao/digiphot/ptools/pconvert/mkpkg new file mode 100644 index 00000000..362576cb --- /dev/null +++ b/noao/digiphot/ptools/pconvert/mkpkg @@ -0,0 +1,14 @@ +# PCONVERT task + +$checkout libpkg.a ".." +$update libpkg.a +$checkin libpkg.a ".." +$exit + +libpkg.a: + ptconvert.x <error.h> <evexpr.h> \ + <tbset.h> ../../lib/ptkeysdef.h + ptdeftable.x ../../lib/ptkeysdef.h <tbset.h> <ctype.h> + ptstrwrd.x + t_pconvert.x <fset.h> + ; diff --git a/noao/digiphot/ptools/pconvert/ptconvert.x b/noao/digiphot/ptools/pconvert/ptconvert.x new file mode 100644 index 00000000..8ac97ac8 --- /dev/null +++ b/noao/digiphot/ptools/pconvert/ptconvert.x @@ -0,0 +1,236 @@ +include <error.h> +include <evexpr.h> +include <tbset.h> +include "../../lib/ptkeysdef.h" + +# PT_APCONVERT -- Procedure to select records from a text file in pseudo list +# format. + +procedure pt_convert (fd, td, fields, expr, append) + +int fd # text file descriptor +int td # table file descriptor +char fields[ARB] # fields to be output +char expr[ARB] # boolean expression to be evaluated +int append # append to an existing table + +bool oexpr +int nchars, nunique, uunique, funique, ncontinue, recptr, rownum +int ntotkeys, first_rec, printall, table_defined +pointer sp, line, colpoints, key, o + +bool streq() +extern pt_getop () +int getline(), strncmp(), tbpsta(), pt_deftable(), pt_apptable() +pointer evexpr(), locpr() +real asumi() + +begin + + # Allocate temporary working space. + call smark (sp) + call salloc (line, SZ_LINE, TY_CHAR) + + # Initialize the keys structure. + call pt_kyinit (key) + + # Initialize the counters. + nunique = 0 + uunique = 0 + funique = 0 + + # Initalize the record reading code. + table_defined = NO + first_rec = YES + recptr = 1 + ncontinue = 0 + + # Initialize the expression evaluator. + o = NULL + if (streq (expr, "yes")) { + oexpr = true + printall = YES + } else { + oexpr = false + printall = NO + } + + # Initialize the pointer for writing rows. + if (append == YES) + rownum = tbpsta (td, TBL_NROWS) + else + rownum = 0 + + # Loop over the text file records. + nchars = getline (fd, Memc[line]) + while (nchars != EOF) { + + # Determine the type of record. + if (Memc[line] == KY_CHAR_POUND) { + if (strncmp (Memc[line], KY_CHAR_KEYWORD, KY_LEN_STR) == 0) { + call pt_kyadd (key, Memc[line], nchars) + } else if (strncmp (Memc[line], KY_CHAR_NAME, + KY_LEN_STR) == 0) { + nunique = nunique + 1 + call pt_kname (key, Memc[line], nchars, nunique) + } else if (strncmp (Memc[line], KY_CHAR_UNITS, + KY_LEN_STR) == 0) { + uunique = uunique + 1 + call pt_knunits (key, Memc[line], nchars, uunique) + } else if (strncmp (Memc[line], KY_CHAR_FORMAT, + KY_LEN_STR) == 0) { + funique = funique + 1 + call pt_knformats (key, Memc[line], nchars, funique) + } + + } else if (Memc[line] == KY_CHAR_NEWLINE) { + # skip blank lines + + } else { + + # Construct the table record. + call pt_mkrec (key, Memc[line], nchars, first_rec, recptr, + ncontinue) + + # Construct output record when there is no continuation char. + if (Memc[line+nchars-2] != KY_CHAR_CONT) { + + # Construct the output table if not defined. + if (table_defined == NO) { + + # Compute the maximum number of keys. + ntotkeys = nint (asumi (Memi[KY_NELEMS(key)], + KY_NKEYS(key))) + + # Allocate space for the column pointers. + call salloc (colpoints, ntotkeys, TY_INT) + + # Initialize the table. + if (append == NO) { + if (pt_deftable (td, key, fields, + Memi[colpoints]) <= 0) + break + } else if (append == YES) { + if (pt_apptable (td, key, fields, + Memi[colpoints]) <= 0) + break + } + + table_defined = YES + } + + # Evaluate the expression. + iferr { + if (printall == NO) { + call pt_apset (key) + o = evexpr (expr, locpr (pt_getop), 0) + if (O_TYPE(o) != TY_BOOL) + call error (0, "Expression must be a boolean") + oexpr = O_VALB(o) + } + } then { + call erract (EA_WARN) + call xev_freeop (o) + call mfree (o, TY_STRUCT) + break + } + + # Construct the output record. + if (oexpr) { + rownum = rownum + 1 + call pt_putrec (td, Memi[colpoints], key, rownum) + } + + # Get ready for next record. + ncontinue = 0 + recptr = 1 + first_rec = NO + if (o != NULL) { + call xev_freeop (o) + call mfree (o, TY_STRUCT) + } + } + } + + # Read the next line. + nchars = getline (fd, Memc[line]) + } + + # Free the keys structure. + call pt_kyfree (key) + call sfree (sp) +end + + +# PT_PUTREC -- Add a row to the table. + +procedure pt_putrec (td, colpoints, key, rownum) + +pointer td # table descriptor +pointer colpoints[ARB] # pointers for columns +pointer key # key structure +int rownum # row number + +int i, index, elem, kip, maxch, n, nk, ncols +int number, datatype, lendata, lenfmt, ival +pointer sp, colname, colunits, colfmt, str +real rval +bool streq() +int ctor(), ctoi() + +begin + call smark (sp) + call salloc (colname, SZ_COLNAME+1, TY_CHAR) + call salloc (colunits, SZ_PARREC+1, TY_CHAR) + call salloc (colfmt, SZ_PARREC+1, TY_CHAR) + call salloc (str, SZ_LINE, TY_CHAR) + + # For each selected field move into the table + ncols = 0 + do i = 1, KY_NSELECT(key) { + + # Get the pointer to the desired value. + index = Memi[KY_SELECT(key)+i-1] + elem = Memi[KY_ELEM_SELECT(key)+i-1] + maxch = Memi[KY_LEN_SELECT(key)+i-1] + kip = Memi[KY_PTRS(key)+index-1] + (elem - 1) * maxch + + # Trim leading and trailing whitespace from the value and + # copy value to output buffer. + + for (n = 0; Memc[kip] == ' '; n = n + 1) + kip = kip + 1 + for (nk = 0; Memc[kip+nk] != ' ' && n <= maxch; nk = nk + 1) + n = n + 1 + call strcpy (Memc[kip], Memc[str], nk) + + # Find info about this column. + ncols = ncols + 1 + call tbcinf (colpoints[ncols], number, Memc[colname], + Memc[colunits], Memc[colfmt], datatype, lendata, lenfmt) + + # Move the selected value into the column. + kip = 1 + switch (datatype) { + case TY_INT: + if (ctoi (Memc[str], kip, ival) <= 0) + call tbrpti (td, colpoints[ncols], INDEFI, 1, rownum) + else + call tbrpti (td, colpoints[ncols], ival, 1, rownum) + case TY_REAL: + if (ctor (Memc[str], kip, rval) <= 0) + call tbrptr (td, colpoints[ncols], INDEFR, 1, rownum) + else + call tbrptr (td, colpoints[ncols], rval, 1, rownum) + case TY_BOOL: + if (streq ("yes", Memc[str])) + call tbrptb (td, colpoints[ncols], true, 1, rownum) + else + call tbrptb (td, colpoints[ncols], false, 1, rownum) + default: + call tbrptt (td, colpoints[ncols], Memc[str], nk, 1, rownum) + } + } + + call sfree (sp) +end diff --git a/noao/digiphot/ptools/pconvert/ptdeftable.x b/noao/digiphot/ptools/pconvert/ptdeftable.x new file mode 100644 index 00000000..86fb2c35 --- /dev/null +++ b/noao/digiphot/ptools/pconvert/ptdeftable.x @@ -0,0 +1,375 @@ +#include <ctype.h> +include <tbset.h> +include "../../lib/ptkeysdef.h" + +# PT_DEFTABLE -- Set up and create the table for the conversion of +# the APPHOT text file. + +int procedure pt_deftable (td, key, fields, columns) + +pointer td # output table descriptor +pointer key # key structure +char fields[ARB] # fields to be output to the table +int columns[ARB] # pointer to array of column pointers + +int ncols +int pt_defcols() + +begin + # Define the table columns. + ncols = pt_defcols (td, key, fields, columns) + if (ncols <= 0) + return (0) + + # Define the table header. + call pt_defheader (td, key) + + return (ncols) +end + + +# PT_DEFHEADER -- Define the header structure. + +procedure pt_defheader (td, key) + +pointer td # table descriptor +pointer key # pointer to the keys structure + +int i, index, type, len, ival, ip +pointer sp, kname, value, ptr +real rval +bool streq() +int pt_strwrd(), pt_kstati(), ctoi(), ctor() + +begin + call smark (sp) + call salloc (kname, SZ_KEYWORD, TY_CHAR) + call salloc (value, KY_SZPAR, TY_CHAR) + + # Define the columns determining datatype from the format string. + do i = 1, KY_NPKEYS(key) { + + index = pt_strwrd (i, Memc[kname], SZ_KEYWORD, Memc[KY_WORDS(key)]) + if (index <= 0) + next + + ptr = Memi[KY_PTRS(key)+index-1] + len = pt_kstati (key, Memc[kname], KY_LENGTH) + call strcpy (Memc[ptr], Memc[value], len) + type = pt_kstati (key, Memc[kname], KY_DATATYPE) + + switch (type) { + case TY_INT: + ip = 1 + if (ctoi (Memc[value], ip, ival) <= 0) + call tbhadi (td, Memc[kname], INDEFI) + else + call tbhadi (td, Memc[kname], ival) + case TY_REAL: + ip = 1 + if (ctor (Memc[value], ip, rval) <= 0) + call tbhadr (td, Memc[kname], INDEFR) + else + call tbhadr (td, Memc[kname], rval) + case TY_BOOL: + if (streq ("yes", Memc[value])) + call tbhadb (td, Memc[kname], true) + else + call tbhadb (td, Memc[kname], false) + default: + call tbhadt (td, Memc[kname], Memc[value]) + } + } + + call sfree (sp) +end + + +# PT_DEFCOLS -- Define the data columns to be output. + +int procedure pt_defcols (td, key, fields, columns) + +pointer td # table Descriptor +pointer key # key structure +char fields[ARB] # fields selected +pointer columns[ARB] # array of pointers for columns + +int max_nkeys, index, ncols, element, nelems, type, len +pointer sp, kname, aranges, ranges, rangeset, colname, colunits, colformat +pointer list + +int pt_gnfn(), strdic(), pt_ranges(), get_next_number() +int decode_ranges(), pt_kstati() +pointer pt_ofnl() +real asumi() +errchk tbcdef() + +begin + # Allocate working space. + + call smark (sp) + call salloc (kname, KY_SZPAR, TY_CHAR) + call salloc (aranges, SZ_FNAME, TY_CHAR) + call salloc (ranges, SZ_FNAME, TY_CHAR) + call salloc (rangeset, 3 * KY_MAXNRANGES, TY_INT) + + call salloc (colname, SZ_COLNAME, TY_CHAR) + call salloc (colunits, SZ_COLUNITS, TY_CHAR) + call salloc (colformat, SZ_COLFMT, TY_CHAR) + + # Initialize the select buffers. The select keyword, format + # and units string buffers are not necessary in this application. + + max_nkeys = nint (asumi (Memi[KY_NELEMS(key)], KY_NKEYS(key))) + if (KY_SELECT(key) != NULL) + call mfree (KY_SELECT(key), TY_INT) + call malloc (KY_SELECT(key), max_nkeys, TY_INT) + if (KY_ELEM_SELECT(key) != NULL) + call mfree (KY_ELEM_SELECT(key), TY_INT) + call malloc (KY_ELEM_SELECT(key), max_nkeys, TY_INT) + if (KY_LEN_SELECT(key) != NULL) + call mfree (KY_LEN_SELECT(key), TY_INT) + call malloc (KY_LEN_SELECT(key), max_nkeys, TY_INT) + + # Initialize the number of columns. + ncols = 0 + + # Open the list of fields. + list = pt_ofnl (key, fields) + + # Loop over the fields. + while (pt_gnfn (list, Memc[kname], Memc[aranges], KY_SZPAR) != EOF) { + + # Find location of the field in the keyword dictionary and + # expand the ranges string if it is defined. + index = strdic (Memc[kname], Memc[kname], KY_SZPAR, + Memc[KY_WORDS(key)]) + if (pt_ranges (Memc[aranges], Memc[ranges], element, SZ_LINE) == + ERR) + call error (0, "Cannot decode DAOPHOT range string") + + # The field was not found. + if (index == 0) { + next + + # Reject keyword fields. + } else if (index <= KY_NPKEYS (key)) { + next + + # The field is single valued. + } else if (Memi[KY_NELEMS(key)+index-1] == 1) { + + # Enter the pointers into the select buffer. + Memi[KY_SELECT(key)+ncols] = index + Memi[KY_ELEM_SELECT(key)+ncols] = 1 + len = pt_kstati (key, Memc[kname], KY_LENGTH) + Memi[KY_LEN_SELECT(key)+ncols] = len + ncols = ncols + 1 + + # Get the column name, the units and the formats. + call strcpy (Memc[kname], Memc[colname], SZ_COLNAME) + call pt_kstats (key, Memc[kname], KY_UNITSTR, Memc[colunits], + SZ_COLUNITS) + call pt_kstats (key, Memc[kname], KY_FMTSTR, Memc[colformat], + SZ_COLFMT) + + # Create the column determining the datatype from the + # format string. + type = pt_kstati (key, Memc[kname], KY_DATATYPE) + if (type != TY_CHAR) + call tbcdef (td, columns[ncols], Memc[colname], + Memc[colunits], Memc[colformat], type, 1, 1) + else + call tbcdef (td, columns[ncols], Memc[colname], + Memc[colunits], Memc[colformat], -len, 1, 1) + + # The field is multi-valued. + } else { + + if (Memc[ranges] == EOS) { + call sprintf (Memc[ranges], SZ_FNAME, "1-%d") + call pargi (Memi[KY_NELEMS(key)+index-1]) + } + if (decode_ranges (Memc[ranges], Memi[rangeset], KY_MAXNRANGES, + nelems) == ERR) + call error (0, "Cannot decode ranges string") + + nelems = 0 + while (get_next_number (Memi[rangeset], nelems) != EOF) { + if (nelems < 1 || nelems > Memi[KY_NELEMS(key)+index-1]) + break + + len = pt_kstati (key, Memc[kname], KY_LENGTH) + Memi[KY_SELECT(key)+ncols] = index + Memi[KY_ELEM_SELECT(key)+ncols] = nelems + Memi[KY_LEN_SELECT(key)+ncols] = len + ncols = ncols + 1 + + # Get the column name, units and format. + call sprintf (Memc[colname], SZ_COLNAME, "%s[%d]") + call pargstr (Memc[kname]) + call pargi (nelems) + call pt_kstats (key, Memc[kname], KY_UNITSTR, + Memc[colunits], SZ_COLUNITS) + call pt_kstats (key, Memc[kname], KY_FMTSTR, + Memc[colformat], SZ_COLFMT) + + # Create the column determining the datatype from the + # format string. + type = pt_kstati (key, Memc[kname], KY_DATATYPE) + if (type != TY_CHAR) + call tbcdef (td, columns[ncols], Memc[colname], + Memc[colunits], Memc[colformat], type, 1, 1) + else + call tbcdef (td, columns[ncols], Memc[colname], + Memc[colunits], Memc[colformat], -len, 1, 1) + } + } + } + + # Create the table. + call tbpset (td, TBL_MAXPAR, KY_NPKEYS(key)) + call tbtcre (td) + + # Free the space + call pt_cfnl (list) + call sfree (sp) + + # Reallocate select buffer space + KY_NSELECT(key) = ncols + call realloc (KY_SELECT(key), KY_NSELECT(key), TY_INT) + call realloc (KY_ELEM_SELECT(key), KY_NSELECT(key), TY_INT) + call realloc (KY_LEN_SELECT(key), KY_NSELECT(key), TY_INT) + + return (ncols) +end + + +# PT_APPTABLE -- Find the array of column pointers for appending to an +# existing ST table. + +int procedure pt_apptable (td, key, fields, columns) + +pointer td # the table descriptor +pointer key # key structure +char fields[ARB] # string containing fields to include in table +pointer columns[ARB] # Array of pointers for columns + +int max_nkeys, index, ncols, element, nelems +pointer list, sp, kname, aranges, ranges, rangeset, colname +int pt_gnfn(), strdic(), pt_ranges(), get_next_number(), decode_ranges() +int pt_kstati() +pointer pt_ofnl() +real asumi() + +begin + # Allocate buffer space. + call smark (sp) + call salloc (kname, KY_SZPAR, TY_CHAR) + call salloc (aranges, SZ_FNAME, TY_CHAR) + call salloc (ranges, SZ_FNAME, TY_CHAR) + call salloc (rangeset, 3 * KY_MAXNRANGES, TY_INT) + call salloc (colname, SZ_COLNAME, TY_CHAR) + + # Initialize the select buffers. The select keyword, format + # and units string buffers are not necessary in this application. + + max_nkeys = nint (asumi (Memi[KY_NELEMS(key)], KY_NKEYS(key))) + max_nkeys = nint (asumi (Memi[KY_NELEMS(key)], KY_NKEYS(key))) + if (KY_SELECT(key) != NULL) + call mfree (KY_SELECT(key), TY_INT) + call malloc (KY_SELECT(key), max_nkeys, TY_INT) + if (KY_ELEM_SELECT(key) != NULL) + call mfree (KY_ELEM_SELECT(key), TY_INT) + call malloc (KY_ELEM_SELECT(key), max_nkeys, TY_INT) + if (KY_LEN_SELECT(key) != NULL) + call mfree (KY_LEN_SELECT(key), TY_INT) + call malloc (KY_LEN_SELECT(key), max_nkeys, TY_INT) + + # Initialize the number of columns. + ncols = 0 + + # Initialize the list of fields. + ncols = 0 + list = pt_ofnl (key, fields) + + # Loop over the fields. + while (pt_gnfn (list, Memc[kname], Memc[aranges], KY_SZPAR) != EOF) { + + # Find the column. + index = strdic (Memc[kname], Memc[kname], KY_SZPAR, + Memc[KY_WORDS(key)]) + if (pt_ranges (Memc[aranges], Memc[ranges], element, + SZ_LINE) == ERR) + call error (0, "Cannot decode DAOPHOT range string") + + # Skip if the column does exist in the text database. + if (index == 0) + next + + # Skip the header keywords. + else if (index <= KY_NPKEYS (key)) + next + + # Convert single-valued elements. + else if (Memi[KY_NELEMS(key)+index-1] == 1) { + + call strcpy (Memc[kname], Memc[colname], SZ_COLNAME) + call tbcfnd (td, Memc[colname], columns[ncols+1], 1) + if (columns[ncols+1] == NULL) { + call eprintf ("Column %s not found\n") + call pargstr (Memc[colname]) + } else { + Memi[KY_SELECT(key)+ncols] = index + Memi[KY_ELEM_SELECT(key)+ncols] = 1 + Memi[KY_LEN_SELECT(key)+ncols] = pt_kstati (key, + Memc[kname], KY_LENGTH) + ncols = ncols + 1 + } + + # Convert multivalued elements. + } else { + + if (Memc[ranges] == EOS) { + call sprintf (Memc[ranges], SZ_FNAME, "1-%d") + call pargi (Memi[KY_NELEMS(key)+index-1]) + } + if (decode_ranges (Memc[ranges], Memi[rangeset], KY_MAXNRANGES, + nelems) == ERR) + call error (0, "Cannot decode ranges string") + + nelems = 0 + while (get_next_number (Memi[rangeset], nelems) != EOF) { + if (nelems < 1 || nelems > Memi[KY_NELEMS(key)+index-1]) + break + call sprintf (Memc[colname], SZ_COLNAME, "%s[%d]") + call pargstr (Memc[kname]) + call pargi (nelems) + call tbcfnd (td, Memc[colname], columns[ncols+1], 1) + if (columns[ncols+1] == NULL) { + call eprintf ("Column %s not found\n") + call pargstr (Memc[colname]) + } else { + Memi[KY_SELECT(key)+ncols] = index + Memi[KY_ELEM_SELECT(key)+ncols] = nelems + Memi[KY_LEN_SELECT(key)+ncols] = pt_kstati (key, + Memc[kname], KY_LENGTH) + ncols = ncols + 1 + } + + } + } + } + + # Free the space + call pt_cfnl (list) + call sfree (sp) + + # Reallocate select buffer space + KY_NSELECT(key) = ncols + call realloc (KY_SELECT(key), KY_NSELECT(key), TY_INT) + call realloc (KY_ELEM_SELECT(key), KY_NSELECT(key), TY_INT) + call realloc (KY_LEN_SELECT(key), KY_NSELECT(key), TY_INT) + + return (ncols) +end diff --git a/noao/digiphot/ptools/pconvert/ptstrwrd.x b/noao/digiphot/ptools/pconvert/ptstrwrd.x new file mode 100644 index 00000000..31a9974b --- /dev/null +++ b/noao/digiphot/ptools/pconvert/ptstrwrd.x @@ -0,0 +1,51 @@ +# PT_STRWRD -- Search a dictionary string for a given string index number. +# This is the opposite function of strdic(), that returns the index for +# given string. The entries in the dictionary string are separated by +# a delimiter character which is the first character of the dictionary +# string. The index of the string found is returned as the function value. +# Otherwise, if there is no string for that index, a zero is returned. + +int procedure pt_strwrd (index, outstr, maxch, dict) + +int index # String index +char outstr[ARB] # Output string as found in dictionary +int maxch # Maximum length of output string +char dict[ARB] # Dictionary string + +int i, len, start, count + +int strlen() + +begin + # Clear output string + outstr[1] = EOS + + # Return if the dictionary is not long enough + if (dict[1] == EOS) + return (0) + + # Initialize counters + count = 1 + len = strlen (dict) + + # Search the dictionary string. This loop only terminates + # successfully if the index is found. Otherwise the procedure + # returns with and error condition. + for (start = 2; count < index; start = start + 1) { + if (dict[start] == dict[1]) + count = count + 1 + if (start == len) + return (0) + } + + # Extract the output string from the dictionary + for (i = start; dict[i] != EOS && dict[i] != dict[1]; i = i + 1) { + if (i - start + 1 > maxch) + break + outstr[i - start + 1] = dict[i] + } + outstr[i - start + 1] = EOS + + # Return index for output string + return (count) +end diff --git a/noao/digiphot/ptools/pconvert/t_pconvert.x b/noao/digiphot/ptools/pconvert/t_pconvert.x new file mode 100644 index 00000000..fafcbf5f --- /dev/null +++ b/noao/digiphot/ptools/pconvert/t_pconvert.x @@ -0,0 +1,53 @@ +include <fset.h> + +# T_PCONVERT -- Procedure to convert the records within a text file into +# an STSDAS Table. + +procedure t_pconvert () + +pointer text # pointer to name of text file +pointer fields # pointer list of fields +pointer table # pointer to STSDAS table +pointer expr # Pointer to boolean expression +int append # open file in append mode + +int fd, td +pointer sp +bool clgetb() +int open(), btoi(), fstati(), tbtopn() + +begin + + if (fstati (STDOUT, F_REDIR) == NO) + call fseti (STDOUT, F_FLUSHNL, YES) + + # Allocate working space. + call smark (sp) + call salloc (text, SZ_LINE, TY_CHAR) + call salloc (fields, SZ_LINE, TY_CHAR) + call salloc (table, SZ_LINE, TY_CHAR) + call salloc (expr, SZ_LINE, TY_CHAR) + + # Get the parameters. + call clgstr ("textfile", Memc[text], SZ_LINE) + call clgstr ("table", Memc[table], SZ_LINE) + call clgstr ("fields", Memc[fields], SZ_LINE) + call strupr (Memc[fields]) + call clgstr ("expr", Memc[expr], SZ_LINE) + append = btoi (clgetb ("append")) + + # Open the table. + fd = open (Memc[text], READ_ONLY, TEXT_FILE) + if (append == YES) + td = tbtopn (Memc[table], READ_WRITE, 0) + else + td = tbtopn (Memc[table], NEW_FILE, 0) + + # Select records. + call pt_convert (fd, td, Memc[fields], Memc[expr], append) + + # Close up. + call close (fd) + call tbtclo (td) + call sfree (sp) +end diff --git a/noao/digiphot/ptools/pdump.cl b/noao/digiphot/ptools/pdump.cl new file mode 100644 index 00000000..5ac4b5fd --- /dev/null +++ b/noao/digiphot/ptools/pdump.cl @@ -0,0 +1,83 @@ +# PDUMP - Select fields from an ST table or an APPHOT/DAOPHOT text file +# and dump to a text file. + +procedure pdump (infiles, fields, expr) + +string infiles {prompt="Input apphot/daophot databases(s)"} +string fields {prompt="Fields to be extracted"} +string expr {"yes", prompt="Boolean expression"} +bool headers {no, prompt="Print field headers?"} +bool parameters {yes, prompt="Print parameters?"} + +struct *inlist + +begin + # Local variable declarations. + file tmpin, texpr + int nin, tpagwidth + string in, col, inname, hfile, pfile + + # Cache the istable parameters. + cache ("istable") + + # Get the positional parameters. + in = infiles + col = fields + texpr = expr + + # Make temporary names. + tmpin = mktemp ("tmp$") + + # Expand the file list names. + files (in, sort=no, > tmpin) + + # Compute the length of the input list. + inlist = tmpin + for (nin = 0; fscan (inlist, inname) != EOF; nin = nin + 1) + ; + inlist = "" + + # Delete the temporary files. + delete (tmpin, ver-, >& "dev$null") + + # Expand the file list names. + files (in, sort=no, > tmpin) + + if (headers) { + hfile = "STDOUT" + if (parameters) + pfile = "STDOUT" + else + pfile = "" + } else { + hfile = "" + pfile = "" + } + + # Loop over each file in the input list selecting records. + inlist = tmpin + while (fscan (inlist, inname) != EOF) { + istable (inname) + if (istable.table) { + + # Adjust pagination for TDUMP. + #tpagwidth = tdump.pwidth.p_max + tdump.pwidth.p_max = 1023 + + tbdump (inname, col, texpr, cdfile=hfile, pfile=pfile, + datafile="STDOUT", rows="-", pagwidth=1023) + + # Reset pagination for TDUMP. + #tdump.pwidth.p_max = tpagwidth + + } else if (istable.text) { + txdump (inname, col, texpr, headers=headers, + parameters=parameters) + } else { + print ("ERROR: Cannot run PDUMP on file: " // inname) + } + } + + delete (tmpin, ver-, >& "dev$null") + inlist = "" +end diff --git a/noao/digiphot/ptools/pexamine.par b/noao/digiphot/ptools/pexamine.par new file mode 100644 index 00000000..50dd0e75 --- /dev/null +++ b/noao/digiphot/ptools/pexamine.par @@ -0,0 +1,20 @@ +# The PEXAMINE task parameter set + +input,s,a,,,,"Name of the input catalog" +output,s,a,"",,,"Name of the edited output catalog" +image,s,a,"",,,Name of the image corresponding to the input catalog +deletions,s,h,"",,,"Name of the output catalog for deleted entries" +photcolumns,s,h,"daophot",,,"Names of the standard photometry columns" +xcolumn,s,h,mag,,,"Catalog column which is the X axis of X-Y plot" +ycolumn,s,h,merr,,,"Catalog column which is the Y axis of X-Y plot" +hcolumn,s,h,mag,,,"Catalog column which is to be binned" +xposcolumn,s,h,"xcenter",,,"Name of the x coordinate column" +yposcolumn,s,h,"ycenter",,,"Name of the y coordinate column" +usercolumns,s,h,"",,,"Names of additional user selected columns" +max_nstars,i,h,5000,1,,Maximum number of stars to load +first_star,i,h,1,1,,First star in the catalog to load +match_radius,r,h,2.0,,,Matching radius for positional coincidence on display +graphics,s,h,"stdgraph",,,The graphics device +gcommands,*gcur,h,"",,,Graphics cursor commands +icommands,*imcur,h,"",,,Image cursor commands +use_display,b,h,yes,,,Use the image display ? diff --git a/noao/digiphot/ptools/pexamine/mkpkg b/noao/digiphot/ptools/pexamine/mkpkg new file mode 100644 index 00000000..b2aa7dd8 --- /dev/null +++ b/noao/digiphot/ptools/pexamine/mkpkg @@ -0,0 +1,21 @@ +# The mkpkg file for the PEXAMINE task. + +$checkout libpkg.a ".." +$update libpkg.a +$checkin libpkg.a ".." +$exit + +libpkg.a: + ptahgmr.x <mach.h> pexamine.h + ptalimr.x <mach.h> + ptcolon.x <gset.h> pexamine.h + ptdelete.x <gset.h> <mach.h> pexamine.h + ptgetphot.x <tbset.h> ../../lib/ptkeysdef.h pexamine.h + ptimplot.x <imhdr.h> <math.h> <gset.h> <mach.h> + ptplot.x <error.h> <fset.h> <tbset.h> <gset.h> <mach.h> \ + <ctype.h> ../../lib/ptkeysdef.h pexamine.h + ptrddata.x ../../lib/ptkeysdef.h pexamine.h + ptsetup.x <error.h> pexamine.h <ctotok.h> + ptwtfile.x ../../lib/ptkeysdef.h pexamine.h + t_pexamine.x <error.h> <fset.h> pexamine.h + ; diff --git a/noao/digiphot/ptools/pexamine/pexamine.h b/noao/digiphot/ptools/pexamine/pexamine.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..138ff1f4 --- /dev/null +++ b/noao/digiphot/ptools/pexamine/pexamine.h @@ -0,0 +1,115 @@ +# The PEXAMINE structure definitions. + +# Define the task termination conditions. + +define PX_QUIT 0 +define PX_EXIT 1 + +# Define the delete indices + +define PX_GOOD 0 +define PX_DELETE 1 +define PX_MARK 2 + +# Define some useful constants. + +define PX_SZCOLNAME 19 # the maximum length of a column name +define PX_MAXNCOLS 20 # the maximum number of columns + +# Define the default photometry columns. + +define PX_DAOCOLS ",GROUP,ID,XCENTER,YCENTER,MSKY,STDEV,MAG,MERR,NITER,\ +CHI,SHARPNESS,ROUNDNESS" +define PX_APCOLS ",ID,XCENTER,YCENTER,MSKY,STDEV,MAG,MERR," + +# Define the structure. + +define LEN_PXSTRUCT (15 + 10 * PX_SZCOLNAME + 10) + +define PX_RNPHOT Memi[$1] # number of req'd photometry columns +define PX_RNUSER Memi[$1+1] # number of req'd user columns +define PX_RNCOLS Memi[$1+2] # total number of req'd columns +define PX_RCOLNAMES Memi[$1+3] # ptr to list of req'd column names +define PX_NPHOT Memi[$1+4] # number of photometry columns +define PX_NUSER Memi[$1+5] # number of user columns +define PX_NCOLS Memi[$1+6] # total number of stored columns +define PX_COLNAMES Memi[$1+7] # ptr to list of stored column names +define PX_COLPTRS Memi[$1+8] # ptr to array of stored column pointers + +define PX_RXCOLNAME Memc[P2C($1+10)] # the req'd x column +define PX_RYCOLNAME Memc[P2C($1+10+PX_SZCOLNAME+1)] # the req'd y column +define PX_XCOLNAME Memc[P2C($1+10+2*PX_SZCOLNAME+2)] # the x column +define PX_YCOLNAME Memc[P2C($1+10+3*PX_SZCOLNAME+3)] # the y column +define PX_RXPOSNAME Memc[P2C($1+10+4*PX_SZCOLNAME+4)] # the req'd xp column +define PX_RYPOSNAME Memc[P2C($1+10+5*PX_SZCOLNAME+5)] # the req'd yp column +define PX_XPOSNAME Memc[P2C($1+10+6*PX_SZCOLNAME+6)] # the x coord column +define PX_YPOSNAME Memc[P2C($1+10+7*PX_SZCOLNAME+7)] # the y coord column +define PX_RHCOLNAME Memc[P2C($1+10+8*PX_SZCOLNAME+8)] # the req'd hgm column +define PX_HCOLNAME Memc[P2C($1+10+9*PX_SZCOLNAME+9)] # the hgm column + +# Define the colon commands arguments + +define PX_PCMDS "|photcolumns|usercolumns|xcolumn|ycolumn|hcolumn|xposcolumn|\ +yposcolumn|eparam|unlearn|x1|x2|y1|y2|marker|szmarker|grid|logx|logy|box|\ +ticklabels|majrx|minrx|majry|minry|round|fill|nbins|z1|z2|top_closed|rinner|\ +router|ncolumns|nlines|axes|angh|angv|floor|ceiling|zero|ncontours|interval|\ +nhi|dashpat|label|delete|" + +define PX_PCMD_PHOTCOLUMNS 1 +define PX_PCMD_USERCOLUMNS 2 +define PX_PCMD_XCOLUMN 3 +define PX_PCMD_YCOLUMN 4 +define PX_PCMD_HCOLUMN 5 +define PX_PCMD_XPOSCOLUMN 6 +define PX_PCMD_YPOSCOLUMN 7 +define PX_PCMD_EDIT 8 +define PX_PCMD_UNLEARN 9 +define PX_PCMD_X1 10 +define PX_PCMD_X2 11 +define PX_PCMD_Y1 12 +define PX_PCMD_Y2 13 +define PX_PCMD_MARKER 14 +define PX_PCMD_SZMARKER 15 +define PX_PCMD_GRID 16 +define PX_PCMD_LOGX 17 +define PX_PCMD_LOGY 18 +define PX_PCMD_BOX 19 +define PX_PCMD_TICKLABELS 20 +define PX_PCMD_MAJRX 21 +define PX_PCMD_MINRX 22 +define PX_PCMD_MAJRY 23 +define PX_PCMD_MINRY 24 +define PX_PCMD_ROUND 25 +define PX_PCMD_FILL 26 +define PX_PCMD_NBINS 27 +define PX_PCMD_Z1 28 +define PX_PCMD_Z2 29 +define PX_PCMD_TOP_CLOSED 30 +define PX_PCMD_RIN 31 +define PX_PCMD_ROUT 32 +define PX_PCMD_NCOLUMNS 33 +define PX_PCMD_NLINES 34 +define PX_PCMD_AXES 35 +define PX_PCMD_ANGH 36 +define PX_PCMD_ANGV 37 +define PX_PCMD_FLOOR 38 +define PX_PCMD_CEILING 39 +define PX_PCMD_ZERO 40 +define PX_PCMD_NCONTOURS 41 +define PX_PCMD_INTERVAL 42 +define PX_PCMD_NHI 43 +define PX_PCMD_DASHPAT 44 +define PX_PCMD_LABEL 45 +define PX_PCMD_DELETE 46 + +# Define the plot types + +define PX_PLOTTYPES "|xyplot|histplot|radplot|surfplot|cntrplot|" + +define PX_XYPLOT 1 +define PX_HISTPLOT 2 +define PX_RADPLOT 3 +define PX_SURFPLOT 4 +define PX_CNTRPLOT 5 + +define PX_MARKERS "|point|box|plus|cross|circle|hline|vline|diamond|" diff --git a/noao/digiphot/ptools/pexamine/pexamine.key b/noao/digiphot/ptools/pexamine/pexamine.key new file mode 100644 index 00000000..892e0542 --- /dev/null +++ b/noao/digiphot/ptools/pexamine/pexamine.key @@ -0,0 +1,146 @@ + PEXAMINE Interactive Cursor Keystroke Commands + + Basic Commands + +? Print help for the PEXAMINE task +: PEXAMINE colon commands +g Activate the graphics cursor +i Activate the image cursor +e Exit PEXAMINE and save the edited catalog +q Quit PEXAMINE and discard the edited catalog + + Data Examining Commands + +l List the name, datatype and units for all columns in the catalog +o Print out the names and values of the stored columns for the + object nearest the cursor +x Replot the current y column versus the current x column +h Replot the current histogram +r Plot the radial profile of the object nearest the cursor +s Plot the surface of the object nearest the cursor +c Plot the contour plot of the object nearest the cursor +m Print the data values of the object nearest the cursor +p Replot the current graph + + Data Editing Commands + +z Reinitialize the data by removing all deletions and replot +d Mark the point nearest the cursor for deletion +u Undelete the marked point nearest the cursor +t Toggle between marking points for deletion or undeletion +( Mark points with X < X (cursor) for deletion or undeletion +) Mark points with X > X (cursor) for deletion or undeletion +v Mark points with Y < Y (cursor) for deletion or undeletion +^ Mark points with Y > Y (cursor) for deletion or undeletion +b Mark points inside a box for deletion or undeletion +f Actually delete the marked points and replot + + + PEXAMINE Interactive Colon Commands + +:xcolumn [name] Show/set the X-Y plot X axis quantity +:ycolumn [name] Show/set the X-Y plot Y axis quantity +:hcolumn [name] Show/set the histogram plot quantity +:photcolumns [col1,col2,...] Show/set the list of photometry columns +:usercolumns [col1,col2,...] Show/set the list of user columns +:delete [yes/no] Delete or undelete points +:eparam [x/h/r/s/c] Edit/unlearn the specified plot pset + or +:unlearn + + + PEXAMINE Interactive X-Y Plotting Commands + +:x1 [value] Left world x-coord if not autoscaling +:x2 [value] Right world x-coord if not autoscaling +:y1 [value] Lower world y-coord if not autoscaling +:y2 [value] Upper world y-coord if not autoscaling +:szmarker [value] Marker size +:marker [point|box|plus|cross|circle|diamond|hline|vline] Marker type +:logx [yes/no] Log scale the x axis? +:logy [yes/no] Log scale the y axis? +:box [yes/no] Draw box around periphery of window? +:ticklabels [yes/no] Label tick marks? +:grid [yes/no] Draw grid lines at major tick marks? +:majrx [value] Number of major divisions along x axis +:minrx [value] Number of minor divisions along x axis +:majry [value] Number of major divisions along y axis +:minry [value] Number of minor divisions along y axis +:round [yes/no] Round axes to nice values? +:fill [yes/no] Fill viewport vs enforce unity aspect ratio? + + + PEXAMINE Interactive Histogram Plotting Commands + +:nbins [value] Number of bins in the histogram +:z1 [value] Minimum histogram intensity +:z2 [value] Maximum histogram intensity +:top_closed [y/n] Include z in the top bin? +:x1 [value] Left world x-coord if not autoscaling +:x2 [value] Right world x-coord if not autoscaling +:y1 [value] Lower world y-coord if not autoscaling +:y2 [value] Upper world y-coord if not autoscaling +:logy [yes/no] Log scale the y axis? +:box [yes/no] Draw box around periphery of window? +:ticklabels [yes/no] Label tick marks? +:majrx [value] Number of major divisions along x axis +:minrx [value] Number of minor divisions along x axis +:majry [value] Number of major divisions along y axis +:minry [value] Number of minor divisions along y axis +:round [yes/no] Round axes to nice values? +:fill [yes/no] Fill viewport vs enforce unity aspect ratio? + + PEXAMINE Interactive Radial Profile Plotting Commands + +:rinner [value] Inner radius of the region to be plotted +:router [value] Outer radius of the region to be plotted +:x1 [value] Left world x-coord if not autoscaling +:x2 [value] Right world x-coord if not autoscaling +:y1 [value] Lower world y-coord if not autoscaling +:y2 [value] Upper world y-coord if not autoscaling +:szmarker [value] Marker size +:marker [point|box|plus|cross|circle|diamond|hline|vline] Marker type +:logx [yes/no] Log scale the x axis? +:logy [yes/no] Log scale the y axis? +:box [yes/no] Draw box around periphery of window? +:ticklabels [yes/no] Label tick marks? +:grid [yes/no] Draw grid lines at major tick marks? +:majrx [value] Number of major divisions along x axis +:minrx [value] Number of minor divisions along x axis +:majry [value] Number of major divisions along y axis +:minry [value] Number of minor divisions along y axis +:round [yes/no] Round axes to nice values? +:fill [yes/no] Fill viewport vs enforce unity aspect ratio? + + + PEXAMINE Interactive Surface Plotting Commands + +:ncolumns [value] Number of columns to be plotted +:nlines [value] Number of lines to be plotted +:axes [yes/no] Draw axes? +:angh [value] Horizontal viewing angle +:angv [value] Vertical viewing angle +:floor [value] Minimum value to be plotted +:ceiling [value] Maximum value to be plotted + + + PEXAMINE Interactive Contour Plotting Commands + +:ncolumns [value] Number of columns to be plotted +:nlines [value] Number of lines to be plotted +:floor [value] Minimum value to be plotted +:ceiling [value] Maximum value to be plotted +:zero [value] Greyscale value of zero contour +:ncontours [value] Number of contours to be drawn +:interval [value] Contour interval +:nhi [value] Hi/low marking option +:dashpat [value] Bit pattern for generating dashed lines +:label [yes/no] Label major contours with their values? +:box [yes/no] Draw box around periphery of window? +:ticklabels [yes/no] Label tick marks? +:majrx [value] Number of major divisions along x axis +:minrx [value] Number of minor divisions along x axis +:majry [value] Number of major divisions along y axis +:minry [value] Number of minor divisions along y axis +:round [yes/no] Round axes to nice values? +:fill [yes/no] Fill viewport vs enforce unity aspect ratio? diff --git a/noao/digiphot/ptools/pexamine/ptahgmr.x b/noao/digiphot/ptools/pexamine/ptahgmr.x new file mode 100644 index 00000000..acf303b5 --- /dev/null +++ b/noao/digiphot/ptools/pexamine/ptahgmr.x @@ -0,0 +1,44 @@ +include <mach.h> +include "pexamine.h" + +# PT_AHGMR -- Accumulate the histogram of the input vector. The output vector +# HGM (the histogram) should be cleared prior to the first call. Delete +# points or points marked for deletion are not included in the plot. + +procedure pt_ahgmr (data, delete, npix, hgm, nbins, z1, z2) + +real data[ARB] # data vector +int delete[ARB] # deletions array +int npix # number of pixels +int hgm[ARB] # output histogram +int nbins # number of bins in histogram +real z1, z2 # greyscale values of first and last bins + +real z +real dz +int bin, i + +begin + dz = real (nbins - 1) / real (z2 - z1) + if (abs (dz - 1.0) < (EPSILONR * 2.0)) { + do i = 1, npix { + if ((delete[i] == PX_DELETE) || (delete[i] == PX_MARK)) + next + z = data[i] + if (z >= z1 && z <= z2) { + bin = int (z - z1) + 1 + hgm[bin] = hgm[bin] + 1 + } + } + } else { + do i = 1, npix { + if ((delete[i] == PX_DELETE) || (delete[i] == PX_MARK)) + next + z = data[i] + if (z >= z1 && z <= z2) { + bin = int ((z - z1) * dz) + 1 + hgm[bin] = hgm[bin] + 1 + } + } + } +end diff --git a/noao/digiphot/ptools/pexamine/ptalimr.x b/noao/digiphot/ptools/pexamine/ptalimr.x new file mode 100644 index 00000000..614b2099 --- /dev/null +++ b/noao/digiphot/ptools/pexamine/ptalimr.x @@ -0,0 +1,35 @@ +include <mach.h> + +# PT_ALIMR -- Compute the limits (minimum and maximum values) of a vector +# after rejecting any INDEF valued points. + +procedure pt_alimr (a, npix, minval, maxval) + +real a[ARB] # the input array +int npix # the number of points +real minval, maxval # the minimum and maximum value + +int i, ngood +real value + +begin + minval = MAX_REAL + maxval = -MAX_REAL + ngood = 0 + + do i = 1, npix { + value = a[i] + if (IS_INDEFR(value)) + next + ngood = ngood + 1 + if (value < minval) + minval = value + if (value > maxval) + maxval = value + } + + if (ngood == 0) { + minval = INDEFR + maxval = INDEFR + } +end diff --git a/noao/digiphot/ptools/pexamine/ptcolon.x b/noao/digiphot/ptools/pexamine/ptcolon.x new file mode 100644 index 00000000..df2a29ae --- /dev/null +++ b/noao/digiphot/ptools/pexamine/ptcolon.x @@ -0,0 +1,668 @@ +include <gset.h> +include "pexamine.h" + +# PT_COLON -- Execute PEXAMINE colon commands. + +procedure pt_colon (px, gd, cmdstr, newdata, newxy, newhist, newcoords, + newplot, plottype, undelete) + +pointer px # pointer to the pexamine structure +pointer gd # pointer to the graphics stream +char cmdstr[ARB] # the colon command +int newdata # read new columns from the input file +int newxy # load new columns into the x and y arrays +int newhist # load new column into the histogram array +int newcoords # load new data into the coords array +int newplot # replot the current plot +int plottype # the plot type +int undelete # delete or undelete points + +bool bval +int type, ncmd, nrcols, ncols, ival, marktype +pointer sp, cmd, str, rcols, cols +real rval +bool clgetb() +int strdic(), nscan(), clgeti() +real clgetr() + +errchk clgstr(), clgetb(), clgeti(), clgetr() +errchk clpstr(), clputb(), clputi(), clputr() + +begin + # Allocate working space. + call smark (sp) + call salloc (cmd, SZ_LINE, TY_CHAR) + call salloc (rcols, PX_SZCOLNAME * (PX_MAXNCOLS + 1), TY_CHAR) + call salloc (cols, PX_SZCOLNAME * (PX_MAXNCOLS + 1), TY_CHAR) + + # Get the command. + call sscan (cmdstr) + call gargwrd (Memc[cmd], SZ_LINE) + if (Memc[cmd] == EOS) { + call sfree (sp) + return + } + + # Define the pset type. + call salloc (str, SZ_LINE, TY_CHAR) + switch (plottype) { + case PX_XYPLOT: + call strcpy ("xyplot.", Memc[str], SZ_LINE) + case PX_HISTPLOT: + call strcpy ("histplot.", Memc[str], SZ_LINE) + case PX_RADPLOT: + call strcpy ("radplot.", Memc[str], SZ_LINE) + case PX_SURFPLOT: + call strcpy ("surfplot.", Memc[str], SZ_LINE) + case PX_CNTRPLOT: + call strcpy ("cntrplot.", Memc[str], SZ_LINE) + } + + # Process the command. + ncmd = strdic (Memc[cmd], Memc[cmd], SZ_LINE, PX_PCMDS) + switch (ncmd) { + + case PX_PCMD_PHOTCOLUMNS: + call gargwrd (Memc[cmd], SZ_LINE) + if (Memc[cmd] == EOS) { + call pt_gphotcols (px, Memc[rcols], nrcols, Memc[cols], + ncols) + if (gd != NULL) + call gdeactivate (gd, AW_CLEAR) + call pt_lcols ("PHOTOMETRY COLUMNS", Memc[rcols], nrcols, + Memc[cols], ncols) + if (gd != NULL) + call greactivate (gd, AW_PAUSE) + } else { + call pt_gusercols (px, Memc[rcols], nrcols, Memc[cols], ncols) + call pt_setnames (px, Memc[cmd], Memc[rcols]) + newdata = YES + newxy = YES + newhist = YES + newcoords = YES + newplot = YES + } + + case PX_PCMD_USERCOLUMNS: + call gargwrd (Memc[cmd], SZ_LINE) + if (Memc[cmd] == EOS) { + call pt_gusercols (px, Memc[rcols], nrcols, Memc[cols], ncols) + if (gd != NULL) + call gdeactivate (gd, AW_CLEAR) + call pt_lcols ("USER COLUMNS", Memc[rcols], nrcols, Memc[cols], + ncols) + if (gd != NULL) + call greactivate (gd, AW_PAUSE) + } else { + call pt_gphotcols (px, Memc[rcols], nrcols, Memc[cols], ncols) + call pt_setnames (px, Memc[rcols], Memc[cmd]) + newdata = YES + newxy = YES + newhist = YES + newcoords = YES + newplot = YES + } + + case PX_PCMD_XCOLUMN: + call gargwrd (Memc[cmd], SZ_LINE) + if (Memc[cmd] == EOS) { + call printf ("X column requested: %s stored: %s\n") + call pargstr (PX_RXCOLNAME(px)) + call pargstr (PX_XCOLNAME(px)) + } else { + call strupr (Memc[cmd]) + call strcpy (Memc[cmd], PX_RXCOLNAME(px), PX_SZCOLNAME) + if (strdic (Memc[cmd], Memc[cmd], PX_SZCOLNAME, + Memc[PX_COLNAMES(px)]) > 0) { + call strcpy (Memc[cmd], PX_XCOLNAME(px), PX_SZCOLNAME) + newxy = YES + newplot = YES + call clputr ("xyplot.x1", INDEFR) + call clputr ("xyplot.x2", INDEFR) + } else { + call printf ("Column %s not found\n") + call pargstr (PX_RXCOLNAME(px)) + } + } + + case PX_PCMD_YCOLUMN: + call gargwrd (Memc[cmd], SZ_LINE) + if (Memc[cmd] == EOS) { + call printf ("Y column requested: %s stored: %s\n") + call pargstr (PX_RYCOLNAME(px)) + call pargstr (PX_YCOLNAME(px)) + } else { + call strupr (Memc[cmd]) + call strcpy (Memc[cmd], PX_RYCOLNAME(px), PX_SZCOLNAME) + if (strdic (Memc[cmd], Memc[cmd], PX_SZCOLNAME, + Memc[PX_COLNAMES(px)]) > 0) { + call strcpy (Memc[cmd], PX_YCOLNAME(px), PX_SZCOLNAME) + newxy = YES + newplot = YES + call clputr ("xyplot.y1", INDEFR) + call clputr ("xyplot.y2", INDEFR) + } else { + call printf ("Column %s not found\n") + call pargstr (PX_RYCOLNAME(px)) + } + } + + case PX_PCMD_HCOLUMN: + call gargwrd (Memc[cmd], SZ_LINE) + if (Memc[cmd] == EOS) { + call printf ("Histogram column requested: %s stored: %s\n") + call pargstr (PX_RHCOLNAME(px)) + call pargstr (PX_HCOLNAME(px)) + } else { + call strupr (Memc[cmd]) + call strcpy (Memc[cmd], PX_RHCOLNAME(px), PX_SZCOLNAME) + if (strdic (Memc[cmd], Memc[cmd], PX_SZCOLNAME, + Memc[PX_COLNAMES(px)]) > 0) { + call strcpy (Memc[cmd], PX_HCOLNAME(px), PX_SZCOLNAME) + newhist = YES + newplot = YES + call clputr ("histplot.z1", INDEFR) + call clputr ("histplot.z2", INDEFR) + call clputr ("histplot.x1", INDEFR) + call clputr ("histplot.x2", INDEFR) + call clputr ("histplot.y1", INDEFR) + call clputr ("histplot.y2", INDEFR) + } else { + call printf ("Column %s not found\n") + call pargstr (PX_RHCOLNAME(px)) + } + } + + case PX_PCMD_XPOSCOLUMN: + call gargwrd (Memc[cmd], SZ_LINE) + if (Memc[cmd] == EOS) { + call printf ("X coord column requested: %s stored: %s\n") + call pargstr (PX_RXPOSNAME(px)) + call pargstr (PX_XPOSNAME(px)) + } else { + call strupr (Memc[cmd]) + call strcpy (Memc[cmd], PX_RXPOSNAME(px), PX_SZCOLNAME) + if (strdic (Memc[cmd], Memc[cmd], PX_SZCOLNAME, + Memc[PX_COLNAMES(px)]) > 0) { + call strcpy (Memc[cmd], PX_XPOSNAME(px), PX_SZCOLNAME) + newcoords = YES + } else { + call printf ("Column %s not found\n") + call pargstr (PX_RXPOSNAME(px)) + } + } + + case PX_PCMD_YPOSCOLUMN: + call gargwrd (Memc[cmd], SZ_LINE) + if (Memc[cmd] == EOS) { + call printf ("X coord column requested: %s stored: %s\n") + call pargstr (PX_RYPOSNAME(px)) + call pargstr (PX_YPOSNAME(px)) + } else { + call strupr (Memc[cmd]) + call strcpy (Memc[cmd], PX_RYPOSNAME(px), PX_SZCOLNAME) + if (strdic (Memc[cmd], Memc[cmd], PX_SZCOLNAME, + Memc[PX_COLNAMES(px)]) > 0) { + call strcpy (Memc[cmd], PX_YPOSNAME(px), PX_SZCOLNAME) + newcoords = YES + } else { + call printf ("Column %s not found\n") + call pargstr (PX_RXPOSNAME(px)) + } + } + + case PX_PCMD_EDIT: + call gargwrd (Memc[cmd], SZ_LINE) + if (Memc[cmd] == EOS) + call printf ("The parameter set is undefined\n") + else { + type = strdic (Memc[cmd], Memc[cmd], SZ_LINE, PX_PLOTTYPES) + if (gd != NULL) + call gdeactivate (gd, 0) + switch (type) { + case PX_XYPLOT: + call clcmdw ("eparam xyplot") + case PX_HISTPLOT: + call clcmdw ("eparam histplot") + case PX_RADPLOT: + call clcmdw ("eparam radplot") + case PX_SURFPLOT: + call clcmdw ("eparam surfplot") + case PX_CNTRPLOT: + call clcmdw ("eparam cntrplot") + default: + call printf ( + "The parameter set %s undefined\n") + call pargstr (Memc[cmd]) + } + newplot = YES + if (gd != NULL) + call greactivate (gd, 0) + } + + case PX_PCMD_UNLEARN: + call gargwrd (Memc[cmd], SZ_LINE) + if (Memc[cmd] == EOS) + call printf ("The parameter set is undefined\n") + else { + type = strdic (Memc[cmd], Memc[cmd], SZ_LINE, PX_PLOTTYPES) + switch (type) { + case PX_XYPLOT: + call clcmdw ("unlearn xyplot") + case PX_HISTPLOT: + call clcmdw ("unlearn histplot") + case PX_RADPLOT: + call clcmdw ("unlearn radplot") + case PX_SURFPLOT: + call clcmdw ("unlearn surfplot") + case PX_CNTRPLOT: + call clcmdw ("unlearn cntrplot") + default: + call printf ("The parameter set %s is undefined\n") + call pargstr (Memc[cmd]) + } + newplot = YES + } + + case PX_PCMD_NBINS: + call strcpy ("histplot.nbins", Memc[str], SZ_LINE) + call gargi (ival) + if (nscan() == 1) { + ival = clgeti (Memc[str]) + call printf ("nbins = %d\n") + call pargi (ival) + } else + call clputi (Memc[str], ival) + + case PX_PCMD_Z1: + call strcpy ("histplot.z1", Memc[str], SZ_LINE) + call gargr (rval) + if (nscan() == 1) { + rval = clgetr (Memc[str]) + call printf ("z1 = %g\n") + call pargr (rval) + } else + call clputr (Memc[str], rval) + + case PX_PCMD_Z2: + call strcpy ("histplot.z2", Memc[str], SZ_LINE) + call gargr (rval) + if (nscan() == 1) { + rval = clgetr (Memc[str]) + call printf ("z2 = %g\n") + call pargr (rval) + } else + call clputr (Memc[str], rval) + + case PX_PCMD_TOP_CLOSED: + call strcpy ("histplot.top_closed", Memc[str], SZ_LINE) + call gargb (bval) + if (nscan() == 1) { + bval = clgetb (Memc[str]) + call printf ("top_closed = %b\n") + call pargb (bval) + } else + call clputb (Memc[str], bval) + + case PX_PCMD_X1: + call strcat (Memc[cmd], Memc[str], SZ_LINE) + call gargr (rval) + if (nscan() == 1) { + rval = clgetr (Memc[str]) + call printf ("%s = %g\n") + call pargstr (Memc[cmd]) + call pargr (rval) + } else + call clputr (Memc[str], rval) + + case PX_PCMD_X2: + call strcat (Memc[cmd], Memc[str], SZ_LINE) + call gargr (rval) + if (nscan() == 1) { + rval = clgetr (Memc[str]) + call printf ("%s = %g\n") + call pargstr (Memc[cmd]) + call pargr (rval) + } else + call clputr (Memc[str], rval) + + case PX_PCMD_Y1: + call strcat (Memc[cmd], Memc[str], SZ_LINE) + call gargr (rval) + if (nscan() == 1) { + rval = clgetr (Memc[str]) + call printf ("%s = %g\n") + call pargstr (Memc[cmd]) + call pargr (rval) + } else + call clputr (Memc[str], rval) + + case PX_PCMD_Y2: + call strcat (Memc[cmd], Memc[str], SZ_LINE) + call gargr (rval) + if (nscan() == 1) { + rval = clgetr (Memc[str]) + call printf ("%s = %g\n") + call pargstr (Memc[cmd]) + call pargr (rval) + } else + call clputr (Memc[str], rval) + + case PX_PCMD_MARKER: + call strcat (Memc[cmd], Memc[str], SZ_LINE) + call gargwrd (Memc[cmd], SZ_LINE) + if (Memc[cmd] == EOS) { + call clgstr (Memc[str], Memc[cmd], SZ_LINE) + call printf ("marker = %s\n") + call pargstr (Memc[cmd]) + } else { + call pt_marker (Memc[cmd], SZ_LINE, marktype) + call clpstr (Memc[str], Memc[cmd]) + } + + case PX_PCMD_SZMARKER: + call strcat (Memc[cmd], Memc[str], SZ_LINE) + call gargr (rval) + if (nscan() == 1) { + call printf ("%s = %g\n") + call pargstr (Memc[cmd]) + call pargr (clgetr (Memc[str])) + } else + call clputr (Memc[str], rval) + + case PX_PCMD_GRID: + call strcat (Memc[cmd], Memc[str], SZ_LINE) + call gargb (bval) + if (nscan() == 1) { + bval = clgetb (Memc[str]) + call printf ("%s = %b\n") + call pargb (bval) + call pargstr (Memc[cmd]) + } else + call clputb (Memc[str], bval) + + case PX_PCMD_LOGX: + call strcat (Memc[cmd], Memc[str], SZ_LINE) + call gargb (bval) + if (nscan() == 1) { + bval = clgetb (Memc[str]) + call printf ("%s = %b\n") + call pargstr (Memc[cmd]) + call pargb (bval) + } else + call clputb (Memc[str], bval) + + case PX_PCMD_LOGY: + call strcat (Memc[cmd], Memc[str], SZ_LINE) + call gargb (bval) + if (nscan() == 1) { + bval = clgetb (Memc[str]) + call printf ("%s = %b\n") + call pargstr (Memc[cmd]) + call pargb (bval) + } else + call clputb (Memc[str], bval) + + case PX_PCMD_BOX: + call strcat (Memc[cmd], Memc[str], SZ_LINE) + call gargb (bval) + if (nscan() == 1) { + bval = clgetb (Memc[str]) + call printf ("%s = %b\n") + call pargstr (Memc[cmd]) + call pargb (bval) + } else + call clputb (Memc[str], bval) + + case PX_PCMD_TICKLABELS: + call strcat (Memc[cmd], Memc[str], SZ_LINE) + call gargb (bval) + if (nscan() == 1) { + bval = clgetb (Memc[str]) + call printf ("%s = %b\n") + call pargstr (Memc[cmd]) + call pargb (bval) + } else + call clputb (Memc[str], bval) + + case PX_PCMD_FILL: + call strcat (Memc[cmd], Memc[str], SZ_LINE) + call gargb (bval) + if (nscan() == 1) { + bval = clgetb (Memc[str]) + call printf ("%s = %b\n") + call pargstr (Memc[cmd]) + call pargb (bval) + } else + call clputb (Memc[str], bval) + + case PX_PCMD_ROUND: + call strcat (Memc[cmd], Memc[str], SZ_LINE) + call gargb (bval) + if (nscan() == 1) { + bval = clgetb (Memc[str]) + call printf ("%s = %b\n") + call pargstr (Memc[cmd]) + call pargb (bval) + } else + call clputb (Memc[str], bval) + + case PX_PCMD_MAJRX: + call strcat (Memc[cmd], Memc[str], SZ_LINE) + call gargi (ival) + if (nscan() == 1) { + ival = clgeti (Memc[str]) + call printf ("%s = %d\n") + call pargstr (Memc[cmd]) + call pargi (ival) + } else + call clputi (Memc[str], ival) + + case PX_PCMD_MINRX: + call strcat (Memc[cmd], Memc[str], SZ_LINE) + call gargi (ival) + if (nscan() == 1) { + ival = clgeti (Memc[str]) + call printf ("%s = %d\n") + call pargstr (Memc[cmd]) + call pargi (ival) + } else + call clputi (Memc[str], ival) + + case PX_PCMD_MAJRY: + call strcat (Memc[cmd], Memc[str], SZ_LINE) + call gargi (ival) + if (nscan() == 1) { + ival = clgeti (Memc[str]) + call printf ("%s = %d\n") + call pargstr (Memc[cmd]) + call pargi (ival) + } else + call clputi (Memc[str], ival) + + case PX_PCMD_MINRY: + call strcat (Memc[cmd], Memc[str], SZ_LINE) + call gargi (ival) + if (nscan() == 1) { + ival = clgeti (Memc[str]) + call printf ("%s = %d\n") + call pargstr (Memc[cmd]) + call pargi (ival) + } else + call clputi (Memc[str], ival) + + case PX_PCMD_DELETE: + call gargb (bval) + if (nscan() == 1) { + call printf ("delete = %b\n") + if (undelete == YES) + call pargb (false) + else + call pargb (true) + } else { + if (bval) + undelete = NO + else + undelete = YES + } + + case PX_PCMD_RIN: + call strcpy ("radplot.rinner", Memc[str], SZ_LINE) + call gargr (rval) + if (nscan() == 1) { + rval = clgetr (Memc[str]) + call printf ("rinner = %g\n") + call pargr (rval) + } else + call clputr (Memc[str], rval) + + case PX_PCMD_ROUT: + call strcpy ("radplot.router", Memc[str], SZ_LINE) + call gargr (rval) + if (nscan() == 1) { + rval = clgetr (Memc[str]) + call printf ("router = %g\n") + call pargr (rval) + } else + call clputr (Memc[str], rval) + + case PX_PCMD_NCOLUMNS: + call strcat (Memc[cmd], Memc[str], SZ_LINE) + call gargi (ival) + if (nscan() == 1) { + ival = clgeti (Memc[str]) + call printf ("%s = %d\n") + call pargstr (Memc[cmd]) + call pargi (ival) + } else + call clputi (Memc[str], ival) + + case PX_PCMD_NLINES: + call strcat (Memc[cmd], Memc[str], SZ_LINE) + call gargi (ival) + if (nscan() == 1) { + ival = clgeti (Memc[str]) + call printf ("%s = %d\n") + call pargstr (Memc[cmd]) + call pargi (ival) + } else + call clputi (Memc[str], ival) + + case PX_PCMD_AXES: + call strcpy ("surfplot.axes", Memc[str], SZ_LINE) + call gargb (bval) + if (nscan() == 1) { + bval = clgetb (Memc[str]) + call printf ("axes = %b\n") + call pargb (bval) + } else + call clputb (Memc[str], bval) + + case PX_PCMD_ANGH: + call strcpy ("surfplot.angh", Memc[str], SZ_LINE) + call gargr (rval) + if (nscan() == 1) { + rval = clgetr (Memc[str]) + call printf ("angh = %g\n") + call pargr (rval) + } else + call clputr (Memc[str], rval) + + case PX_PCMD_ANGV: + call strcpy ("surfplot.angv", Memc[str], SZ_LINE) + call gargr (rval) + if (nscan() == 1) { + rval = clgetr (Memc[str]) + call printf ("angv = %g\n") + call pargr (rval) + } else + call clputr (Memc[str], rval) + + case PX_PCMD_FLOOR: + call strcat (Memc[cmd], Memc[str], SZ_LINE) + call gargr (rval) + if (nscan() == 1) { + rval = clgetr (Memc[str]) + call printf ("%s = %g\n") + call pargstr (Memc[cmd]) + call pargr (rval) + } else + call clputr (Memc[str], rval) + + case PX_PCMD_CEILING: + call strcat (Memc[cmd], Memc[str], SZ_LINE) + call gargr (rval) + if (nscan() == 1) { + rval = clgetr (Memc[str]) + call printf ("%s = %g\n") + call pargstr (Memc[cmd]) + call pargr (rval) + } else + call clputr (Memc[str], rval) + + case PX_PCMD_ZERO: + call strcpy ("cntrplot.zero", Memc[str], SZ_LINE) + call gargr (rval) + if (nscan() == 1) { + rval = clgetr (Memc[str]) + call printf ("zero = %g\n") + call pargr (rval) + } else + call clputr (Memc[str], rval) + + case PX_PCMD_NCONTOURS: + call strcpy ("cntrplot.ncontours", Memc[str], SZ_LINE) + call gargi (ival) + if (nscan() == 1) { + ival = clgeti (Memc[str]) + call printf ("ncontours = %d\n") + call pargi (ival) + } else + call clputi (Memc[str], ival) + + case PX_PCMD_INTERVAL: + call strcpy ("cntrplot.interval", Memc[str], SZ_LINE) + call gargr (rval) + if (nscan() == 1) { + rval = clgetr (Memc[str]) + call printf ("interval = %g\n") + call pargr (rval) + } else + call clputr (Memc[str], rval) + + case PX_PCMD_NHI: + call strcpy ("cntrplot.nhi", Memc[str], SZ_LINE) + call gargi (ival) + if (nscan() == 1) { + ival = clgeti (Memc[str]) + call printf ("nhi = %d\n") + call pargi (ival) + } else + call clputi (Memc[str], ival) + + case PX_PCMD_DASHPAT: + call strcpy ("cntrplot.dashpat", Memc[str], SZ_LINE) + call gargi (ival) + if (nscan() == 1) { + ival = clgeti (Memc[str]) + call printf ("dashpat = %d\n") + call pargi (ival) + } else + call clputi (Memc[str], ival) + + case PX_PCMD_LABEL: + call strcpy ("cntrplot.label", Memc[str], SZ_LINE) + call gargb (bval) + if (nscan() == 1) { + bval = clgetb (Memc[str]) + call printf ("label = %b\n") + call pargb (bval) + } else + call clputb (Memc[str], bval) + + default: + call printf ("Unknown or ambiguous colon command\7\n") + } + + call sfree (sp) +end diff --git a/noao/digiphot/ptools/pexamine/ptdelete.x b/noao/digiphot/ptools/pexamine/ptdelete.x new file mode 100644 index 00000000..f8a6581e --- /dev/null +++ b/noao/digiphot/ptools/pexamine/ptdelete.x @@ -0,0 +1,335 @@ +include <gset.h> +include <mach.h> +include "pexamine.h" + +define MSIZE 2.0 + +# PT_DELPT -- Mark/unmark the point nearest the cursor. + +procedure pt_delpt (gd, wx, wy, xpos, ypos, x, y, deleted, npix, undelete, + matchrad) + +pointer gd # pointer to the graphics stream +real wx # X cursor position +real wy # Y cursor position +real xpos[ARB] # X coordinate array +real ypos[ARB] # Y coordinate array +real x[ARB] # X array of plotted data +real y[ARB] # Y array of plotted data +int deleted[ARB] # array of delete indicators +int npix # number of pixels +int undelete # undelete flag +real matchrad # matching radius + +int i, row +real r2min, r2, mr2, wx0, wy0, xpos0, ypos0 + +begin + # Initialize. + row = 0 + r2min = MAX_REAL + + # Set matching radius for the image display or graph. + if (IS_INDEFR(matchrad)) { + mr2 = MAX_REAL + if (gd != NULL) + call gctran (gd, wx, wy, wx0, wy0, 1, 0) + else { + wx0 = wx + wy0 = wy + } + } else { + mr2 = matchrad ** 2 + wx0 = wx + wy0 = wy + } + + # Search for the point nearest the cursor. + do i = 1 , npix { + + if (deleted[i] == PX_DELETE) + next + + if ((deleted[i] == PX_MARK && undelete == NO) || + (deleted[i] == PX_GOOD && undelete == YES)) + next + + if (! IS_INDEFR(xpos[i]) && ! IS_INDEFR(ypos[i])) { + if (IS_INDEFR(matchrad)) { + if (gd != NULL) + call gctran (gd, xpos[i], ypos[i], xpos0, ypos0, 1, 0) + else { + xpos0 = xpos[i] + ypos0 = ypos[i] + } + } else { + xpos0 = xpos[i] + ypos0 = ypos[i] + } + r2 = (wx0 - xpos0) ** 2 + (wy0 - ypos0) ** 2 + } else + r2 = MAX_REAL + if (r2 >= r2min) + next + + r2min = r2 + row = i + } + + # Return if point not found. + if ((row == 0) || (r2min > mr2)) + return + + # Delete the point. + if (undelete == NO) { + deleted[row] = PX_MARK + if (gd == NULL) + return + call gseti (gd, G_PMLTYPE, GL_SOLID) + call gmark (gd, x[row], y[row], GM_CROSS, MSIZE, MSIZE) + } else { + deleted[row] = PX_GOOD + if (gd == NULL) + return + call gseti (gd, G_PMLTYPE, GL_CLEAR) + call gmark (gd, x[row], y[row], GM_CROSS, MSIZE, MSIZE) + } +end + + +# PT_DYGTG -- Delete all points with Y > Y (cursor). + +procedure pt_dygtg (gd, wy, ypos, x, y, deleted, npix, undelete) + +pointer gd # pointer to graphics stream +real wy # Y cursor position +real ypos[ARB] # Y array of coordinate data +real x[ARB] # X array of plotted data +real y[ARB] # Y array of plotted data +int deleted[ARB] # array of delete indicators +int npix # number of pixels +int undelete # the delete or undelete flag + +int i + +begin + do i = 1 , npix { + if (ypos[i] <= wy) + next + if ((deleted[i] == PX_GOOD) && (undelete == NO)) { + deleted[i] = PX_MARK + if (gd == NULL) + next + call gseti (gd, G_PMLTYPE, GL_SOLID) + call gmark (gd, x[i], y[i], GM_CROSS, MSIZE, MSIZE) + } else if ((deleted[i] == PX_MARK) && (undelete == YES)) { + deleted[i] = PX_GOOD + if (gd == NULL) + next + call gseti (gd, G_PMLTYPE, GL_CLEAR) + call gmark (gd, x[i], y[i], GM_CROSS, MSIZE, MSIZE) + } + } +end + + +# PT_DYLTG -- Delete all points with Y < Y (cursor). + +procedure pt_dyltg (gd, wy, ypos, x, y, deleted, npix, undelete) + +pointer gd # pointer to graphics stream +real wy # Y cursor position +real ypos[ARB] # Y array of coordinate data +real x[ARB] # X array of plotted data +real y[ARB] # Y array of plotted data +int deleted[ARB] # array of delete indicators +int npix # number of pixels +int undelete # the delete or undelete flag + +int i + +begin + do i = 1 , npix { + if (ypos[i] >= wy) + next + if ((deleted[i] == PX_GOOD) && (undelete == NO)) { + deleted[i] = PX_MARK + if (gd == NULL) + next + call gseti (gd, G_PMLTYPE, GL_SOLID) + call gmark (gd, x[i], y[i], GM_CROSS, MSIZE, MSIZE) + } else if ((deleted[i] == PX_MARK) && (undelete == YES)) { + deleted[i] = PX_GOOD + if (gd == NULL) + next + call gseti (gd, G_PMLTYPE, GL_CLEAR) + call gmark (gd, x[i], y[i], GM_CROSS, MSIZE, MSIZE) + } + } +end + + +# PT_DXGTG -- Mark delete for all points with X > X (cursor) + +procedure pt_dxgtg (gd, wx, xpos, x, y, deleted, npix, undelete) + +pointer gd # pointer to graphics stream +real wx # X cursor position +real xpos[ARB] # X coordinate array +real x[ARB] # X array of plotted data +real y[ARB] # Y array of plotted data +int deleted[ARB] # array of delete indicators +int npix # number of pixels +int undelete # the delete or undelete flag + +int i + +begin + do i = 1 , npix { + if (xpos[i] <= wx) + next + if ((deleted[i] == PX_GOOD) && (undelete == NO)) { + deleted[i] = PX_MARK + if (gd == NULL) + next + call gseti (gd, G_PMLTYPE, GL_SOLID) + call gmark (gd, x[i], y[i], GM_CROSS, MSIZE, MSIZE) + } else if ((deleted[i] == PX_MARK) && (undelete == YES)) { + deleted[i] = PX_GOOD + if (gd == NULL) + next + call gseti (gd, G_PMLTYPE, GL_CLEAR) + call gmark (gd, x[i], y[i], GM_CROSS, MSIZE, MSIZE) + } + } +end + + +# PT_DXLTG -- Mark delete for all points with X < X (cursor). + +procedure pt_dxltg (gd, wx, xpos, x, y, deleted, npix, undelete) + +pointer gd # pointer to graphics stream +real wx # X cursor position +real xpos[ARB] # X coordinate array +real x[ARB] # X array of plotted data +real y[ARB] # Y array of plotted data +int deleted[ARB] # array of delete indicators +int npix # number of pixels +int undelete # the delete or undelete flag + +int i + +begin + do i = 1 , npix { + if (xpos[i] >= wx) + next + if ((deleted[i] == PX_GOOD) && (undelete == NO)) { + deleted[i] = PX_MARK + if (gd == NULL) + next + call gseti (gd, G_PMLTYPE, GL_SOLID) + call gmark (gd, x[i], y[i], GM_CROSS, MSIZE, MSIZE) + } else if ((deleted[i] == PX_MARK) && (undelete == YES)) { + deleted[i] = PX_GOOD + if (gd == NULL) + next + call gseti (gd, G_PMLTYPE, GL_CLEAR) + call gmark (gd, x[i], y[i], GM_CROSS, MSIZE, MSIZE) + } + } +end + + +# PT_DBOXG -- Delete all points inside a box + +procedure pt_dboxg (gd, xpos, ypos, x, y, deleted, npix, x1, y1, x2, y2, + undelete) + +pointer gd # pointer to the graphics stream +real xpos[ARB] # x coordinate array +real ypos[ARB] # y coordinate array +real x[ARB] # x array of plotted data +real y[ARB] # y array of plotted data +int deleted[ARB] # array of deletion indicators +int npix # number of pixels +real x1, y1, x2, y2 # corners of the box +int undelete # delete or undelete points + +int i +real temp + +begin + # Make sure the points are in the correct order. + if (x2 < x1) { + temp = x1 + x1 = x2 + x2 = temp + } + if (y2 < y1) { + temp = y1 + y1 = y2 + y2 = temp + } + + # Search for points within the box and delete. + do i = 1 , npix { + if (xpos[i] < x1 || xpos[i] > x2 || ypos[i] < y1 || ypos[i] > y2) + next + if ((deleted[i] == PX_GOOD) && (undelete == NO)) { + deleted[i] = PX_MARK + if (gd == NULL) + next + call gseti (gd, G_PMLTYPE, GL_SOLID) + call gmark (gd, x[i], y[i], GM_CROSS, MSIZE, MSIZE) + } else if ((deleted[i] == PX_MARK) && (undelete == YES)) { + deleted[i] = PX_GOOD + if (gd == NULL) + next + call gseti (gd, G_PMLTYPE, GL_CLEAR) + call gmark (gd, x[i], y[i], GM_CROSS, MSIZE, MSIZE) + } + } +end + + +# PT_MDELETE -- Overplot crosses on those points which have been marked for +# deletion. + +procedure pt_mdelete (gd, x, y, deleted, npix) + +pointer gd # pointer to the graphics stream +real x[ARB] # the array plotted along the x axis +real y[ARB] # the array plotted along the y axis +int deleted[ARB] # the array of deletion indices +int npix # the number of pixels + +int i + +begin + do i = 1, npix { + if (deleted[i] != PX_MARK) + next + call gseti (gd, G_PMLTYPE, GL_SOLID) + call gmark (gd, x[i], y[i], GM_CROSS, MSIZE, MSIZE) + } +end + + +# PT_UPDATE -- Actually delete points currently marked for deletion. + +procedure pt_update (deleted, npix) + +int deleted[ARB] # array of deletions indices +int npix # the number of pixels + +int i + +begin + # Add the marked points to the deletions array. + do i = 1, npix { + if (deleted[i] != PX_MARK) + next + deleted[i] = PX_DELETE + } +end diff --git a/noao/digiphot/ptools/pexamine/ptgetphot.x b/noao/digiphot/ptools/pexamine/ptgetphot.x new file mode 100644 index 00000000..df3b27f0 --- /dev/null +++ b/noao/digiphot/ptools/pexamine/ptgetphot.x @@ -0,0 +1,432 @@ +include <tbset.h> +include "../../lib/ptkeysdef.h" +include "pexamine.h" + +define NAPRESULT 10 + +# PT_GETPHOT -- Read the specified columns out of the photometry catalog. +# PT_GETPHOT works with either the "old" APPHOT files or the new ST Tables. + +int procedure pt_getphot (px, apd, key, max_nstars, first_star) + +pointer px # pointer to the pexamine structure +int apd # input photometry file descriptor +pointer key # pointer to key structure for text files +int max_nstars # the maximum number of stars +int first_star # first star to load + +int i, nstars +int pt_goldap(), pt_gtabphot(), strdic() +errchk pt_goldap(), pt_gtabphot() + +begin + # Allocate the required memory for the photometry, user and + # dummy columns and fill with INDEFR. + do i = 1, PX_MAXNCOLS { + call realloc (Memi[PX_COLPTRS(px)+i-1], max_nstars, TY_REAL) + call amovkr (INDEFR, Memr[Memi[PX_COLPTRS(px)+i-1]], max_nstars) + } + + # Get the results. + if (key == NULL) + nstars = pt_gtabphot (apd, px, max_nstars, first_star) + else + nstars = pt_goldap (apd, px, key, max_nstars, first_star) + + # Reallocate space if necessary. + if (nstars < max_nstars) { + do i = 1, PX_MAXNCOLS { + if (Memi[PX_COLPTRS(px)+i-1] == NULL) + next + if (i > PX_NCOLS(px)) { + call mfree (Memi[PX_COLPTRS(px)+i-1], TY_REAL) + Memi[PX_COLPTRS(px)+i-1] = NULL + } else + call realloc (Memi[PX_COLPTRS(px)+i-1], nstars, TY_REAL) + } + } + + # Get the x and y columns. + if (strdic (PX_RXCOLNAME(px), PX_XCOLNAME(px), PX_SZCOLNAME, + Memc[PX_COLNAMES(px)]) <= 0) + PX_XCOLNAME(px) = EOS + if (strdic (PX_RYCOLNAME(px), PX_YCOLNAME(px), PX_SZCOLNAME, + Memc[PX_COLNAMES(px)]) <= 0) + PX_YCOLNAME(px) = EOS + + # Get the x and y coordinate columns. + if (strdic (PX_RXPOSNAME(px), PX_XPOSNAME(px), PX_SZCOLNAME, + Memc[PX_COLNAMES(px)]) <= 0) + PX_XPOSNAME(px) = EOS + if (strdic (PX_RYPOSNAME(px), PX_YPOSNAME(px), PX_SZCOLNAME, + Memc[PX_COLNAMES(px)]) <= 0) + PX_YPOSNAME(px) = EOS + + # Get the histogram column names. + if (strdic (PX_RHCOLNAME(px), PX_HCOLNAME(px), PX_SZCOLNAME, + Memc[PX_COLNAMES(px)]) <= 0) + PX_HCOLNAME(px) = EOS + + return (nstars) +end + + +# PT_GOLDAP -- Read in the photometry from an old style APPHOT file. + +int procedure pt_goldap (apd, px, apkey, max_nstars, first_star) + +int apd # pointer to the input file descriptor +pointer px # pointer to the pexamine structure +pointer apkey # pointer to the key structure +int max_nstars # maximum number of stars +int first_star # first star to load + +char lbracket +int i, ip, index, nselect, nphot, nptr, nstars +pointer sp, data, rcolname, colname +int pt_photsel(), pt_getnames(), strdic(), stridx() +data lbracket /'['/ + +begin + call smark (sp) + call salloc (data, PX_MAXNCOLS, TY_REAL) + call salloc (rcolname, PX_SZCOLNAME, TY_CHAR) + call salloc (colname, PX_SZCOLNAME, TY_CHAR) + + # Rewind the text file. + call seek (apd, BOF) + + # Now read in the results. + nptr = 0 + nstars = 0 + while (pt_photsel (apkey, apd, Memc[PX_RCOLNAMES(px)], first_star + + max_nstars - 1, Memc[PX_COLNAMES(px)], Memr[data]) != EOF) { + nselect = KY_NSELECT(apkey) + if (nselect <= 0) + break + nstars = nstars + 1 + if (nstars < first_star) + next + do i = 1, nselect + Memr[Memi[PX_COLPTRS(px)+i-1]+nptr] = Memr[data+i-1] + nptr = nptr + 1 + } + + # Count the fields. + ip = 1 + nselect = 0 + while (pt_getnames (Memc[PX_COLNAMES(px)], ip, Memc[rcolname], + PX_SZCOLNAME) != EOF) + nselect = nselect + 1 + PX_NCOLS(px) = nselect + + # Count the photometry fields. + ip = 1 + nselect = 0 + nphot = 0 + while (pt_getnames (Memc[PX_RCOLNAMES(px)], ip, Memc[rcolname], + PX_SZCOLNAME) != EOF) { + nselect = nselect + 1 + if (nselect > PX_RNPHOT(px)) + break + if (strdic (Memc[rcolname], Memc[colname], PX_SZCOLNAME, + Memc[PX_COLNAMES(px)]) <= 0) { + index = stridx (lbracket, Memc[rcolname]) + if (index <= 1) + next + call strcpy (Memc[rcolname], Memc[colname], index - 1) + if (strdic (Memc[colname], Memc[colname], PX_SZCOLNAME, + Memc[PX_COLNAMES(px)]) <= 0) + next + } + nphot = nphot + 1 + } + PX_NPHOT(px) = nphot + + # Count the user fields. + PX_NUSER(px) = PX_NCOLS(px) - PX_NPHOT(px) + + call sfree (sp) + + return (nptr) +end + + +# PT_GTABPHOT -- Read in the photometry from an ST table. It may be possible +# to do this more efficiently depending on how the table ir organized. + +int procedure pt_gtabphot (tp, px, max_nstars, first_star) + +pointer tp # table descriptor +pointer px # pointer to the pexamine structure +int max_nstars # maximum number of stars +int first_star # first star to load + +bool nullflag +int ntot, ncount, record, ip, col, nrow, ival +pointer sp, colname, colptrs, cptr, dptr +int pt_getnames(), tbpsta(), tbcigi() + +begin + # Allocate working memory. + call smark (sp) + call salloc (colname, PX_SZCOLNAME, TY_CHAR) + call salloc (colptrs, PX_MAXNCOLS + 2, TY_POINTER) + + # Define the column pointers for the preset columns. + ip = 1 + ncount = 0 + Memc[PX_COLNAMES(px)] = EOS + ntot = 0 + while (pt_getnames (Memc[PX_RCOLNAMES(px)], ip, Memc[colname], + PX_SZCOLNAME) != EOF) { + + ncount = ncount + 1 + call tbcfnd (tp, Memc[colname], Memi[colptrs+ntot], 1) + if (Memi[colptrs+ntot] == NULL) + call strcat ("[1]", Memc[colname], PX_SZCOLNAME) + call tbcfnd (tp, Memc[colname], Memi[colptrs+ntot], 1) + if (Memi[colptrs+ntot] == NULL) + next + + call strcat (",", Memc[PX_COLNAMES(px)], (PX_MAXNCOLS + 1) * + PX_SZCOLNAME) + call strcat (Memc[colname], Memc[PX_COLNAMES(px)], + (PX_MAXNCOLS + 1) * PX_SZCOLNAME) + + ntot = ntot + 1 + if (ncount <= PX_RNPHOT(px)) + PX_NPHOT(px) = ntot + } + PX_NCOLS(px) = ntot + PX_NUSER(px) = PX_NCOLS(px) - PX_NPHOT(px) + + # Get the results filling in any record that can not be interpreted + # as a real number with INDEFR. + + nrow = tbpsta (tp, TBL_NROWS) + if (first_star > nrow) { + call sfree (sp) + return (0) + } + + nrow = min (nrow - first_star + 1, max_nstars) + + do col = 1, PX_NCOLS(px) { + + cptr = Memi[colptrs+col-1] + if (cptr == NULL) + next + dptr = Memi[PX_COLPTRS(px)+col-1] + if (dptr == NULL) + next + + if (tbcigi (cptr, TBL_COL_DATATYPE) == TY_REAL) { + do record = first_star, nrow + first_star - 1 + call tbrgtr (tp, cptr, Memr[dptr+record-first_star], + nullflag, 1, record) + } else if (tbcigi (cptr, TBL_COL_DATATYPE) == TY_INT) { + do record = first_star, nrow + first_star - 1 { + call tbrgti (tp, cptr, ival, nullflag, 1, record) + Memr[dptr+record-first_star] = ival + } + } + } + + call sfree (sp) + + if (PX_NCOLS(px) <= 0) + return (0) + else + return (nrow) +end + + +# PT_PHOTSEL -- Procedure to select real records from a text file. + +int procedure pt_photsel (key, fd, infields, max_nrecords, outfields, data) + +pointer key # pointer to key structure +int fd # text file descriptor +char infields[ARB] # requested output fields +int max_nrecords # maximum number of records to be read +char outfields[ARB] # selected output field +real data[ARB] # array of real values read from the file + +int nchars, nunique, uunique, funique, ncontinue, recptr +int first_rec, record +pointer line +int getline(), strncmp(), pt_choose() + +data first_rec /YES/ + +begin + # Initialize the file read. + if (first_rec == YES) { + record = 0 + nunique = 0 + uunique = 0 + funique = 0 + call malloc (line, SZ_LINE, TY_CHAR) + } + + ncontinue = 0 + recptr = 1 + + # Loop over the text file records. + repeat { + + # Check for the maximum number of records and EOF. + if (record >= max_nrecords) + nchars = EOF + else + nchars = getline (fd, Memc[line]) + if (nchars == EOF) + break + + # Determine the type of record. + if (Memc[line] == KY_CHAR_POUND) { + + if (strncmp (Memc[line], KY_CHAR_KEYWORD, KY_LEN_STR) == 0) { + call pt_kyadd (key, Memc[line], nchars) + } else if (strncmp (Memc[line], KY_CHAR_NAME, + KY_LEN_STR) == 0) { + nunique = nunique + 1 + call pt_kname (key, Memc[line], nchars, nunique) + } else if (strncmp (Memc[line], KY_CHAR_UNITS, + KY_LEN_STR) == 0) { + uunique = uunique + 1 + call pt_knunits (key, Memc[line], nchars, uunique) + } else if (strncmp (Memc[line], KY_CHAR_FORMAT, + KY_LEN_STR) == 0) { + funique = funique + 1 + call pt_knformats (key, Memc[line], nchars, funique) + } + + } else if (Memc[line] == KY_CHAR_NEWLINE) { + # skip blank lines + + } else { + + # Construct the table record. + call pt_mkrec (key, Memc[line], nchars, first_rec, recptr, + ncontinue) + + # Construct output record when there is no continuation char. + if (Memc[line+nchars-2] != KY_CHAR_CONT) { + + # Select the appropriate records. + if (first_rec == YES) { + call pt_fields (key, infields, outfields) + if (pt_choose (key, outfields) <= 0) { + nchars = EOF + break + } + } + + # Construct the output record by moving selected fields + # into the data structures. + + call pt_grecord (key, data) + first_rec = NO + record = record + 1 + + # Record is complete so exit the loop. + break + } + } + + } + + if (nchars == EOF) { + first_rec = YES + record = 0 + nunique = 0 + uunique = 0 + funique = 0 + call mfree (line, TY_CHAR) + return (EOF) + } else + return (record) +end + + +# PT_FIELDS -- Check the user definitions for multiply defined entries. + +procedure pt_fields (key, infields, outfields) + +pointer key # pointer to keys strucuture +char infields[ARB] # the list of input fields +char outfields[ARB] # the list of input fields + +int ijunk, num +pointer sp, name, aranges, ranges, rangeset, list +int pt_gnfn(), pt_ranges(), decode_ranges(), get_next_number(), strlen() +int pt_kstati() +pointer pt_ofnl() + +begin + call smark (sp) + call salloc (name, PX_SZCOLNAME, TY_CHAR) + call salloc (aranges, SZ_LINE, TY_CHAR) + call salloc (ranges, SZ_LINE, TY_CHAR) + call salloc (rangeset, 3 * KY_MAXNRANGES + 1, TY_INT) + + list = pt_ofnl (key, infields) + outfields[1] = EOS + while (pt_gnfn (list, Memc[name], Memc[aranges], KY_SZPAR) != EOF) { + if (Memc[name] == EOS) + next + num = 0 + if (Memc[aranges] == EOS) { + if (pt_kstati (key, Memc[name], KY_NUMELEMS) > 1) + call strcat ("[1]", Memc[name], PX_SZCOLNAME) + } else if (pt_ranges (Memc[aranges], Memc[ranges], ijunk, + SZ_LINE) == ERR) { + call strcat ("[1]", Memc[name], PX_SZCOLNAME) + } else if (decode_ranges (Memc[ranges], Memi[rangeset], + KY_MAXNRANGES, ijunk) == ERR) { + call strcat ("[1]", Memc[name], PX_SZCOLNAME) + } else if (get_next_number (Memi[rangeset], num) > 0) { + call sprintf (Memc[name+strlen(Memc[name])], PX_SZCOLNAME, + "[%d]") + call pargi (num) + } else { + call strcat ("[1]", Memc[name], PX_SZCOLNAME) + } + call strcat (",", outfields, PX_SZCOLNAME * (PX_MAXNCOLS + 1)) + call strcat (Memc[name], outfields, PX_SZCOLNAME * + (PX_MAXNCOLS + 1)) + } + + call pt_cfnl (list) + call sfree (sp) +end + + +# PT_GRECORD -- Move selected photometry results into a real arrays. + +procedure pt_grecord (key, data) + +pointer key # pointer to keys strucuture +real data[ARB] # output array of real selected data + +int i, index, elem, maxch, kip, ip +int ctor() + +begin + do i = 1, KY_NSELECT(key) { + + index = Memi[KY_SELECT(key)+i-1] + elem = Memi[KY_ELEM_SELECT(key)+i-1] + maxch = Memi[KY_LEN_SELECT(key)+i-1] + kip = Memi[KY_PTRS(key)+index-1] + (elem - 1) * maxch + + ip = 1 + if (kip == NULL) + data[i] = INDEFR + else if (ctor (Memc[kip], ip, data[i]) <= 0) + data[i] = INDEFR + } + +end diff --git a/noao/digiphot/ptools/pexamine/ptimplot.x b/noao/digiphot/ptools/pexamine/ptimplot.x new file mode 100644 index 00000000..8e586b97 --- /dev/null +++ b/noao/digiphot/ptools/pexamine/ptimplot.x @@ -0,0 +1,940 @@ +include <imhdr.h> +include <gset.h> +include <math.h> +include <mach.h> + + +# PT_RPLOT -- Plot the radial profile. + +procedure pt_rplot (gd, im, wx, wy) + +pointer gd # pointer to the graphics stream +pointer im # pointer to the input image +real wx, wy # radial profile coordinates + +int marker_type, lenbuf, npix +pointer sp, radius, intensity, marker, longtitle +real szmarker, rin, rout, x1, x2, y1, y2, dmin, dmax +bool clgetb() +int clgeti(), strlen(), pt_radpix() +real clgetr() + +begin + # Check for undefined graphics stream. + if (gd == NULL) { + call printf ("The graphics device is undefined\n") + return + } + + # Check for undefined input image. + if (im == NULL) { + call printf ("The graphics device is undefined\n") + return + } + + # Check for an undefined center. + if (IS_INDEFR(wx) || IS_INDEFR(wy)) { + call printf ("The radial profile plot center is undefined.\n") + return + } + + # Get the inner and outer radii. + rin = clgetr ("radplot.rinner") + rout = clgetr ("radplot.router") + if (rout <= rin) { + call printf ( + "The outer radius %g is <= the inner radius %g\n") + call pargr (rin) + call pargr (rout) + return + } + + # Allocate working space. + call smark (sp) + + # Get the data. + lenbuf = PI * (rin + rout + 1.0) * (rout - rin + 0.5) + call salloc (radius, lenbuf, TY_REAL) + call salloc (intensity, lenbuf, TY_REAL) + npix = pt_radpix (im, wx, wy, rin, rout, Memr[radius], Memr[intensity]) + if (npix <= 0) { + call printf ("The object at %g %g is off the image\n") + call pargr (wx) + call pargr (wy) + call sfree (sp) + return + } + + # Clear the plotting strucuture. + call gclear (gd) + + # Fetch the window and viewport parameters. + x1 = clgetr ("radplot.x1") + x2 = clgetr ("radplot.x2") + y1 = clgetr ("radplot.y1") + y2 = clgetr ("radplot.y2") + if (IS_INDEFR(x1) || IS_INDEFR(x2)) { + call pt_alimr (Memr[radius], npix, dmin, dmax) + if (IS_INDEFR(x1)) + x1 = dmin + if (IS_INDEFR(x2)) + x2 = dmax + } + if (IS_INDEFR(y1) || IS_INDEFR(y2)) { + call pt_alimr (Memr[intensity], npix, dmin, dmax) + if (IS_INDEFR(y1)) + y1 = dmin + if (IS_INDEFR(y2)) + y2 = dmax + } + + # Set the scale of the axes. + call gswind (gd, x1, x2, y1, y2) + if (clgetb ("radplot.logx")) + call gseti (gd, G_XTRAN, GW_LOG) + else + call gseti (gd, G_XTRAN, GW_LINEAR) + if (clgetb ("radplot.logy")) + call gseti (gd, G_YTRAN, GW_LOG) + else + call gseti (gd, G_YTRAN, GW_LINEAR) + + # Get the x and y axes parameters. + if (! clgetb ("radplot.fill")) + call gseti (gd, G_ASPECT, 1) + if (clgetb ("radplot.round")) + call gseti (gd, G_ROUND, YES) + + # Get the axis drawing parameters. + if (clgetb ("radplot.box")) { + + # Get number of major and minor tick marks. + call gseti (gd, G_XNMAJOR, clgeti ("radplot.majrx")) + call gseti (gd, G_XNMINOR, clgeti ("radplot.minrx")) + call gseti (gd, G_YNMAJOR, clgeti ("radplot.majry")) + call gseti (gd, G_YNMINOR, clgeti ("radplot.minry")) + + # Label tick marks on axes. + if (clgetb ("radplot.ticklabels")) + call gseti (gd, G_LABELTICKS, YES) + else + call gseti (gd, G_LABELTICKS, NO) + + # Draw grid. + if (clgetb ("radplot.grid")) + call gseti (gd, G_DRAWGRID, YES) + else + call gseti (gd, G_DRAWGRID, NO) + + # Optionally draw a box around the plot. + call salloc (longtitle, 2 * SZ_LINE, TY_CHAR) + if (clgetb ("radplot.banner")) { + call sysid (Memc[longtitle], 2 * SZ_LINE) + call sprintf (Memc[longtitle+strlen(Memc[longtitle])], + 2 * SZ_LINE, "\n%s: xc=%g yc=%g rinner=%g router=%g\n%s") + call pargstr (IM_HDRFILE(im)) + call pargr (wx) + call pargr (wy) + call pargr (rin) + call pargr (rout) + call pargstr ("Radial Profile Plot") + } else { + call sprintf (Memc[longtitle], 2 * SZ_LINE, + "%s: xc=%g yc=%g rinner=%g router=%g\n%s") + call pargstr (IM_HDRFILE(im)) + call pargr (wx) + call pargr (wy) + call pargr (rin) + call pargr (rout) + call pargstr ("Radial Profile Plot") + } + call glabax (gd, Memc[longtitle], "Radial distance (pixels)", + "Intensity (counts)") + } + + # Get the marker type, the size of the marker and the linewidth. + call salloc (marker, SZ_FNAME, TY_CHAR) + call clgstr ("radplot.marker", Memc[marker], SZ_FNAME) + call pt_marker (Memc[marker], SZ_FNAME, marker_type) + if (marker_type != GM_POINT) + szmarker = clgetr ("radplot.szmarker") + else + szmarker = 0.0 + call gsetr (gd, G_PLWIDTH, 2.0) + + # Draw the points in using the deletions array. + call gpmark (gd, Memr[radius], Memr[intensity], npix, marker_type, + szmarker, szmarker) + call gflush (gd) + + call sfree (sp) +end + + +define CSIZE 24 + +# PT_SPLOT -- Draw a perspective view of a surface. The altitude +# and azimuth of the viewing angle are variable. + +procedure pt_splot (gd, im, x, y) + +pointer gd # pointer to the graphics stream +pointer im # pointer to the image descriptor +real x, y # the object center + +int nx, ny, x1, x2, y1, y2, npts, wkid +pointer data, sp, sdata, work, longtitle +real floor, ceiling, angv, angh +bool clgetb() +int clgeti(), strlen() +pointer pt_gdata() +real clgetr() + +int first +real vpx1, vpx2, vpy1, vpy2 +common /frstfg/ first +common /noaovp/ vpx1, vpx2, vpy1, vpy2 + +begin + # Check for undefined graphics stream. + if (gd == NULL) { + call printf ("The graphics device is undefined\n") + return + } + + # Check for undefined input image. + if (im == NULL) { + call printf ("The graphics device is undefined\n") + return + } + + # Check for an undefined center. + if (IS_INDEFR(x) || IS_INDEFR(y)) { + call printf ("The surface plot center is undefined\n") + return + } + + # Get the data. + ny = clgeti ("surfplot.nlines") + nx = clgeti ("surfplot.ncolumns") + x1 = x - (nx - 1) / 2 + 0.5 + x2 = x + nx / 2 + 0.5 + y1 = y - (ny - 1) / 2 + 0.5 + y2 = y + ny / 2 + 0.5 + data = pt_gdata (im, x1, x2, y1, y2) + if (data == NULL) { + call printf ("The requested image section if off the image\n") + return + } + + call smark (sp) + + # Set the title. + call salloc (longtitle, 2 * SZ_LINE, TY_CHAR) + if (clgetb ("surfplot.banner")) { + Memc[longtitle] = '\n' + call sysid (Memc[longtitle+1], 2 * SZ_LINE) + call sprintf (Memc[longtitle+strlen(Memc[longtitle])], 2 * SZ_LINE, + "\nObject at x: %g y: %g\nSurface plot of %s[%d:%d,%d:%d]") + call pargr (x) + call pargr (y) + call pargstr (IM_HDRFILE(im)) + call pargi (x1) + call pargi (x2) + call pargi (y1) + call pargi (y2) + } else { + call sprintf (Memc[longtitle], 2 * SZ_LINE, + "\nObject at x: %g y: %g\nSurface plot of %s[%d:%d,%d:%d]") + call pargr (x) + call pargr (y) + call pargstr (IM_HDRFILE(im)) + call pargi (x1) + call pargi (x2) + call pargi (y1) + call pargi (y2) + } + + # Initialize the plot. + call gclear (gd) + + # Set the viewport, turn off axes drawing. + call gsview (gd, 0.1, 0.9, 0.1, 0.9) + call gseti (gd, G_DRAWAXES, NO) + call glabax (gd, Memc[longtitle], "", "") + + nx = x2 - x1 + 1 + ny = y2 - y1 + 1 + npts = nx * ny + + # Take floor and ceiling if enabled (nonzero). + floor = clgetr ("surfplot.floor") + ceiling = clgetr ("surfplot.ceiling") + if (IS_INDEFR (floor) && IS_INDEFR (ceiling)) + sdata = data + else { + call salloc (sdata, npts, TY_REAL) + call amovr (Memr[data], Memr[sdata], npts) + if (! IS_INDEFR (floor) && ! IS_INDEFR (ceiling)) { + floor = min (floor, ceiling) + ceiling = max (floor, ceiling) + } + if (! IS_INDEFR (floor)) + call amaxkr (Memr[sdata], floor, Memr[sdata], npts) + if (! IS_INDEFR (ceiling)) + call aminkr (Memr[sdata], ceiling, Memr[sdata], npts) + } + + # Open graphics device and make plot. + call gopks (STDERR) + wkid = 1 + call gopwk (wkid, 6, gd) + call gacwk (wkid) + + first = 1 + call srfabd() + call ggview (gd, vpx1, vpx2, vpy1, vpy2) + call set (vpx1, vpx2, vpy1, vpy2, 1.0, 1024., 1.0, 1024., 1) + + angh = clgetr ("surfplot.angh") + angv = clgetr ("surfplot.angv") + call salloc (work, 2 * (2*nx*ny+nx+ny), TY_REAL) + call ezsrfc (Memr[sdata], nx, ny, angh, angv, Memr[work]) + + if (clgetb ("surfplot.axes")) { + call gswind (gd, real (x1), real (x2), real (y1), real (y2)) + call gseti (gd, G_CLIP, NO) + call pt_perimeter (gd, Memr[sdata], nx, ny, angh, angv) + } + + call gdawk (wkid) + call gclks () + call sfree (sp) +end + + +# PT_CPLOT -- Contour map +# This is an interface to the NCAR CONREC routine. + +procedure pt_cplot (gd, im, x, y) + +pointer gd # pointer to the graphics stream +pointer im # pointer to the input image +real x, y # center of the contour plot + +int nx, ny, x1, x2, y1, y2, nhi, dashpat, npts, ncontours, wkid, nset +pointer data, sp, longtitle, data1 +real xs, xe, ys, ye, vx1, vx2, vy1, vy2 +real zero, floor, ceiling, zmin, zmax, interval, finc +bool clgetb(), fp_equalr() +int clgeti(), btoi(), strlen() +pointer pt_gdata() +real clgetr() + +int isizel, isizem, isizep, nrep, ncrt, ilab, nulbll, ioffd +int ioffm, isolid, nla, nlm, first +real xlt, ybt, side, ext, hold[5] +common /conflg/ first +common /conre4/ isizel, isizem , isizep, nrep, ncrt, ilab, nulbll, + ioffd, ext, ioffm, isolid, nla, nlm, xlt, ybt, side +common /noaolb/ hold + +begin + # Check for undefined graphics stream. + if (gd == NULL) { + call printf ("The graphics device is undefined\n") + return + } + + # Check for undefined input image. + if (im == NULL) { + call printf ("The graphics device is undefined\n") + return + } + + # Check fo an undefined center. + if (IS_INDEFR(x) || IS_INDEFR(y)) { + call printf ("The center of the contour plot is undefined\n") + return + } + + # Get the data. + ny = clgeti ("cntrplot.nlines") + nx = clgeti ("cntrplot.ncolumns") + x1 = x - (nx - 1) / 2 + 0.5 + x2 = x + nx / 2 + 0.5 + y1 = y - (ny - 1) / 2 + 0.5 + y2 = y + ny / 2 + 0.5 + data = pt_gdata (im, x1, x2, y1, y2) + if (data == NULL) { + call printf ("The image section to be contoured is off the image\n") + return + } + + call smark (sp) + + # Intialize the plot + call gclear (gd) + + # Set the WCS. + xs = x1 + xe = x2 + ys = y1 + ye = y2 + call gswind (gd, xs, xe, ys, ye) + + nx = x2 - x1 + 1 + ny = y2 - y1 + 1 + if (! clgetb ("cntrplot.fill")) + call gsetr (gd, G_ASPECT, real (ny-1) / real (nx-1)) + call gseti (gd, G_ROUND, btoi (clgetb ("cntrplot.round"))) + + if (clgetb ("cntrplot.box")) { + + # Get number of major and minor tick marks. + call gseti (gd, G_XNMAJOR, clgeti ("cntrplot.majrx")) + call gseti (gd, G_XNMINOR, clgeti ("cntrplot.minrx")) + call gseti (gd, G_YNMAJOR, clgeti ("cntrplot.majry")) + call gseti (gd, G_YNMINOR, clgeti ("cntrplot.minry")) + + # Label tick marks on axes ? + call gseti (gd, G_LABELTICKS, btoi (clgetb ("cntrplot.ticklabels"))) + + # Construct the title. + call salloc (longtitle, 2 * SZ_LINE, TY_CHAR) + if (clgetb ("cntrplot.banner")) { + call sysid (Memc[longtitle], 2 * SZ_LINE) + call sprintf (Memc[longtitle+strlen(Memc[longtitle])], + 2 * SZ_LINE, + "\nObject at x: %g y: %g\n\nContour plot of %s[%d:%d,%d:%d]\n") + call pargr (x) + call pargr (y) + call pargstr (IM_HDRFILE(im)) + call pargi (x1) + call pargi (x2) + call pargi (y1) + call pargi (y2) + } else { + call sprintf (Memc[longtitle], 2 * SZ_LINE, + "\nObject at x: %g y: %g\n\nContour plot of %s[%d:%d,%d:%d]\n") + call pargr (x) + call pargr (y) + call pargstr (IM_HDRFILE(im)) + call pargi (x1) + call pargi (x2) + call pargi (y1) + call pargi (y2) + } + + call glabax (gd, Memc[longtitle], "", "") + } + + # First of all, intialize conrec's block data before altering any + # parameters in common. + first = 1 + call conbd + + # Set the contouring parameters. + zero = clgetr ("cntrplot.zero") + floor = clgetr ("cntrplot.floor") + ceiling = clgetr ("cntrplot.ceiling") + nhi = clgeti ("cntrplot.nhi") + dashpat = clgeti ("cntrplot.dashpat") + + # Resolve INDEF limits. + npts = nx * ny + if (IS_INDEFR (floor) || IS_INDEFR (ceiling)) { + call alimr (Memr[data], npts, zmin, zmax) + if (IS_INDEFR (floor)) + floor = zmin + if (IS_INDEFR (ceiling)) + ceiling = zmax + } + + # Apply the zero point shift. + if (abs (zero) > EPSILON) { + call salloc (data1, npts, TY_REAL) + call asubkr (Memr[data], zero, Memr[data1], npts) + floor = floor - zero + ceiling = ceiling - zero + } else + data1 = data + + # Avoid conrec's automatic scaling. + if (fp_equalr (floor, 0.0)) + floor = EPSILON + if (fp_equalr (ceiling, 0.0)) + ceiling = EPSILON + + # The user can suppress the contour labelling by setting the common + # parameter "ilab" to zero. + if (btoi (clgetb ("cntrplot.label")) == NO) + ilab = 0 + else + ilab = 1 + + # User can specify either the number of contours or the contour + # interval, or let conrec pick a nice number. Get params and + # encode the FINC param expected by conrec. + + ncontours = clgeti ("cntrplot.ncontours") + if (ncontours <= 0) { + interval = clgetr ("cntrplot.interval") + if (interval <= 0.0) + finc = 0 + else + finc = interval + } else + finc = - abs (ncontours) + + # Open device and make contour plot. + call gopks (STDERR) + wkid = 1 + call gopwk (wkid, 6, gd) + call gacwk (wkid) + + # Make the contour plot. + nset = 1 # No conrec viewport + ioffm = 1 # No conrec box + call gswind (gd, 1., real (nx), 1., real (ny)) + call ggview (gd, vx1, vx2, vy1, vy2) + call set (vx1, vx2, vy1, vy2, 1.0, real (nx), 1.0, real (ny), 1) + call conrec (Memr[data1], nx, nx, ny, floor, ceiling, finc, nset, + nhi, -dashpat) + + call gdawk (wkid) + call gclks () + + call gswind (gd, xs, xe, ys, ye) + if (fp_equalr (hold[5], 1.0)) { + call sprintf (Memc[longtitle], 2 * SZ_LINE, + "\n\nContoured from %g to %g, interval = %g\n\n") + call pargr (hold[1]) + call pargr (hold[2]) + call pargr (hold[3]) + } else { + call sprintf (Memc[longtitle], 2 * SZ_LINE, + "\n\nContoured from %g to %g, interval = %g, labels scaled by %g\n\n") + call pargr (hold[1]) + call pargr (hold[2]) + call pargr (hold[3]) + call pargr (hold[5]) + } + + call gseti (gd, G_DRAWAXES, NO) + call glabax (gd, Memc[longtitle], "", "") + + call sfree (sp) +end + + +# PT_PERIMETER -- Draw and label axes around the surface plot. + +procedure pt_perimeter (gd, z, ncols, nlines, angh, angv) + +pointer gd # graphics pointer +int ncols # number of image columns +int nlines # number of image lines +real z[ncols, nlines] # array of intensity values +real angh # angle of horizontal inclination +real angv # angle of vertical inclination + +char tlabel[10] +int i, j +pointer sp, x_val, y_val, kvec +real xmin, ymin, delta, fact1, flo, hi, xcen, ycen +real x1_perim, x2_perim, y1_perim, y2_perim, z1, z2 +real wc1, wc2, wl1, wl2, del +int itoc() + +data fact1 /2.0/ +real vpx1, vpx2, vpy1, vpy2 +common /noaovp/ vpx1, vpx2, vpy1, vpy2 + +begin + call smark (sp) + call salloc (x_val, ncols + 2, TY_REAL) + call salloc (y_val, nlines + 2, TY_REAL) + call salloc (kvec, max (ncols, nlines) + 2, TY_REAL) + + # Get window coordinates set up calling procedure. + call ggwind (gd, wc1, wc2, wl1, wl2) + + # Set up window, viewport for output. The coordinates returned + # from trn32s are in the range [1-1024]. + call set (vpx1, vpx2, vpy1, vpy2, 1.0, 1024., 1.0, 1024., 1) + + # Find range of z for determining perspective. + flo = MAX_REAL + hi = -flo + do j = 1, nlines { + call alimr (z[1,j], ncols, z1, z2) + flo = min (flo, z1) + hi = max (hi, z2) + } + + # Set up linear endpoints and spacing as used in surface. + delta = (hi-flo) / (max (ncols, nlines) -1.) * fact1 + xmin = -(real (ncols/2) * delta + real (mod (ncols+1, 2)) * delta) + ymin = -(real (nlines/2) * delta + real (mod (nlines+1, 2)) * delta) + del = 2.0 * delta + + # The perimeter is separated from the surface plot by the + # width of delta. + x1_perim = xmin - delta + y1_perim = ymin - delta + x2_perim = xmin + (real (ncols) * delta) + y2_perim = ymin + (real (nlines) * delta) + + # Set up linear arrays over full perimeter range. + do i = 1, ncols + 2 + Memr[x_val+i-1] = x1_perim + (i-1) * delta + do i = 1, nlines + 2 + Memr[y_val+i-1] = y1_perim + (i-1) * delta + + # Draw and label axes and tick marks. + # It is important that frame has not been called after calling srface. + # First to draw the perimeter. Which axes get drawn depends on the + # values of angh and angv. Get angles in the range [-180, 180]. + + if (angh > 180.) + angh = angh - 360. + else if (angh < -180.) + angh = angh + 360. + if (angv > 180.) + angv = angv - 360. + else if (angv < -180.) + angv = angv + 360. + + # Calculate positions for the axis labels. + xcen = 0.5 * (x1_perim + x2_perim) + ycen = 0.5 * (y1_perim + y2_perim) + + if (angh >= 0.0) { + + # Case 1: xy rotation positive, looking down from above mid z. + if (angv >= 0.0) { + + # First draw x axis. + call amovkr (y2_perim, Memr[kvec], ncols + 2) + call pt_draw_axis (Memr[x_val+1], Memr[kvec], flo, ncols + 1) + call pt_label_axis (xcen, y2_perim+del, flo, "X-AXIS", -1, -2) + call pt_draw_ticksx (Memr[x_val+1], y2_perim, y2_perim+delta, + flo, ncols) + if (itoc (int (wc1), tlabel, 10) <= 0) + tlabel[1] = EOS + call pt_label_axis (xmin, y2_perim+del, flo, tlabel, -1, -2) + if (itoc (int (wc2), tlabel, 10) <= 0) + tlabel[1] = EOS + call pt_label_axis (Memr[x_val+ncols], y2_perim+del, flo, + tlabel, -1, -2) + + # Now draw y axis. + call amovkr (x2_perim, Memr[kvec], nlines + 2) + call pt_draw_axis (Memr[kvec], Memr[y_val+1], flo, nlines + 1) + call pt_label_axis (x2_perim+del, ycen, flo, "Y-AXIS", 2, -1) + call pt_draw_ticksy (x2_perim, x2_perim+delta, Memr[y_val+1], + flo, nlines) + if (itoc (int (wl1), tlabel, 10) <= 0) + tlabel[1] = EOS + call pt_label_axis (x2_perim+del, ymin, flo, tlabel, 2, -1) + if (itoc (int (wl2), tlabel, 10) <= 0) + tlabel[1] = EOS + call pt_label_axis (x2_perim+del, Memr[y_val+nlines], flo, + tlabel, 2, -1) + + # Case 2: xy rotation positive, looking up from below mid z. + } else { + + # First draw x axis. + call amovkr (y1_perim, Memr[kvec], ncols + 2) + call pt_draw_axis (Memr[x_val], Memr[kvec], flo, ncols + 1) + call pt_label_axis (xcen, y1_perim-del, flo, "X-AXIS", -1, 2) + call pt_draw_ticksx (Memr[x_val+1], y1_perim, y1_perim-delta, + flo, ncols) + if (itoc (int (wc1), tlabel, 10) <= 0) + tlabel[1] = EOS + call pt_label_axis (xmin, y1_perim-del, flo, tlabel, -1, 2) + if (itoc (int (wc2), tlabel, 10) <= 0) + tlabel[1] = EOS + call pt_label_axis (Memr[x_val+ncols], y1_perim-del, flo, + tlabel, -1, 2) + + # Now draw y axis. + call amovkr (x1_perim, Memr[kvec], nlines + 2) + call pt_draw_axis (Memr[kvec], Memr[y_val], flo, nlines + 1) + call pt_label_axis (x1_perim-del, ycen, flo, "Y-AXIS", 2, 1) + call pt_draw_ticksy (x1_perim, x1_perim-delta, Memr[y_val+1], + flo, nlines) + if (itoc (int (wl1), tlabel, 10) <= 0) + tlabel[1] = EOS + call pt_label_axis (x1_perim-del, ymin, flo, tlabel, 2, 1) + if (itoc (int (wl2), tlabel, 10) <= 0) + tlabel[1] = EOS + call pt_label_axis (x1_perim-del, Memr[y_val+nlines], flo, + tlabel, 2, 1) + } + } + + if (angh < 0.0) { + + # Case 3: xy rotation negative, looking down from above mid z + # (default). + if (angv > 0.0) { + + # First draw x axis. + call amovkr (y1_perim, Memr[kvec], ncols + 2) + call pt_draw_axis (Memr[x_val+1], Memr[kvec], flo, ncols + 1) + call pt_label_axis (xcen, y1_perim-del, flo, "X-AXIS", 1, 2) + call pt_draw_ticksx (Memr[x_val+1], y1_perim, y1_perim-delta, + flo, ncols) + if (itoc (int (wc1), tlabel, 10) <= 0) + tlabel[1] = EOS + call pt_label_axis (xmin, y1_perim-del, flo, tlabel, 1, 2) + if (itoc (int (wc2), tlabel, 10) <= 0) + tlabel[1] = EOS + call pt_label_axis (Memr[x_val+ncols], y1_perim-del, flo, + tlabel, 1, 2) + + # Now draw y axis. + call amovkr (x2_perim, Memr[kvec], nlines + 2) + call pt_draw_axis (Memr[kvec], Memr[y_val], flo, nlines + 1) + call pt_label_axis (x2_perim+del, ycen, flo, "Y-AXIS", 2, -1) + call pt_draw_ticksy (x2_perim, x2_perim+delta, Memr[y_val+1], + flo, nlines) + if (itoc (int (wl1), tlabel, 10) <= 0) + tlabel[1] = EOS + call pt_label_axis (x2_perim+del, ymin, flo, tlabel, 2, -1) + if (itoc (int (wl2), tlabel, 10) <= 0) + tlabel[1] = EOS + call pt_label_axis (x2_perim+del, Memr[y_val+nlines], flo, + tlabel, 2, -1) + + # Case 4: xy rotation negative, looking up from below mid Z. + } else { + + # First draw x axis. + call amovkr (y2_perim, Memr[kvec], ncols + 2) + call pt_draw_axis (Memr[x_val], Memr[kvec], flo, ncols + 1) + call pt_label_axis (xcen, y2_perim+del, flo, "X-AXIS", 1, -2) + call pt_draw_ticksx (Memr[x_val+1], y2_perim, y2_perim+delta, + flo, ncols) + if (itoc (int (wc1), tlabel, 10) <= 0) + tlabel[1] = EOS + call pt_label_axis (xmin, y2_perim+del, flo, tlabel, 1, -2) + if (itoc (int (wc2), tlabel, 10) <= 0) + tlabel[1] = EOS + call pt_label_axis (Memr[x_val+ncols], y2_perim+del, flo, + tlabel, 1, -2) + + # Now draw y axis. + call amovkr (x1_perim, Memr[kvec], nlines + 2) + call pt_draw_axis (Memr[kvec], Memr[y_val+1], flo, nlines + 1) + call pt_label_axis (x1_perim-del, ycen, flo, "Y-AXIS", 2, 1) + call pt_draw_ticksy (x1_perim, x1_perim-delta, Memr[y_val+1], + flo, nlines) + if (itoc (int (wl1), tlabel, 10) <= 0) + tlabel[1] = EOS + call pt_label_axis (x1_perim-del, ymin, flo, tlabel, 2, 1) + if (itoc (int (wl2), tlabel, 10) <= 0) + tlabel[1] = EOS + call pt_label_axis (x1_perim-del, Memr[y_val+nlines], flo, + tlabel, 2, 1) + } + } + + # Flush plotit buffer before returning. + call plotit (0, 0, 2) + call sfree (sp) +end + + +# PT_DRAW_AXIS -- Draw the axes around the plot. + +procedure pt_draw_axis (xvals, yvals, zval, nvals) + +real xvals[nvals] +real yvals[nvals] +real zval +int nvals + +int i +pointer sp, xt, yt +real dum + +begin + call smark (sp) + call salloc (xt, nvals, TY_REAL) + call salloc (yt, nvals, TY_REAL) + + do i = 1, nvals + call trn32s (xvals[i], yvals[i], zval, Memr[xt+i-1], Memr[yt+i-1], + dum, 1) + + call gpl (nvals, Memr[xt], Memr[yt]) + call sfree (sp) +end + + +# PT_LABEL_AXIS -- Label the axes. + +procedure pt_label_axis (xval, yval, zval, sppstr, path, up) + +real xval +real yval +real zval +char sppstr[SZ_LINE] +int path +int up + +int nchars +int strlen() +% character*64 fstr + +begin + nchars = strlen (sppstr) +% call f77pak (sppstr, fstr, 64) + call pwrzs (xval, yval, zval, fstr, nchars, CSIZE, path, up, 0) +end + + +# PT_DRAW_TICKSX -- Draw the x tick marks. + +procedure pt_draw_ticksx (x, y1, y2, zval, nvals) + +real x[nvals] +real y1, y2 +real zval +int nvals + +int i +real tkx[2], tky[2], dum + +begin + do i = 1, nvals { + call trn32s (x[i], y1, zval, tkx[1], tky[1], dum, 1) + call trn32s (x[i], y2, zval, tkx[2], tky[2], dum, 1) + call gpl (2, tkx[1], tky[1]) + } +end + + +# PT_DRAW_TICKSY -- Draw the y tick marks. + +procedure pt_draw_ticksy (x1, x2, y, zval, nvals) + +real x1, x2 +real y[nvals] +real zval +int nvals + +int i +real tkx[2], tky[2], dum + +begin + do i = 1, nvals { + call trn32s (x1, y[i], zval, tkx[1], tky[1], dum, 1) + call trn32s (x2, y[i], zval, tkx[2], tky[2], dum, 1) + call gpl (2, tkx[1], tky[1]) + } +end + + +# PT_GDATA -- Get image data with boundary checking. + +pointer procedure pt_gdata (im, x1, x2, y1, y2) + +pointer im # pointer to the input image +int x1, x2, y1, y2 # subraster limits both input and output + +int i, nc, nl +pointer imgs2r() +errchk imgs2r + +begin + nc = IM_LEN(im,1) + nl = IM_LEN(im,2) + if (IS_INDEFI (x1)) + x1 = 1 + if (IS_INDEFI (x2)) + x2 = nc + if (IS_INDEFI (y1)) + y1 = 1 + if (IS_INDEFI (y2)) + y2 = nl + + i = max (x1, x2) + x1 = min (x1, x2) + x2 = i + i = max (y1, y2) + y1 = min (y1, y2) + y2 = i + + if (x2 < 1 || x1 > nc || y2 < 1 || y1 > nl) + return (NULL) + + x1 = max (1, x1) + x2 = min (nc, x2) + y1 = max (1, y1) + y2 = min (nl, y2) + + return (imgs2r (im, x1, x2, y1, y2)) +end + + +# PT_RADPIX -- Procedure to fetch the image pixels in an annulus around +# a given center. + +int procedure pt_radpix (im, wx, wy, rin, rout, rcoords, pix) + +pointer im # pointer to IRAF image +real wx, wy # center of sky annulus +real rin, rout # inner and outer radius of sky annulus +real rcoords[ARB] # radial coordinate array +real pix[ARB] # pixel array + +int i, j, ncols, nlines, c1, c2, l1, l2, npix +pointer buf +real xc1, xc2, xl1, xl2, rin2, rout2, rj2, r2 +pointer imgs2r() + +begin + if (rout <= rin) + return (0) + + # Test for out of bounds sky regions. + ncols = IM_LEN(im,1) + nlines = IM_LEN(im,2) + xc1 = wx - rout + xc2 = wx + rout + xl1 = wy - rout + xl2 = wy + rout + if (xc2 < 1.0 || xc1 > real (ncols) || xl2 < 1.0 || xl1 > real (nlines)) + return (0) + + # Compute the column and line limits. + c1 = max (1.0, min (real (ncols), wx - rout)) + 0.5 + c2 = min (real (ncols), max (1.0, wx + rout)) + 0.5 + l1 = max (1.0, min (real (nlines), wy - rout)) + 0.5 + l2 = min (real (nlines), max (1.0, wy + rout)) + 0.5 + + # Fetch the sky pixels. + rin2 = rin ** 2 + rout2 = rout ** 2 + npix = 0 + + do j = l1, l2 { + buf = imgs2r (im, c1, c2, j, j) + rj2 = (wy - j) ** 2 + do i = c1, c2 { + r2 = (wx - i) ** 2 + rj2 + if (r2 > rin2 && r2 <= rout2) { + rcoords[npix+1] = sqrt (r2) + pix[npix+1] = Memr[buf+i-c1] + npix = npix + 1 + } + } + } + + return (npix) +end diff --git a/noao/digiphot/ptools/pexamine/ptplot.x b/noao/digiphot/ptools/pexamine/ptplot.x new file mode 100644 index 00000000..beeb9fec --- /dev/null +++ b/noao/digiphot/ptools/pexamine/ptplot.x @@ -0,0 +1,1462 @@ +include <error.h> +include <mach.h> +include <ctype.h> +include <gset.h> +include <fset.h> +include <tbset.h> +include "../../lib/ptkeysdef.h" +include "pexamine.h" + +define GHELPFILE "ptools$pexamine/pexamine.key" +define FRACTION 0.05 + +int procedure pt_plot (gd, px, apd, apkey, im, deleted, npix, max_npix, + first_star, match_radius, use_display) + +pointer gd # pointer to the graphics stream +pointer px # pointer to the pexamine structure +pointer apd # the input catalog descriptor +pointer apkey # pointer to the text file structure +pointer im # pointer to the input image +int deleted[ARB] # array of deleted values +int npix # number of points +int max_npix # maximum number of points +int first_star # first object read in +real match_radius # tolerance in pixels for cursor positioning +int use_display # use the image display + +int newdata, newxy, xyinvalid, newhist, hinvalid, plottype, newplot +int firstplot, newcoo, cooinvalid, undelete, status, key, starno, curtype +pointer sp, title, xlabel, ylabel, cmd, x, y, h, xpos, ypos +real wx, wy, twx, twy + +bool fp_equalr() +int pt_rxydata(), pt_rhdata(), pt_rcoodata(), pt_getphot(), pt_fstarg() +int pt_gcur(), pt_gldata() + +define replot_ 91 + +begin + # Allocate working stack space. + call smark (sp) + call salloc (title, SZ_LINE, TY_CHAR) + call salloc (xlabel, SZ_LINE, TY_CHAR) + call salloc (ylabel, SZ_LINE, TY_CHAR) + call salloc (cmd, SZ_LINE, TY_CHAR) + + # Initialize some parameters. + twx = INDEFR + twy = INDEFR + newdata = NO + newxy = YES + newhist = YES + newcoo = YES + newplot = YES + firstplot = YES + curtype = 'g' + plottype = PX_XYPLOT + call amovki (PX_GOOD, deleted, npix) + + undelete = NO + +replot_ + if (newdata == YES) { + if (apkey != NULL) { + call pt_kyfree (apkey) + call pt_kyinit (apkey) + } + npix = pt_getphot (px, apd, apkey, npix, first_star) + } + + if (newxy == YES) + xyinvalid = pt_rxydata (px, x, y) + if (newhist == YES) + hinvalid = pt_rhdata (px, h) + if (newcoo == YES) + cooinvalid = pt_rcoodata (px, xpos, ypos) + + switch (plottype) { + case PX_XYPLOT: + call pt_xyinfo (px, apd, apkey, Memc[title], SZ_LINE, + Memc[xlabel], Memc[ylabel], SZ_LINE) + if (xyinvalid == NO) { + if (newplot == YES) { + call pt_xyplot (gd, Memr[x], Memr[y], deleted, npix, + Memc[title], Memc[xlabel], Memc[ylabel]) + } + } else { + call printf ("Cannot plot X: %s versus Y: %s\n") + call pargstr (Memc[xlabel]) + call pargstr (Memc[ylabel]) + } + + case PX_HISTPLOT: + call pt_hinfo (px, apd, apkey, Memc[title], SZ_LINE, + Memc[xlabel], Memc[ylabel], SZ_LINE) + if (hinvalid == NO) { + if (newplot == YES) { + call pt_hplot (gd, Memr[h], deleted, npix, Memc[title], + Memc[xlabel], Memc[ylabel]) + } + } else { + call printf ("Cannot plot histogram of %s\n") + call pargstr (Memc[xlabel]) + } + + case PX_RADPLOT: + if (im != NULL) { + if (newplot == YES) + call pt_rplot (gd, im, twx, twy) + } else + call printf ("The input image is undefined\n") + + case PX_SURFPLOT: + if (im != NULL) { + if (newplot == YES) + call pt_splot (gd, im, twx, twy) + } else + call printf ("The input image is undefined\n") + + case PX_CNTRPLOT: + if (im != NULL) { + if (newplot == YES) + call pt_cplot (gd, im, twx, twy) + } else + call printf ("The input image is undefined\n") + + default: + call printf ("Invalid plot type\n") + } + + if ((firstplot == YES || newdata == YES) && (xyinvalid == NO)) { + call printf ("nstars read: %d first_star: %d max_nstars: %d\n") + call pargi (npix) + call pargi (first_star) + call pargi (max_npix) + } + + newdata = NO + newxy = NO + newcoo = NO + newhist = NO + newplot = NO + firstplot = NO + + while (pt_gcur (curtype, wx, wy, key, Memc[cmd], SZ_LINE) != EOF) { + + switch (key) { + + # Quit and do not make changes. + case 'q': + call printf ("Type 'q' to confirm quit without saving edits\n") + if (pt_gcur (curtype, wx, wy, key, Memc[cmd], SZ_LINE) == EOF) + next + if (key != 'q') + next + status = PX_QUIT + break + + # Exit and do the changes. + case 'e': + status = PX_EXIT + break + + # Print the help page. + case '?': + call gpagefile (gd, GHELPFILE, "") + + # Activate the graphics cursor. + case 'g': + curtype = 'g' + + # Activate the image cursor. + case 'i': + if (use_display == YES) + curtype = 'i' + else + call printf ("The image display is not available\n") + + # Plot the current y column versus the current x column. + case 'x': + if (plottype != PX_XYPLOT) { + newplot = YES + plottype = PX_XYPLOT + } + if (newplot == YES) + goto replot_ + + # Plot the current histogram. + case 'h': + if (plottype != PX_HISTPLOT) { + newplot = YES + plottype = PX_HISTPLOT + } + if (newplot == YES) + goto replot_ + + # Print a matrix of points around the cursor. + case 'm': + if (im == NULL) { + call printf ("The input image is undefined\n") + next + } else if (cooinvalid == YES) { + call printf ("The x or y coordinate data is undefined\n") + next + } else if (curtype == 'i') { + starno = pt_fstarg (gd, wx, wy, Memr[xpos], Memr[ypos], + npix, match_radius) + } else if (xyinvalid == YES) { + call printf ("The x or y column data is undefined\n") + next + } else if (plottype != PX_XYPLOT) { + call printf ("Points must be marked on an X-Y plot\n") + next + } else { + starno = pt_fstarg (gd, wx, wy, Memr[x], Memr[y], npix, + INDEFR) + } + + if (starno > 0) + call pt_print (gd, im, Memr[xpos+starno-1], + Memr[ypos+starno-1]) + + # Plot the the radial profile of the point nearest the graphics + # cursor. + case 'r', 's', 'c': + + if (im == NULL) { + call printf ("The input image is undefined\n") + next + } + if (cooinvalid == YES) { + call printf ("The x or y coordinate data is undefined\n") + next + } + + if (curtype == 'i') { + starno = pt_fstarg (gd, wx, wy, Memr[xpos], Memr[ypos], + npix, match_radius) + } else if (xyinvalid == YES) { + call printf ("The x or y column data is undefined\n") + next + } else if (plottype != PX_XYPLOT) { + call printf ("Points must be marked on the X-Y plot\n") + next + } else { + starno = pt_fstarg (gd, wx, wy, Memr[x], Memr[y], npix, + INDEFR) + } + + if (starno > 0) { + switch (key) { + case 'r': + if (plottype != PX_RADPLOT) + newplot = YES + plottype = PX_RADPLOT + case 'c': + if (plottype != PX_CNTRPLOT) + newplot = YES + plottype = PX_CNTRPLOT + case 's': + if (plottype != PX_SURFPLOT) + newplot = YES + plottype = PX_SURFPLOT + } + wx = Memr[xpos+starno-1] + wy = Memr[ypos+starno-1] + if (! fp_equalr (wx, twx) && ! fp_equalr (wy, twy)) { + newplot = YES + twx = wx + twy = wy + } + } else + call printf ("Cannot find selected star in the catalog\n") + + if (newplot == YES) + goto replot_ + + # Replot the current plot. + case 'p': + newplot = YES + goto replot_ + + # Print out the names, types and units of all defined columns. + case 'l': + call pt_colinfo (gd, apd, apkey) + + # Print out the names, values and units of the stored columns + # for the object nearest the cursor. + case 'o': + if (curtype == 'g') { + if (xyinvalid == YES) + call printf ("The x or y column data is undefined\n") + else if (plottype != PX_XYPLOT) + call printf ("Points must be marked on an x-y plot\n") + else { + starno = pt_gldata (gd, px, apd, apkey, wx, wy, + Memr[x], Memr[y], npix, INDEFR) + if (starno > 0) + call printf ("Star found\n") + else + call printf ("Star not found\n") + } + } else if (curtype == 'i') { + if (cooinvalid == NO) { + starno = pt_gldata (gd, px, apd, apkey, wx, wy, + Memr[xpos], Memr[ypos], npix, match_radius) + if ((gd != NULL) && (starno > 0) && (xyinvalid == NO) && + (plottype == PX_XYPLOT)) { + call gscur (gd, Memr[x+starno-1], Memr[y+starno-1]) + call printf ("Star found\n") + curtype = 'g' + } else + call printf ("Star not found\n") + } else + call printf ( + "The x or y coordinate data is undefined\n") + } + + # Undelete everything. + case 'z': + call amovki (PX_GOOD, deleted, npix) + newplot = YES + goto replot_ + + # Delete points and replot. + case 'f': + call pt_update (deleted, npix) + newplot = YES + goto replot_ + + # Mark a point for deletion. + case 'd': + if (curtype == 'g') { + if ((xyinvalid == YES) || (plottype != PX_XYPLOT)) + call printf ( + "Invalid plot type for deleting points\n") + else + call pt_delpt (gd, wx, wy, Memr[x], Memr[y], Memr[x], + Memr[y], deleted, npix, NO, INDEFR) + } else if (curtype == 'i') { + if (cooinvalid == NO) { + if ((xyinvalid == NO) && (plottype == PX_XYPLOT)) + call pt_delpt (gd, wx, wy, Memr[xpos], Memr[ypos], + Memr[x], Memr[y], deleted, npix, NO, + match_radius) + else + call pt_delpt (NULL, wx, wy, Memr[xpos], Memr[ypos], + Memr[x], Memr[y], deleted, npix, NO, + match_radius) + } else + call printf ( + "The x or y coordinate data is undefined\n") + } + + # Undelete a point marked for deletion. + case 'u': + if (curtype == 'g') { + if ((xyinvalid == YES) || (plottype != PX_XYPLOT)) + call printf ( + "Invalid plot type for undeleting points\n") + else + call pt_delpt (gd, wx, wy, Memr[x], Memr[y], Memr[x], + Memr[y], deleted, npix, YES, INDEFR) + } else if (curtype == 'i') { + if (cooinvalid == NO) { + if (xyinvalid == NO && plottype == PX_XYPLOT) + call pt_delpt (gd, wx, wy, Memr[xpos], Memr[ypos], + Memr[x], Memr[y], deleted, npix, YES, + match_radius) + else + call pt_delpt (NULL, wx, wy, Memr[xpos], Memr[ypos], + Memr[x], Memr[y], deleted, npix, YES, + match_radius) + } else + call printf ( + "The x and y coordinate data is undefined\n") + } + + # Toggle the delete/undelete function + case 't': + if (undelete == NO) { + call printf ("Now undeleting points\n") + undelete = YES + } else if (undelete == YES) { + call printf ("Now deleting points\n") + undelete = NO + } + + # Mark for deletion points with X < X (cursor). + case '(': + if (curtype == 'g') { + if ((xyinvalid == NO) && (plottype == PX_XYPLOT)) { + call pt_dxltg (gd, wx, Memr[x], Memr[x], Memr[y], + deleted, npix, undelete) + } else if ((hinvalid == NO) && plottype == PX_HISTPLOT) { + call pt_dxltg (NULL, wx, Memr[h], Memr[h], Memr[h], + deleted, npix, undelete) + newplot = YES + } else + call printf ( + "Invalid plot type for (un)deleting points\n") + } else if (curtype == 'i') { + if (cooinvalid == YES) { + call printf ( + "The x or y coordinate data is undefined\n") + } else if ((xyinvalid == NO) && (plottype == PX_XYPLOT)) { + call pt_dxltg (gd, wx, Memr[xpos], Memr[x], Memr[y], + deleted, npix, undelete) + } else { + call pt_dxltg (NULL, wx, Memr[xpos], Memr[x], Memr[y], + deleted, npix, undelete) + if (plottype == PX_XYPLOT || plottype == PX_HISTPLOT) + newplot = YES + else + call printf ( + "Replot x-y or histogram to show (un)deletions\n") + } + } + if (newplot == YES) + goto replot_ + + # Mark for deletion points with X > X (cursor). + case ')': + if (curtype == 'g') { + if ((xyinvalid == NO) && (plottype == PX_XYPLOT)) { + call pt_dxgtg (gd, wx, Memr[x], Memr[x], Memr[y], + deleted, npix, undelete) + } else if ((hinvalid == NO) && (plottype == PX_HISTPLOT)) { + call pt_dxgtg (NULL, wx, Memr[h], Memr[h], Memr[h], + deleted, npix, undelete) + newplot = YES + } else + call printf ( + "Invalid plot type for (un)deleting points\n") + } else if (curtype == 'i') { + if (cooinvalid == YES) { + call printf ( + "The x and y coordinate data is undefined\n") + } else if ((xyinvalid == NO) && (plottype == PX_XYPLOT)) { + call pt_dxgtg (gd, wx, Memr[xpos], Memr[x], Memr[y], + deleted, npix, undelete) + } else { + call pt_dxgtg (NULL, wx, Memr[xpos], Memr[x], Memr[y], + deleted, npix, undelete) + if (plottype == PX_XYPLOT || plottype == PX_HISTPLOT) + newplot = YES + else + call printf ( + "Replot x-y or histogram to show (un)deletions\n") + } + } + if (newplot == YES) + goto replot_ + + # Mark for deletion points with Y > Y (cursor). + case '^': + if (curtype == 'g') { + if ((xyinvalid == NO) && (plottype == PX_XYPLOT)) + call pt_dygtg (gd, wy, Memr[y], Memr[x], Memr[y], + deleted, npix, undelete) + else + call printf ( + "Invalid plot type for (un)deleting points\n") + } else if (curtype == 'i') { + if (cooinvalid == YES) + call printf ( + "The x and y coordinate data is undefined\n") + else if ((xyinvalid == NO) && (plottype == PX_XYPLOT)) + call pt_dygtg (gd, wy, Memr[ypos], Memr[x], Memr[y], + deleted, npix, undelete) + else { + call pt_dygtg (NULL, wy, Memr[ypos], Memr[x], Memr[y], + deleted, npix, undelete) + if (plottype == PX_XYPLOT || plottype == PX_HISTPLOT) + newplot = YES + else + call printf ( + "Replot x-y or histogram to show (un)deletions\n") + } + } + if (newplot == YES) + goto replot_ + + # Mark for deletion points with Y < Y (cursor). + case 'v': + if (curtype == 'g') { + if ((xyinvalid == NO) && (plottype == PX_XYPLOT)) + call pt_dyltg (gd, wy, Memr[y], Memr[x], Memr[y], + deleted, npix, undelete) + else + call printf ( + "Invalid plot type for (un)deleting points\n") + } else if (curtype == 'i') { + if (cooinvalid == YES) + call printf ( + "The x and y coordinate data is undefined\n") + else if ((xyinvalid == NO) && (plottype == PX_XYPLOT)) + call pt_dyltg (gd, wy, Memr[ypos], Memr[x], Memr[y], + deleted, npix, undelete) + else { + call pt_dyltg (NULL, wy, Memr[ypos], Memr[x], Memr[y], + deleted, npix, undelete) + if (plottype == PX_XYPLOT || plottype == PX_HISTPLOT) + newplot = YES + else + call printf ( + "Replot x-y or histogram to show (un)deletions\n") + } + } + if (newplot == YES) + goto replot_ + + # Mark points for deletion inside a box. + case 'b': + if (curtype == 'g') { + if ((xyinvalid == NO) && (plottype == PX_XYPLOT)) { + twx = wx; twy = wy + call printf ("again:\n") + if (pt_gcur (curtype, wx, wy, key, Memc[cmd], + SZ_LINE) == EOF) + next + call pt_dboxg (gd, Memr[x], Memr[y], Memr[x], Memr[y], + deleted, npix, twx, twy, wx, wy, undelete) + } else + call printf ( + "Invalid plot type for (un)deleting points\n") + } else if (curtype == 'i') { + if (cooinvalid == YES) + call printf ( + "The x or y coordinate data is undefined\n") + else { + twx = wx; twy = wy + call printf ("again:\n") + if (pt_gcur (curtype, wx, wy, key, Memc[cmd], + SZ_LINE) == EOF) + next + if ((xyinvalid == NO) && (plottype == PX_XYPLOT)) + call pt_dboxg (gd, Memr[xpos], Memr[ypos], Memr[x], + Memr[y], deleted, npix, twx, twy, wx, wy, + undelete) + else { + call pt_dboxg (NULL, Memr[xpos], Memr[ypos], + Memr[x], Memr[y], deleted, npix, twx, twy, + wx, wy, undelete) + if ((plottype == PX_XYPLOT) || + (plottype == PX_HISTPLOT)) + newplot = YES + else + call printf ( + "Replot x-y or histogram to show (un)deletions\n") + } + } + } + + # Colon commands: + case ':': + iferr (call pt_colon (px, gd, Memc[cmd], newdata, newxy, + newhist, newcoo, newplot, plottype, undelete)) + call erract (EA_WARN) + if (newplot == YES) + goto replot_ + + default: + call printf ("Unknown or ambiguous keystroke command\007\n") + } + } + + call sfree (sp) + + return (status) +end + + +# PT_PRINT -- Print a 10 by 10 box of pixel values around the star. + +procedure pt_print (gd, im, x, y) + +pointer gd # pointer to the graphics stream +pointer im # pointer to the input image +real x, y # center of box + +int i, j, x1, x2, y1, y2, nx +pointer data +pointer pt_gdata() + +begin + if (gd != NULL) + call gdeactivate (gd, 0) + + # Check that the image is defined. + if (im == NULL) { + call printf ("The input image is undefined\n") + return + } + + # Check that the center is defined. + if (IS_INDEFR(x) || IS_INDEFR(y)) { + call printf ("The box center is undefined\n") + return + } + + x1 = x - 5 + 0.5 + x2 = x + 5 + 0.5 + y1 = y - 5 + 0.5 + y2 = y + 5 + 0.5 + data = pt_gdata (im, x1, x2, y1, y2) + if (data == NULL) { + call printf ("The requested image section is off the image\n") + return + } + nx = x2 - x1 + 1 + + call printf ("\n%4w") + do i = x1, x2 { + call printf (" %4d ") + call pargi (i) + } + call printf ("\n") + + do j = y2, y1, -1 { + call printf ("%4d") + call pargi (j) + do i = x1, x2 { + call printf (" %5g") + call pargr (Memr[data+(j-y1)*nx+(i-x1)]) + } + call printf ("\n") + } + call printf ("\n") + + if (gd != NULL) + call greactivate (gd, 0) +end + + +define LEN_TYPESTR 9 + +# PT_COLINFO -- Print the name, type and units of all the columns in the +# input catalog. + +procedure pt_colinfo (gd, apd, key) + +pointer gd # pointer to the graphics stream +pointer apd # the file descriptor for the input catalog +int key # the key structure for text catalogs + +int len_colname, i, datatype, numelems +pointer tty, sp, name, units, type, junk, colptr +int tbpsta(), tbcigi(), pt_gnfn(), pt_kstati() +pointer ttyodes(), tbcnum(), pt_ofnl() + +begin + if (gd != NULL) + call gdeactivate (gd, AW_CLEAR) + else { + tty = ttyodes ("terminal") + call ttyclear (STDOUT, tty) + } + + len_colname = max (SZ_COLNAME, KY_SZPAR) + call printf ("\n%*.*s %*.*s %s\n\n") + call pargi (-len_colname) + call pargi (len_colname) + call pargstr ("COLUMN") + call pargi (-LEN_TYPESTR) + call pargi (LEN_TYPESTR) + call pargstr ("TYPE") + call pargstr ("UNITS") + + call smark (sp) + call salloc (name, len_colname, TY_CHAR) + call salloc (units, max (SZ_COLUNITS, KY_SZPAR), TY_CHAR) + call salloc (type, LEN_TYPESTR, TY_CHAR) + + if (key == NULL) { + + do i = 1, tbpsta (apd, TBL_NCOLS) { + + colptr = tbcnum (apd, i) + call tbcigt (colptr, TBL_COL_NAME, Memc[name], SZ_COLNAME) + call tbcigt (colptr, TBL_COL_UNITS, Memc[units], SZ_COLUNITS) + datatype = tbcigi (colptr, TBL_COL_DATATYPE) + switch (datatype) { + case TY_BOOL: + call strcpy ("boolean", Memc[type], LEN_TYPESTR) + case TY_SHORT, TY_INT, TY_LONG: + call strcpy ("integer", Memc[type], LEN_TYPESTR) + case TY_REAL: + call strcpy ("real", Memc[type], LEN_TYPESTR) + case TY_DOUBLE: + call strcpy ("double", Memc[type], LEN_TYPESTR) + default: + if (datatype < 0) + call strcpy ("character", Memc[type], LEN_TYPESTR) + else + call strcpy ("undefined", Memc[type], LEN_TYPESTR) + } + + call printf ("%*.*s %*.*s %s\n") + call pargi (-len_colname) + call pargi (len_colname) + call pargstr (Memc[name]) + call pargi (-LEN_TYPESTR) + call pargi (LEN_TYPESTR) + call pargstr (Memc[type]) + call pargstr (Memc[units]) + } + + } else { + + call salloc (junk, SZ_LINE, TY_CHAR) + colptr = pt_ofnl (key, "*") + while (pt_gnfn (colptr, Memc[name], Memc[junk], KY_SZPAR) != EOF) { + #if (pt_kstati (key, Memc[name], KY_INDEX) <= KY_NOKEYS(key)) + if (pt_kstati (key, Memc[name], KY_INDEX) <= KY_NPKEYS(key)) + next + numelems = pt_kstati (key, Memc[name], KY_NUMELEMS) + call pt_kstats (key, Memc[name], KY_UNITSTR, Memc[units], + KY_SZPAR) + datatype = pt_kstati (key, Memc[name], KY_DATATYPE) + switch (datatype) { + case TY_BOOL: + call strcpy ("boolean", Memc[type], LEN_TYPESTR) + case TY_CHAR: + call strcpy ("character", Memc[type], LEN_TYPESTR) + case TY_INT: + call strcpy ("integer", Memc[type], LEN_TYPESTR) + case TY_REAL: + call strcpy ("real", Memc[type], LEN_TYPESTR) + default: + call strcpy ("undefined", Memc[type], LEN_TYPESTR) + } + + do i = 1, numelems { + if (numelems == 1) + call strcpy (Memc[name], Memc[junk], KY_SZPAR) + else { + call sprintf (Memc[junk], KY_SZPAR, "%s[%d]") + call pargstr (Memc[name]) + call pargi (numelems) + } + call printf ("%*.*s %*.*s %s\n") + call pargi (-len_colname) + call pargi (len_colname) + call pargstr (Memc[junk]) + call pargi (-LEN_TYPESTR) + call pargi (LEN_TYPESTR) + call pargstr (Memc[type]) + call pargstr (Memc[units]) + } + + } + call pt_cfnl (colptr) + + } + call printf ("\n") + + call sfree (sp) + + if (gd != NULL) + call greactivate (gd, AW_PAUSE) + else + call ttycdes (tty) +end + + +# PT_GLDATA -- List the values of the loaded columns for this point. + +int procedure pt_gldata (gd, px, apd, key, wx, wy, x, y, npix, matchrad) + +pointer gd # pointer to the graphics stream +pointer px # pointer to the pexamine structure +int apd # file descriptor for catalog +pointer key # pointer to the key structure for text files +real wx # the graphics cursor x coordinate +real wy # the graphics cursor y coordinate +real x[ARB] # the array of x plotted data +real y[ARB] # the array of y plotted data +int npix # the number of points +real matchrad # matching radius + +int row, ip, ncol +pointer sp, name, units, colptr +int pt_getnames(), pt_fstarg() + +begin + if (gd != NULL) + call gdeactivate (gd, 0) + + # Find the star. + row = pt_fstarg (gd, wx, wy, x, y, npix, matchrad) + + # List the values of the loaded columns. + if (row != 0) { + + call smark (sp) + call salloc (name, PX_SZCOLNAME, TY_CHAR) + call salloc (units, max (KY_SZPAR, SZ_COLUNITS), TY_CHAR) + + call printf ("\n%*.*s %s (%s)\n\n") + call pargi (-PX_SZCOLNAME) + call pargi (PX_SZCOLNAME) + call pargstr ("COLUMN") + call pargstr ("VALUE") + call pargstr ("UNITS") + + ip = 1 + ncol = 0 + while (pt_getnames (Memc[PX_COLNAMES(px)], ip, Memc[name], + PX_SZCOLNAME) != EOF) { + if (PX_COLPTRS(px) == NULL) + next + if (key == NULL) { + call tbcfnd (apd, Memc[name], colptr, 1) + call tbcigt (colptr, TBL_COL_UNITS, Memc[units], + SZ_COLUNITS) + } else + call pt_kstats (key, Memc[name], KY_UNITSTR, Memc[units], + KY_SZPAR) + call printf ("%*.*s %g (%s)\n") + call pargi (-PX_SZCOLNAME) + call pargi (PX_SZCOLNAME) + call pargstr (Memc[name]) + call pargr (Memr[Memi[PX_COLPTRS(px)+ncol]+row-1]) + call pargstr (Memc[units]) + ncol = ncol + 1 + } + call printf ("\n") + + call sfree (sp) + } + + if (gd != NULL) + call greactivate (gd, 0) + + return (row) +end + + +# PT_XYPLOT -- Plot the x and y points. + +procedure pt_xyplot (gd, x, y, deleted, npix, title, xlabel, ylabel) + +pointer gd # pointer to the graphics stream +real x[ARB] # array of x coordinates +real y[ARB] # array of y coordinates +int deleted[ARB] # deletions array +int npix # number of points +char title[ARB] # title of the plot +char xlabel[ARB] # x axis label +char ylabel[ARB] # y axis label + +int i, marker_type +pointer sp, marker, longtitle +real szmarker, x1, x2, y1, y2, dmin, dmax +bool clgetb() +int clgeti(), strlen() +real clgetr() + +begin + # Check for undefined graphis stream. + if (gd == NULL) { + call printf ("The graphics device is undefined\n") + return + } + + # Allocate working space. + call smark (sp) + call salloc (marker, SZ_FNAME, TY_CHAR) + call salloc (longtitle, 2 * SZ_LINE, TY_CHAR) + + # Clear the plotting strucuture. + call gclear (gd) + + # Fetch the window and viewport parameters. + x1 = clgetr ("xyplot.x1") + x2 = clgetr ("xyplot.x2") + y1 = clgetr ("xyplot.y1") + y2 = clgetr ("xyplot.y2") + if (IS_INDEFR(x1) || IS_INDEFR(x2)) { + call pt_alimr (x, npix, dmin, dmax) + if (IS_INDEFR(x1)) + x1 = dmin - FRACTION * (dmax - dmin) + if (IS_INDEFR(x2)) + x2 = dmax + FRACTION * (dmax - dmin) + } + if (IS_INDEFR(y1) || IS_INDEFR(y2)) { + call pt_alimr (y, npix, dmin, dmax) + if (IS_INDEFR(y1)) + y1 = dmin - FRACTION * (dmax - dmin) + if (IS_INDEFR(y2)) + y2 = dmax + FRACTION * (dmax - dmin) + } + + # Set the scale of the axes. + call gswind (gd, x1, x2, y1, y2) + if (clgetb ("xyplot.logx")) + call gseti (gd, G_XTRAN, GW_LOG) + else + call gseti (gd, G_XTRAN, GW_LINEAR) + if (clgetb ("xyplot.logy")) + call gseti (gd, G_YTRAN, GW_LOG) + else + call gseti (gd, G_YTRAN, GW_LINEAR) + + # Get the x and y axes parameters. + if (! clgetb ("xyplot.fill")) + call gseti (gd, G_ASPECT, 1) + if (clgetb ("xyplot.round")) + call gseti (gd, G_ROUND, YES) + + # Get the axis drawing parameters. + if (clgetb ("xyplot.box")) { + + # Get number of major and minor tick marks. + call gseti (gd, G_XNMAJOR, clgeti ("xyplot.majrx")) + call gseti (gd, G_XNMINOR, clgeti ("xyplot.minrx")) + call gseti (gd, G_YNMAJOR, clgeti ("xyplot.majry")) + call gseti (gd, G_YNMINOR, clgeti ("xyplot.minry")) + + # Label tick marks on axes. + if (clgetb ("xyplot.ticklabels")) + call gseti (gd, G_LABELTICKS, YES) + else + call gseti (gd, G_LABELTICKS, NO) + + # Draw grid. + if (clgetb ("xyplot.grid")) + call gseti (gd, G_DRAWGRID, YES) + else + call gseti (gd, G_DRAWGRID, NO) + + # Optionally draw a box around the plot. + if (clgetb ("xyplot.banner")) { + call sysid (Memc[longtitle], 2 * SZ_LINE) + call sprintf (Memc[longtitle+strlen(Memc[longtitle])], + 2 * SZ_LINE, "\n%s") + call pargstr (title) + } else + call strcpy (title, Memc[longtitle], 2 * SZ_LINE) + call glabax (gd, Memc[longtitle], xlabel, ylabel) + + } + + # Get the marker type, the size of the marker and the linewidth. + call clgstr ("xyplot.marker", Memc[marker], SZ_FNAME) + call pt_marker (Memc[marker], SZ_FNAME, marker_type) + if (marker_type != GM_POINT) + szmarker = clgetr ("xyplot.szmarker") + else + szmarker = 0.0 + call gsetr (gd, G_PLWIDTH, 2.0) + + # Draw the points in using the deletions array. + do i = 1, npix { + if (deleted[i] == PX_DELETE) + next + call gmark (gd, x[i], y[i], marker_type, szmarker, szmarker) + } + + # Overplot crosses for those new points marked for deletion. + call pt_mdelete (gd, x, y, deleted, npix) + + call gflush (gd) + call sfree (sp) +end + + +# PT_HPLOT -- Compute and plot histogram. + +procedure pt_hplot (gd, x, deleted, npix, title, xlabel, ylabel) + +pointer gd # pointer to the graphics stream +real x[ARB] # array of points to be made into a histogram +int deleted[ARB] # deletions array +int npix # number of pixels +char title[ARB] # the title of the plot +char xlabel[ARB] # the x axis label +char ylabel[ARB] # the y axis label + +int i, j, nbins, nbins1 +pointer sp, hgm, xp, yp, longtitle +real z1, z2, dz, x1, x2, y1, y2, dmin, dmax +bool clgetb(), fp_equalr() +int clgeti(), strlen() +real clgetr() + +begin + # Check for undefined graphis stream. + if (gd == NULL) { + call printf ("The graphics device is undefined\n") + return + } + + # Get default histogram resolution and range. + nbins = clgeti ("histplot.nbins") + z1 = clgetr ("histplot.z1") + z2 = clgetr ("histplot.z2") + + # Use data limits for INDEF limits. + if (IS_INDEFR(z1) || IS_INDEFR(z2)) { + call pt_alimr (x, npix, dmin, dmax) + if (IS_INDEFR(z1)) + z1 = dmin + if (IS_INDEFR(z2)) + z2 = dmax + } + if (z1 > z2) { + dz = z1 + z1 = z2 + z2 = dz + } + + # Test for constant valued image, which causes zero divide in ahgm. + if (fp_equalr (z1, z2)) { + call printf ("Warning: Histogram has no data range.\n") + return + } + + # The extra bin counts the pixels that equal z2 and shifts the + # remaining bins to evenly cover the interval [z1,z2]. + # Note that real numbers could be handled better - perhaps + # adjust z2 upward by ~ EPSILONR (in ahgm itself). + + nbins1 = nbins + 1 + + # Initialize the histogram buffer and image line vector. + call smark (sp) + call salloc (hgm, nbins1, TY_INT) + call aclri (Memi[hgm], nbins1) + + # Accumulate the histogram. Add the ability to use the deletions + # array in future. + call pt_ahgmr (x, deleted, npix, Memi[hgm], nbins1, z1, z2) + + # "Correct" the topmost bin for pixels that equal z2. Each + # histogram bin really wants to be half open. + + if (clgetb ("histplot.top_closed")) + Memi[hgm+nbins-1] = Memi[hgm+nbins-1] + Memi[hgm+nbins1-1] + + # List or plot the histogram. In list format, the bin value is the + # z value of the left side (start) of the bin. + + dz = (z2 - z1) / real (nbins) + + # Plot the histogram in box mode. + nbins1 = 2 * nbins + 2 + call salloc (xp, nbins1, TY_REAL) + call salloc (yp, nbins1, TY_REAL) + Memr[xp] = z1 + Memr[yp] = 0.0 + j = 1 + do i = 0, nbins - 1 { + Memr[xp+j] = Memr[xp+j-1] + Memr[yp+j] = Memi[hgm+i] + j = j + 1 + Memr[xp+j] = Memr[xp+j-1] + dz + Memr[yp+j] = Memr[yp+j-1] + j = j + 1 + } + Memr[xp+j] = Memr[xp+j-1] + Memr[yp+j] = 0.0 + + # Construct the title. + call salloc (longtitle, 2 * SZ_LINE, TY_CHAR) + if (clgetb ("histplot.banner")) { + call sysid (Memc[longtitle], 2 * SZ_LINE) + call sprintf (Memc[longtitle+strlen(Memc[longtitle])], 2 * SZ_LINE, + "\nHistogram from z1=%g to z2=%g, nbins=%d\n%s") + call pargr (z1) + call pargr (z2) + call pargi (nbins) + call pargstr (title) + } else { + call sprintf (Memc[longtitle], 2 * SZ_LINE, + "Histogram from z1=%g to z2=%g, nbins=%d\n%s") + call pargr (z1) + call pargr (z2) + call pargi (nbins) + call pargstr (title) + } + + # Clear the screen. + call gclear (gd) + + # Compute the data window to be plotted. + x1 = clgetr ("histplot.x1") + x2 = clgetr ("histplot.x2") + if (IS_INDEFR(x1) || IS_INDEFR(x2)) { + call alimr (Memr[xp], nbins1, dmin, dmax) + if (IS_INDEFR(x1)) + x1 = dmin + if (IS_INDEFR(x2)) + x2 = dmax + } + y1 = clgetr ("histplot.y1") + y2 = clgetr ("histplot.y2") + if (IS_INDEFR(y1) || IS_INDEFR(y2)) { + call alimr (Memr[yp], nbins1, dmin, dmax) + if (IS_INDEFR(y1)) + y1 = dmin + if (IS_INDEFR(y2)) + y2 = dmax + } + + # Set the scale of the axes. + call gswind (gd, x1, x2, y1, y2) + call gseti (gd, G_XTRAN, GW_LINEAR) + if (clgetb ("histplot.logy")) + call gseti (gd, G_YTRAN, GW_LOG) + else + call gseti (gd, G_YTRAN, GW_LINEAR) + + if (! clgetb ("xyplot.fill")) + call gseti (gd, G_ASPECT, 1) + if (clgetb ("xyplot.round")) + call gseti (gd, G_ROUND, YES) + call gsetr (gd, G_PLWIDTH, 2.0) + + # Draw a box around the axes. + if (clgetb ("histplot.box")) { + + # Label tick marks on axes. + if (clgetb ("histplot.ticklabels")) + call gseti (gd, G_LABELTICKS, YES) + else + call gseti (gd, G_LABELTICKS, NO) + + # Get number of major and minor tick marks. + call gseti (gd, G_XNMAJOR, clgeti ("histplot.majrx")) + call gseti (gd, G_XNMINOR, clgeti ("histplot.minrx")) + call gseti (gd, G_YNMAJOR, clgeti ("histplot.majry")) + call gseti (gd, G_YNMINOR, clgeti ("histplot.minry")) + + # Draw the axes. + call glabax (gd, Memc[longtitle], xlabel, ylabel) + + } + + # Draw the historgram. + call gseti (gd, G_PLTYPE, GL_SOLID) + call gpline (gd, Memr[xp], Memr[yp], nbins1) + call gflush (gd) + + call sfree (sp) +end + + +# PT_XYINFO -- Get the title and axes labels for the X-Y plot. + +procedure pt_xyinfo (px, tp, key, title, max_sztitle, xlabel, ylabel, + max_szlabel) + +pointer px # pointer to the pexamine strcuture +pointer tp # input catalog file descriptor +pointer key # pointer to key structure for text files +char title[ARB] # title for the plot +int max_sztitle # maximum length of the title +char xlabel[ARB] # X axis label +char ylabel[ARB] # Y axis label +int max_szlabel # maximum size of the label + +pointer sp, label, units, cd + +begin + call smark (sp) + call salloc (label, max_szlabel, TY_CHAR) + call salloc (units, max_szlabel, TY_CHAR) + + # Get the title. + + # Get the x and y labels for the columns. + if (key == NULL) { + + call tbtnam (tp, title, max_sztitle) + + call tbcfnd (tp, PX_XCOLNAME(px), cd, 1) + if (cd != NULL) { + call strcpy (PX_XCOLNAME(px), Memc[label], max_szlabel) + call tbcigt (cd, TBL_COL_UNITS, Memc[units], SZ_COLUNITS) + } else { + call strcpy ("UNDEFINED", Memc[label], max_szlabel) + Memc[units] = EOS + } + call sprintf (xlabel, max_szlabel, "%s in %s") + call pargstr (Memc[label]) + call pargstr (Memc[units]) + + call tbcfnd (tp, PX_YCOLNAME(px), cd, 1) + if (cd != NULL) { + call strcpy (PX_YCOLNAME(px), Memc[label], max_szlabel) + call tbcigt (cd, TBL_COL_UNITS, Memc[units], SZ_COLUNITS) + } else { + call strcpy ("UNDEFINED", Memc[label], max_szlabel) + Memc[units] = EOS + } + call sprintf (ylabel, max_szlabel, "%s in %s") + call pargstr (Memc[label]) + call pargstr (Memc[units]) + + } else { + + call fstats (tp, F_FILENAME, title, max_sztitle) + + if (PX_XCOLNAME(px) == EOS) { + call strcpy ("UNDEFINED", Memc[label], max_szlabel) + Memc[units] = EOS + } else { + call strcpy (PX_XCOLNAME(px), Memc[label], max_szlabel) + call pt_kstats (key, PX_XCOLNAME(px), KY_UNITSTR, Memc[units], + max_szlabel) + } + call sprintf (xlabel, max_szlabel, "%s %s") + call pargstr (Memc[label]) + call pargstr (Memc[units]) + + if (PX_YCOLNAME(px) == EOS) { + call strcpy ("UNDEFINED", Memc[label], max_szlabel) + Memc[units] = EOS + } else { + call strcpy (PX_YCOLNAME(px), Memc[label], max_szlabel) + call pt_kstats (key, PX_YCOLNAME(px), KY_UNITSTR, Memc[units], + max_szlabel) + } + call sprintf (ylabel, max_szlabel, "%s %s") + call pargstr (Memc[label]) + call pargstr (Memc[units]) + + } + + call sfree (sp) +end + + +# PT_HINFO -- Get the title and axes labels for the histogram plot. + +procedure pt_hinfo (px, tp, key, title, max_sztitle, xlabel, ylabel, + max_szlabel) + +pointer px # pointer to the pexamine strcuture +pointer tp # input catalog file descriptor +pointer key # pointer to key structure for text files +char title[ARB] # title for the plot +int max_sztitle # maximum length of the title +char xlabel[ARB] # X axis label +char ylabel[ARB] # Y axis label +int max_szlabel # maximum size of the label + +pointer sp, label, units, cd + +begin + call smark (sp) + call salloc (label, max_szlabel, TY_CHAR) + call salloc (units, max_szlabel, TY_CHAR) + + # Get the title. + + # Get the x and y labels for the columns. + if (key == NULL) { + + call tbtnam (tp, title, max_sztitle) + + call tbcfnd (tp, PX_HCOLNAME(px), cd, 1) + if (cd != NULL) { + call strcpy (PX_HCOLNAME(px), Memc[label], max_szlabel) + call tbcigt (cd, TBL_COL_UNITS, Memc[units], SZ_COLUNITS) + } else { + call strcpy ("UNDEFINED", Memc[label], max_szlabel) + Memc[units] = EOS + } + call sprintf (xlabel, max_szlabel, "%s in %s") + call pargstr (Memc[label]) + call pargstr (Memc[units]) + + call sprintf (ylabel, max_szlabel, "N(%s)") + call pargstr (Memc[label]) + + } else { + + call fstats (tp, F_FILENAME, title, max_sztitle) + + if (PX_HCOLNAME(px) == EOS) { + call strcpy ("UNDEFINED", Memc[label], max_szlabel) + Memc[units] = EOS + } else { + call strcpy (PX_HCOLNAME(px), Memc[label], max_szlabel) + call pt_kstats (key, PX_HCOLNAME(px), KY_UNITSTR, Memc[units], + max_szlabel) + } + call sprintf (xlabel, max_szlabel, "%s %s") + call pargstr (Memc[label]) + call pargstr (Memc[units]) + + call sprintf (ylabel, max_szlabel, "N(%s)") + call pargstr (Memc[label]) + + } + + call sfree (sp) +end + + +# PT_GCUR -- Get PEXAMINE cursor value. +# This is an interface between the standard cursor input and PEXAMINE. +# It reads the appropriate cursor, makes the appropriate default +# coordinate conversions when using graphics cursor input, and gets any +# further cursor reads needed. Missing coordinates default to the last +# coordinates. + +int procedure pt_gcur (curtype, x, y, key, strval, maxch) + +int curtype # cursor type +real x, y # cursor position +int key # keystroke value of cursor event +char strval[ARB] # string value, if any +int maxch # max chars out + +char ch +int nitems, wcs, ip +int clgcur(), ctor(), cctoc() +errchk clgcur + +begin + # Initialize. + strval[1] = EOS + + # Get a cursor values from the desired cursor parameter. + switch (curtype) { + case 'i': + nitems = clgcur ("icommands", x, y, wcs, key, strval, maxch) + case 'g': + nitems = clgcur ("gcommands", x, y, wcs, key, strval, maxch) + } + + call flush (STDOUT) + + # Map numeric colon sequences (: x [y] key strval) to make them appear + # as ordinary "x y key" type cursor reads. This makes it possible for + # the user to access any command using typed in rather than positional + # cursor coordinates. Special treatment is also given to the syntax + # ":lN" and ":cN", provided for compatibility with IMPLOT for simple + # line and column plots. + + if (key == ':') { + for (ip=1; IS_WHITE(strval[ip]); ip=ip+1) + ; + if (IS_DIGIT(strval[ip])) { + if (ctor (strval, ip, x) <= 0) + ; + if (ctor (strval, ip, y) <= 0) + y = x + for (; IS_WHITE(strval[ip]); ip=ip+1) + ; + if (cctoc (strval, ip, ch) > 0) + key = ch + call strcpy (strval[ip], strval, maxch) + + } + } + + return (nitems) +end + + +# PT_FSTARG -- Find the the point data point nearest the input position. + +int procedure pt_fstarg (gd, wx, wy, x, y, npix, matchrad) + +pointer gd # pointer to the graphics descriptor +real wx # X cursor position +real wy # Y cursor position +real x[ARB] # X array of plotted data +real y[ARB] # Y array of plotted data +int npix # number of pixels +real matchrad # the matching radius + +int i, row +real r2min, r2, mr2, wx0, wy0, x0, y0 + +begin + row = 0 + r2min = MAX_REAL + if (IS_INDEFR(matchrad)) { + mr2 = MAX_REAL + if (gd != NULL) + call gctran (gd, wx, wy, wx0, wy0, 1, 0) + else { + wx0 = wx + wy0 = wy + } + } else { + mr2 = matchrad ** 2 + wx0 = wx + wy0 = wy + } + + # Search for the nearest point. + do i = 1 , npix { + if (! IS_INDEFR(x[i]) && ! IS_INDEFR(y[i])) { + if (IS_INDEFR(matchrad)) { + if (gd != NULL) + call gctran (gd, x[i], y[i], x0, y0, 1, 0) + else { + x0 = x[i] + y0 = y[i] + } + } else { + x0 = x[i] + y0 = y[i] + } + r2 = (wx0 - x0) ** 2 + (wy0 - y0) ** 2 + } else + r2 = MAX_REAL + if (r2 >= r2min) + next + r2min = r2 + row = i + } + + if ((row != 0) && (r2min <= mr2)) + return (row) + else + return (0) +end + + +# PT_MARKER -- Return an integer code for the marker type string. + +procedure pt_marker (marker, maxch, imark) + +char marker[ARB] # string defining the marker type +int maxch # maximum length of the marker name +int imark # the integer code for the marker + +int i +int strdic() + +begin + i = strdic (marker, marker, maxch, PX_MARKERS) + switch (i) { + case 1: + imark = GM_POINT + case 2: + imark = GM_BOX + case 3: + imark = GM_PLUS + case 4: + imark = GM_CROSS + case 5: + imark = GM_CIRCLE + case 6: + imark = GM_HLINE + case 7: + imark = GM_VLINE + case 8: + imark = GM_DIAMOND + default: + imark = GM_BOX + call strcpy ("box", marker, maxch) + } +end diff --git a/noao/digiphot/ptools/pexamine/ptrddata.x b/noao/digiphot/ptools/pexamine/ptrddata.x new file mode 100644 index 00000000..ff0864b9 --- /dev/null +++ b/noao/digiphot/ptools/pexamine/ptrddata.x @@ -0,0 +1,125 @@ +include "../../lib/ptkeysdef.h" +include "pexamine.h" + +# PT_RXYDATA -- Load the data for the input columns from the structure. + +int procedure pt_rxydata (px, xptr, yptr) + +pointer px # pointer to the pexamine structure +pointer xptr # pointer to the X coordinate array +pointer yptr # pointer to the Y coordinate array + +int data_invalid, field +pointer sp, str +int strdic() + +begin + data_invalid = NO + + # Allocate some temporary memory + call smark (sp) + call salloc (str, PX_SZCOLNAME, TY_CHAR) + + # Load the x column. + field = strdic (PX_XCOLNAME(px), Memc[str], PX_SZCOLNAME, + Memc[PX_COLNAMES(px)]) + if (field > 0) + xptr = Memi[PX_COLPTRS(px)+field-1] + else { + xptr = NULL + data_invalid = YES + } + + # Load the y column. + field = strdic (PX_YCOLNAME(px), Memc[str], PX_SZCOLNAME, + Memc[PX_COLNAMES(px)]) + if (field > 0) + yptr = Memi[PX_COLPTRS(px)+field-1] + else { + yptr = NULL + data_invalid = YES + } + + call sfree (sp) + + return (data_invalid) +end + + +# PT_RHDATA -- Load the data for the histogram column from the structure. + +int procedure pt_rhdata (px, xptr) + +pointer px # pointer to the pexamine structure +pointer xptr # array containing the x points + +int data_invalid, field +pointer sp, str +int strdic() + +begin + data_invalid = NO + + # Allocate some temporary memory + call smark (sp) + call salloc (str, PX_SZCOLNAME, TY_CHAR) + + # Load the x column. + field = strdic (PX_HCOLNAME(px), Memc[str], PX_SZCOLNAME, + Memc[PX_COLNAMES(px)]) + if (field > 0) + xptr = Memi[PX_COLPTRS(px)+field-1] + else { + xptr = NULL + data_invalid = YES + } + + call sfree (sp) + + return (data_invalid) +end + + +# PT_RCOODATA -- Load the coordinate data from the structure. + +int procedure pt_rcoodata (px, xptr, yptr) + +pointer px # pointer to the pexamine structure +pointer xptr # pointer to x coordinates array +pointer yptr # pointer to y coordinates array + +int data_invalid, field +pointer sp, str +int strdic() + +begin + data_invalid = NO + + # Allocate some temporary memory + call smark (sp) + call salloc (str, PX_SZCOLNAME, TY_CHAR) + + # Load the x coordinate. + field = strdic (PX_XPOSNAME(px), Memc[str], PX_SZCOLNAME, + Memc[PX_COLNAMES(px)]) + if (field > 0) + xptr = Memi[PX_COLPTRS(px)+field-1] + else { + data_invalid = YES + xptr = NULL + } + + # Load the y coordinate. + field = strdic (PX_YPOSNAME(px), Memc[str], PX_SZCOLNAME, + Memc[PX_COLNAMES(px)]) + if (field > 0) + yptr = Memi[PX_COLPTRS(px)+field-1] + else { + data_invalid = YES + yptr = NULL + } + + call sfree (sp) + + return (data_invalid) +end diff --git a/noao/digiphot/ptools/pexamine/ptsetup.x b/noao/digiphot/ptools/pexamine/ptsetup.x new file mode 100644 index 00000000..5a8bc832 --- /dev/null +++ b/noao/digiphot/ptools/pexamine/ptsetup.x @@ -0,0 +1,360 @@ +include <error.h> +include <ctotok.h> +include "pexamine.h" + +# PT_INIT - Initialize the pexamine structure. + +pointer procedure pt_init (photcols, usercols, xcol, ycol, xpos, ypos, hcol) + +char photcols[ARB] # the list of photometry columns +char usercols[ARB] # the list of user columns +char xcol[ARB] # the name of the x column +char ycol[ARB] # the name of the y column +char xpos[ARB] # the name of the x coord column +char ypos[ARB] # the name of the y coord column +char hcol[ARB] # the name of the histogram column + +pointer px +bool streq() +int strdic() + +begin + # Preload the daophot and apphot photometry fields. + if (streq ("DAOPHOT", photcols) || streq ("daophot", photcols)) + call strcpy (PX_DAOCOLS, photcols, PX_SZCOLNAME * (PX_MAXNCOLS + 1)) + else if (streq ("APPHOT", photcols) || streq ("apphot", photcols)) + call strcpy (PX_APCOLS, photcols, PX_SZCOLNAME * (PX_MAXNCOLS + 1)) + + # Allocate space for the pexamine structure and the column lists. + call malloc (px, LEN_PXSTRUCT, TY_STRUCT) + + # Initialize the requested column information. + PX_RNPHOT(px) = 0; PX_RNUSER(px) = 0; PX_RNCOLS(px) = 0 + call malloc (PX_RCOLNAMES(px), PX_SZCOLNAME * (PX_MAXNCOLS + 1), + TY_CHAR) + Memc[PX_RCOLNAMES(px)] = EOS + + # Initialize the stored column information. + PX_NPHOT(px) = 0; PX_NUSER(px) = 0; PX_NCOLS(px) = 0 + call malloc (PX_COLNAMES(px), PX_SZCOLNAME * (PX_MAXNCOLS + 1), + TY_CHAR) + Memc[PX_COLNAMES(px)] = EOS + + # Decode the column strings. Check that the number of columns + # does not exceed the maximum number permitted, by extracting + # the column names one by one from the photometry and user column + # strings. + + call pt_setnames (px, photcols, usercols) + + # Convert all the input column name specifications to upper case. + call strupr (xcol) + call strupr (ycol) + call strupr (xpos) + call strupr (ypos) + call strupr (hcol) + + # Decode the x and y columns. + if (strdic (xcol, PX_RXCOLNAME(px), PX_SZCOLNAME, + Memc[PX_RCOLNAMES(px)]) <= 0) + call strcpy (xcol, PX_RXCOLNAME(px), PX_SZCOLNAME) + if (strdic (ycol, PX_RYCOLNAME(px), PX_SZCOLNAME, + Memc[PX_RCOLNAMES(px)]) <= 0) + call strcpy (ycol, PX_RYCOLNAME(px), PX_SZCOLNAME) + + # Decode the y and y coordinate column names. + if (strdic (xpos, PX_RXPOSNAME(px), PX_SZCOLNAME, + Memc[PX_RCOLNAMES(px)]) <= 0) + call strcpy (xpos, PX_RXPOSNAME(px), PX_SZCOLNAME) + if (strdic (ypos, PX_RYPOSNAME(px), PX_SZCOLNAME, + Memc[PX_RCOLNAMES(px)]) <= 0) + call strcpy (ypos, PX_RYPOSNAME(px), PX_SZCOLNAME) + + # Decode the histogram column name. + if (strdic (hcol, PX_RHCOLNAME(px), PX_SZCOLNAME, + Memc[PX_RCOLNAMES(px)]) <= 0) + call strcpy (hcol, PX_RHCOLNAME(px), PX_SZCOLNAME) + + # Allocate space for the pointers and initialize them to NULL. + call malloc (PX_COLPTRS(px), PX_MAXNCOLS, TY_POINTER) + call amovki (NULL, Memi[PX_COLPTRS(px)], PX_MAXNCOLS) + + return (px) +end + + +# PT_FREE -- Free memory used by the pexamine task. + +procedure pt_free (px) + +pointer px + +int i + +begin + # Free the column lists. + if (PX_RCOLNAMES(px) != NULL) + call mfree (PX_RCOLNAMES(px), TY_CHAR) + if (PX_COLNAMES(px) != NULL) + call mfree (PX_COLNAMES(px), TY_CHAR) + + # Free the column pointers. + do i = 1, PX_MAXNCOLS { + if (Memi[PX_COLPTRS(px)+i-1] != NULL) + call mfree (Memi[PX_COLPTRS(px)+i-1], TY_REAL) + } + if (PX_COLPTRS(px) != NULL) + call mfree (PX_COLPTRS(px), TY_POINTER) + + # Free the pexamine structure. + call mfree (px, TY_STRUCT) +end + + +# PT_SETNAMES -- Decode the photometry and user columns. + +procedure pt_setnames (px, photcols, usercols) + +pointer px # pointer to the pexamine strucuture +char photcols[ARB] # list of photometry columns +char usercols[ARB] # list of user columns + +int ip, nphot +pointer sp, name +int pt_getnames() + +begin + call smark (sp) + call salloc (name, PX_SZCOLNAME, TY_CHAR) + + call strupr (photcols) + call strupr (usercols) + Memc[PX_RCOLNAMES(px)] = EOS + + ip = 1 + nphot = 0 + while (pt_getnames (photcols, ip, Memc[name], PX_SZCOLNAME) != EOF) { + if (nphot >= PX_MAXNCOLS) + break + #if (Memc[name] == EOS) + #next + call strcat (",", Memc[PX_RCOLNAMES(px)], PX_SZCOLNAME * + (PX_MAXNCOLS + 1)) + call strcat (Memc[name], Memc[PX_RCOLNAMES(px)], PX_SZCOLNAME * + (PX_MAXNCOLS + 1)) + nphot = nphot + 1 + } + PX_RNPHOT(px) = nphot + + # Decode the user columns. + ip = 1 + while (pt_getnames (usercols, ip, Memc[name], PX_SZCOLNAME) != EOF) { + if (nphot >= PX_MAXNCOLS) + break + #if (Memc[name] == EOS) + #next + call strcat (",", Memc[PX_RCOLNAMES(px)], PX_SZCOLNAME * + (PX_MAXNCOLS + 1)) + call strcat (Memc[name], Memc[PX_RCOLNAMES(px)], PX_SZCOLNAME * + (PX_MAXNCOLS + 1)) + nphot = nphot + 1 + } + PX_RNUSER(px) = nphot - PX_RNPHOT(px) + + PX_RNCOLS(px) = nphot + + call sfree (sp) +end + + +# PT_GPHOTCOLS -- Extract the requested and stored photometric columns +# from the pexamine structure. + +procedure pt_gphotcols (px, rphotcols, rnphot, photcols, nphot) + +pointer px # pointer to the pexamine structure +char rphotcols[ARB] # list of requested photometric columns +int rnphot # number of requested photometric columns +char photcols[ARB] # list of photometric columns +int nphot # number of photometric columns + +int ip, ncols +pointer sp, name +int pt_getnames() + +begin + call smark (sp) + call salloc (name, PX_SZCOLNAME, TY_CHAR) + + ip = 1 + ncols = 0 + rphotcols[1] = EOS + while (pt_getnames (Memc[PX_RCOLNAMES(px)], ip, Memc[name], + PX_SZCOLNAME) != EOF) { + #if (Memc[name] == EOS) + #next + ncols = ncols + 1 + if (ncols > PX_RNPHOT(px)) + break + call strcat (",", rphotcols, PX_SZCOLNAME * (PX_MAXNCOLS + 1)) + call strcat (Memc[name], rphotcols, PX_SZCOLNAME * + (PX_MAXNCOLS + 1)) + } + rnphot = PX_RNPHOT(px) + + ip = 1 + ncols = 0 + photcols[1] = EOS + while (pt_getnames (Memc[PX_COLNAMES(px)], ip, Memc[name], + PX_SZCOLNAME) != EOF) { + #if (Memc[name] == EOS) + #next + ncols = ncols + 1 + if (ncols > PX_NPHOT(px)) + break + call strcat (",", photcols, PX_SZCOLNAME * (PX_MAXNCOLS + 1)) + call strcat (Memc[name], photcols, PX_SZCOLNAME * + (PX_MAXNCOLS + 1)) + } + nphot = PX_NPHOT(px) + + call sfree (sp) +end + + +# PT_GUSERCOLS -- Extract the requested and stored user columns +# from the pexamine structure. + +procedure pt_gusercols (px, rusercols, rnuser, usercols, nuser) + +pointer px # pointer to the pexamine structure +char rusercols[ARB] # list of requested user columns +int rnuser # number of requested user columns +char usercols[ARB] # list of user columns +int nuser # number of user columns + +int ip, ncols +pointer sp, name +int pt_getnames() + +begin + call smark (sp) + call salloc (name, PX_SZCOLNAME, TY_CHAR) + + ip = 1 + ncols = 0 + rusercols[1] = EOS + while (pt_getnames (Memc[PX_RCOLNAMES(px)], ip, Memc[name], + PX_SZCOLNAME) != EOF) { + #if (Memc[name] == EOS) + #next + ncols = ncols + 1 + if (ncols <= PX_RNPHOT(px)) + next + call strcat (",", rusercols, PX_SZCOLNAME * (PX_MAXNCOLS + 1)) + call strcat (Memc[name], rusercols, PX_SZCOLNAME * + (PX_MAXNCOLS + 1)) + } + rnuser = PX_RNUSER(px) + + ip = 1 + ncols = 0 + usercols[1] = EOS + while (pt_getnames (Memc[PX_COLNAMES(px)], ip, Memc[name], + PX_SZCOLNAME) != EOF) { + #if (Memc[name] == EOS) + #next + ncols = ncols + 1 + if (ncols <= PX_NPHOT(px)) + next + call strcat (",", usercols, PX_SZCOLNAME * (PX_MAXNCOLS + 1)) + call strcat (Memc[name], usercols, PX_SZCOLNAME * + (PX_MAXNCOLS + 1)) + } + nuser = PX_NUSER(px) + + call sfree (sp) +end + + +# PT_LCOLS -- List the requested and stored columns with an optional +# title string. + +procedure pt_lcols (title, rcols, rncols, cols, ncols) + +char title[ARB] # title string for column listing +char rcols[ARB] # list of requested columns +int rncols # the number of requested columns +char cols[ARB] # list of stored columns +int ncols # the number of stored columns + +int ip1, ip2, i +pointer sp, name1, name2 +int pt_getnames() + +begin + call smark (sp) + call salloc (name1, PX_SZCOLNAME, TY_CHAR) + call salloc (name2, PX_SZCOLNAME, TY_CHAR) + + call printf ("\n%s\n\n") + call pargstr (title) + + ip1 = 1 + ip2 = 1 + do i = 1, max (rncols, ncols) { + if (pt_getnames (rcols, ip1, Memc[name1], PX_SZCOLNAME) == EOF) + Memc[name1] = EOS + if (pt_getnames (cols, ip2, Memc[name2], PX_SZCOLNAME) == EOF) + Memc[name2] = EOS + call printf (" requested: %*.*s stored: %*.*s\n") + call pargi (-PX_SZCOLNAME) + call pargi (PX_SZCOLNAME) + call pargstr (Memc[name1]) + call pargi (-PX_SZCOLNAME) + call pargi (PX_SZCOLNAME) + call pargstr (Memc[name2]) + } + + call sfree (sp) +end + + +# PT_GETNAMES -- Decode the list of column names into list of column names. + +int procedure pt_getnames (colnames, ip, name, maxch) + +char colnames[ARB] # list of column names +int ip # pointer in to the list of names +char name[ARB] # the output column name +int maxch # maximum length of a column name + +int op, token +int ctotok(), strlen() + +begin + # Decode the column labels. + op = 1 + while (colnames[ip] != EOS) { + + token = ctotok (colnames, ip, name[op], maxch) + if (name[op] == EOS) + next + if ((token == TOK_UNKNOWN) || (token == TOK_CHARCON)) + break + if ((token == TOK_PUNCTUATION) && (name[op] == ',')) { + if (op == 1) + next + else + break + } + + op = op + strlen (name[op]) + } + + name[op] = EOS + if ((colnames[ip] == EOS) && (op == 1)) + return (EOF) + else + return (op - 1) +end diff --git a/noao/digiphot/ptools/pexamine/ptwtfile.x b/noao/digiphot/ptools/pexamine/ptwtfile.x new file mode 100644 index 00000000..02f5f282 --- /dev/null +++ b/noao/digiphot/ptools/pexamine/ptwtfile.x @@ -0,0 +1,143 @@ +include "../../lib/ptkeysdef.h" +include "pexamine.h" + +# PT_WTFILE -- Write out the catalogs of selected and rejected objects. + +procedure pt_wtfile (apd, key, apout, aprej, deleted, nstars) + +int apd # input catalog file descriptor +pointer key # key structure for textfiles +int apout # output catalog file descriptor +int aprej # rejections catalog file descriptor +int deleted[ARB] # deletions array +int nstars # number of stars in the catalog + +int i, nselect, ndelete +int pt_selrej() + +begin + # ST tables format. + if (key == NULL) { + + # Write out the good data. + if (apout != NULL) { + call tbtcre (apout) + call tbhcal (apd, apout) + nselect = 0 + do i = 1, nstars { + if (deleted[i] == PX_DELETE) + next + nselect = nselect + 1 + call tbrcpy (apd, apout, i, nselect) + } + } + + # Write out the deletions. + if (aprej != NULL) { + call tbtcre (aprej) + call tbhcal (apd, aprej) + ndelete = 0 + do i = 1, nstars { + if (deleted[i] != PX_DELETE) + next + ndelete = ndelete + 1 + call tbrcpy (apd, aprej, i, ndelete) + } + } + + # Write out a text file. + } else { + if (pt_selrej (apd, apout, aprej, deleted, nstars) < nstars) + ; + } +end + + +define LEN_LONGLINE 10 + +# PT_SELREJ -- Select and/or reject records based on evaluating a logical +# expression. + +int procedure pt_selrej (tp_in, tp_out, tp_rej, deleted, nstars) + +int tp_in # the input catalog file descriptor +int tp_out # the output catalog file descriptor +int tp_rej # the rejections catalog file descriptor +int deleted[ARB] # the deletions array +int nstars # maximum number of stars + +int record, nchars, buflen, lenrecord +pointer line, lline +int getline() + +begin + # Check that output has been requested. + if (tp_out == NULL && tp_rej == NULL) + return (0) + + # Rewind the input file. + call seek (tp_in, BOF) + + # Initialize the file read. + record = 0 + lenrecord = 0 + buflen = LEN_LONGLINE * SZ_LINE + call malloc (line, SZ_LINE, TY_CHAR) + call malloc (lline, buflen, TY_CHAR) + + # Loop over the text file records. + repeat { + + # Read in a line of the text file. + nchars = getline (tp_in, Memc[line]) + if (nchars == EOF) + break + + # Determine the type of record. + if (Memc[line] == KY_CHAR_POUND || Memc[line] == KY_CHAR_NEWLINE) { + + if (tp_out != NULL) + call putline (tp_out, Memc[line]) + if (tp_rej != NULL) + call putline (tp_rej, Memc[line]) + + } else { + + # Reallocate the temporary record space. + if (lenrecord > buflen) { + buflen = buflen + SZ_LINE + call realloc (lline, buflen, TY_CHAR) + } + + # Store the record. + call amovc (Memc[line], Memc[lline+lenrecord], nchars) + lenrecord = lenrecord + nchars + Memc[lline+lenrecord] = EOS + + # Do the record bookkeeping. + if (Memc[line+nchars-2] != KY_CHAR_CONT) { + + # Increment the record counter. + record = record + 1 + + # Write out the expression. + if ((tp_out != NULL) && (deleted[record] != PX_DELETE)) + call putline (tp_out, Memc[lline]) + if ((tp_rej != NULL) && (deleted[record] == PX_DELETE)) + call putline (tp_rej, Memc[lline]) + if (record >= nstars) + break + + # Reinitialize the record read. + lenrecord = 0 + } + } + + } + + # Cleanup. + call mfree (line, TY_CHAR) + call mfree (lline, TY_CHAR) + + return (record) +end diff --git a/noao/digiphot/ptools/pexamine/t_pexamine.x b/noao/digiphot/ptools/pexamine/t_pexamine.x new file mode 100644 index 00000000..10db0747 --- /dev/null +++ b/noao/digiphot/ptools/pexamine/t_pexamine.x @@ -0,0 +1,188 @@ +include <fset.h> +include <error.h> +include "pexamine.h" + +# T_PEXAMINE -- Interactively examine and edit APPHOT and DAOPHOT output. + +procedure t_pexamine() + +pointer input # pointer to the name of the catalog +pointer output # pointer to the name of the edited catalog +pointer xcolumn # pointer to the name of the X column +pointer ycolumn # pointer to the name of the Y column +pointer xposcolumn # pointer to the name of the X coord column +pointer yposcolumn # pointer to the name of the Y coord column +pointer hcolumn # pointer to the name of the histogram column +pointer photcolumns # pointer to the photometry columns +pointer usercolumns # pointer to the user columns +pointer graphics # pointer to the name of the graphics device +pointer image # pointer to the name of the input image +pointer reject # pointer to the name of the deletions catalog +real match_radius # the matching radius + +int numrows, max_nstars, first_star, status +int apd, apout, aprej, use_display +pointer sp, key, px, gd, im, deleted + +bool clgetb() +int fstati(), access(), clgeti(), pt_getphot(), pt_plot(), open(), btoi() +pointer gopen(), tbtopn(), pt_init(), immap() +real clgetr() + +begin + # Flush on a newline if the standard output is not redirected. + if (fstati (STDOUT, F_REDIR) == NO) + call fseti (STDOUT, F_FLUSHNL, YES) + + # Get some working memory. + call smark (sp) + call salloc (input, SZ_FNAME, TY_CHAR) + call salloc (output, SZ_FNAME, TY_CHAR) + call salloc (image, SZ_FNAME, TY_CHAR) + call salloc (reject, SZ_FNAME, TY_CHAR) + call salloc (photcolumns, PX_SZCOLNAME * (PX_MAXNCOLS + 1), TY_CHAR) + call salloc (xcolumn, PX_SZCOLNAME, TY_CHAR) + call salloc (ycolumn, PX_SZCOLNAME, TY_CHAR) + call salloc (hcolumn, PX_SZCOLNAME, TY_CHAR) + call salloc (xposcolumn, PX_SZCOLNAME, TY_CHAR) + call salloc (yposcolumn, PX_SZCOLNAME, TY_CHAR) + call salloc (usercolumns, PX_SZCOLNAME * (PX_MAXNCOLS + 1), TY_CHAR) + call salloc (graphics, SZ_FNAME, TY_CHAR) + + # Fetch the input and output file parameters and the column + # definition parameters. + call clgstr ("input", Memc[input], SZ_FNAME) + call clgstr ("output", Memc[output], SZ_FNAME) + call clgstr ("image", Memc[image], SZ_FNAME) + call clgstr ("deletions", Memc[reject], SZ_FNAME) + call clgstr ("photcolumns", Memc[photcolumns], PX_SZCOLNAME * + (PX_MAXNCOLS + 1)) + call clgstr ("xcolumn", Memc[xcolumn], PX_SZCOLNAME) + call clgstr ("ycolumn", Memc[ycolumn], PX_SZCOLNAME) + call clgstr ("hcolumn", Memc[hcolumn], PX_SZCOLNAME) + call clgstr ("xposcolumn", Memc[xposcolumn], PX_SZCOLNAME) + call clgstr ("yposcolumn", Memc[yposcolumn], PX_SZCOLNAME) + call clgstr ("usercolumns", Memc[usercolumns], PX_SZCOLNAME * + (PX_MAXNCOLS + 1)) + + match_radius = clgetr ("match_radius") + max_nstars = clgeti ("max_nstars") + first_star = clgeti ("first_star") + + # Get the graphics and display parameters. + call clgstr ("icommands.p_filename", Memc[graphics], SZ_FNAME) + if (Memc[graphics] != EOS) + use_display = YES + else + use_display = btoi (clgetb ("use_display")) + call clgstr ("graphics", Memc[graphics], SZ_FNAME) + + # Initialize the pexamine struture. + px = pt_init (Memc[photcolumns], Memc[usercolumns], Memc[xcolumn], + Memc[ycolumn], Memc[xposcolumn], Memc[yposcolumn], Memc[hcolumn]) + + # Open the input catalog. + if (access (Memc[input], 0, TEXT_FILE) == YES) { + apd = open (Memc[input], READ_ONLY, TEXT_FILE) + call pt_kyinit (key) + } else { + apd = tbtopn (Memc[input], READ_ONLY, 0) + key = NULL + } + + # Open the input image. + if (Memc[image] == EOS) + im = NULL + else + im = immap (Memc[image], READ_ONLY, 0) + + # Allocate buffer space. + iferr { + numrows = min (max_nstars, pt_getphot (px, apd, key, max_nstars, + first_star)) + call malloc (deleted, numrows, TY_INT) + } then + call erract (EA_FATAL) + + # Plot the data and enter the interactive cursor loop. + gd = gopen (Memc[graphics], NEW_FILE, STDGRAPH) + status = pt_plot (gd, px, apd, key, im, Memi[deleted], numrows, + max_nstars, first_star, match_radius, use_display) + call gclose (gd) + + if (status == PX_EXIT) { + + # Open the output file. + if (Memc[output] != EOS) { + if (access (Memc[output], 0, 0) == YES) { + call printf ("The catalog %s already exists\n") + call pargstr (Memc[output]) + call mktemp ("out", Memc[output], SZ_FNAME) + call printf ("The new output catalog is %s\n") + call pargstr (Memc[output]) + } + if (key == NULL) + apout = tbtopn (Memc[output], NEW_COPY, apd) + else + apout = open (Memc[output], NEW_FILE, TEXT_FILE) + } else + apout = NULL + + # Open a reject points catalog if required. + if (Memc[reject] != EOS) { + if (access (Memc[reject], 0, 0) == YES) { + call printf ("The catalog %s already exists.\n") + call pargstr (Memc[reject]) + call mktemp ("rej", Memc[reject], SZ_FNAME) + call printf ("The new rejections catalog is %s\n") + call pargstr (Memc[reject]) + } + if (key == NULL) + aprej = tbtopn (Memc[reject], NEW_COPY, apd) + else + aprej = open (Memc[reject], NEW_FILE, TEXT_FILE) + } else + aprej = NULL + + # Write the output catalog file. + call pt_wtfile (apd, key, apout, aprej, Memi[deleted], numrows) + + # Close the output file. + if (apout != NULL) { + if (key == NULL) + call tbtclo (apout) + else + call close (apout) + } + + # Close the rejected points file. + if (aprej != NULL) { + if (key == NULL) + call tbtclo (aprej) + else + call close (aprej) + } + + } else if (status == ERR) + call fseti (STDOUT, F_CANCEL, OK) + + # Close the input file. + if (key != NULL) { + call pt_kyfree (key) + call close (apd) + } else if (apd != NULL) + call tbtclo (apd) + + # Close the image. + if (im != NULL) + call imunmap(im) + + # Return the buffer space. + call mfree (deleted, TY_INT) + + # Free the program structures. + call pt_free (px) + call sfree (sp) + if (status == ERR) + call erract (EA_ERROR) +end diff --git a/noao/digiphot/ptools/prenumber.cl b/noao/digiphot/ptools/prenumber.cl new file mode 100644 index 00000000..2a174275 --- /dev/null +++ b/noao/digiphot/ptools/prenumber.cl @@ -0,0 +1,50 @@ +# PRENUMBER - Renumber the ID column of an APPHOT/DAOPHOT database from 1 to +# N where N is the number of objects in the database. The renumbering is +# done in place. + +procedure prenumber (infile) + +string infile {prompt="Input apphot/daophot databases(s) to be renumbered"} +int idoffset {0, min=0, prompt="Id number offset"} +string id {"ID", prompt="Id name keyword"} + +struct *inlist + +begin + # Local variable declarations. + file tmpin + string in, inname, expr + + # Cache the istable parameters. + cache ("istable") + + # Get the positional parameters. + in = infile + expr = "rownum + " // idoffset + + # Expand the file list names. + tmpin = mktemp ("tmp$") + files (in, sort=no, > tmpin) + + # Loop over each file in the input and output lists selecting records. + inlist = tmpin + while (fscan (inlist, inname) != EOF) { + istable (inname) + if (istable.table) { + if (defpar ("tcalc.verbose") || defpar ("tcalc.harmless")) { + tcalc (inname, id, expr, datatype="real", colunits="", + colfmt="", verbose=no, harmless=0.1) + } else { + tcalc (inname, id, expr, datatype="real", colunits="", + colfmt="") + } + } else if (istable.text) { + txrenumber (inname, idoffset=idoffset, id=id) + } else { + print ("Cannot run PRENUMBER on file: " // inname) + } + } + inlist = "" + + delete (tmpin, ver-, >& "dev$null") +end diff --git a/noao/digiphot/ptools/pselect.cl b/noao/digiphot/ptools/pselect.cl new file mode 100644 index 00000000..86ebb9bf --- /dev/null +++ b/noao/digiphot/ptools/pselect.cl @@ -0,0 +1,77 @@ +# PSELECT - Select records from an ST table of an APPHOT/DAOPHOT text file +# based on the value of a boolean expression. + +procedure pselect (infiles, outfiles, expr) + +string infiles {prompt="Input apphot/daophot database(s)"} +string outfiles {prompt="Output apphot/daophot database(s)"} +string expr {prompt="Boolean expression for record selection"} + +struct *inlist, *outlist + +begin + # Local variable declarations. + file tmpin, tmpout + int nin, nout + string in, out, ex, inname, outname + + # Cache the istable parameters. + cache ("istable") + + # Get the positional parameters. + in = infiles + out = outfiles + ex = expr + + # Make temporary names. + tmpin = mktemp ("tmp$") + tmpout = mktemp ("tmp$") + + # Expand the file list names. + files (in, sort=no, > tmpin) + files (out, sort=no, > tmpout) + + # Compute the lengths of the input and output lists. + inlist = tmpin + for (nin = 0; fscan (inlist, inname) != EOF; nin = nin + 1) + ; + inlist = "" + outlist = tmpout + for (nout = 0; fscan (outlist, outname) != EOF; nout = nout + 1) + ; + outlist = "" + + # Delete the temporary files. + delete (tmpin, ver-, >& "dev$null") + delete (tmpout, ver-, >& "dev$null") + + # Quit if the number of input and output files is different. + if (nin != nout) { + print ("ERROR: Input and output file lists are different lengths") + return + } + + # Expand the file list names. + files (in, sort=no, > tmpin) + files (out, sort=no, > tmpout) + + # Loop over each file in the input and output lists selecting records. + inlist = tmpin + outlist = tmpout + while (fscan (inlist, inname) != EOF && fscan (outlist, outname) != + EOF) { + istable (inname) + if (istable.table) { + tselect (inname, outname, ex) + } else if (istable.text) { + txselect (inname, outname, ex) + } else { + print ("ERROR: Cannot run PSELECT on file: " // inname) + } + } + + delete (tmpin, ver-, >& "dev$null") + delete (tmpout, ver-, >& "dev$null") + inlist = "" + outlist = "" +end diff --git a/noao/digiphot/ptools/psort.cl b/noao/digiphot/ptools/psort.cl new file mode 100644 index 00000000..d99d55c6 --- /dev/null +++ b/noao/digiphot/ptools/psort.cl @@ -0,0 +1,42 @@ +# PSORT - Sort an ST or APPHOT/DAOPHOT file based on a single column. + +procedure psort (infiles, field) + +string infiles {prompt="Input Apphot/daophot database(s) to be sorted"} +string field {prompt="Field to be sorted on"} +bool ascend {yes, prompt="Sort in increasing value order?"} + +struct *inlist + +begin + # Local variable declarations. + file tmpin + string in, col, inname + + # Cache the istable parameters. + cache ("istable") + + # Get the positional parameters. + in = infiles + col = field + + # Expand the file list names. + tmpin = mktemp ("tmp$") + files (in, sort=no, > tmpin) + + # Loop over each file in the input and output lists selecting records. + inlist = tmpin + while (fscan (inlist, inname) != EOF) { + istable (inname) + if (istable.table) { + tsort (inname, col, ascend=ascend, casesens=yes) + } else if (istable.text) { + txsort (inname, col, ascend=ascend) + } else { + print ("Cannot run PSORT on file: " // inname) + } + } + inlist = "" + + delete (tmpin, ver-, >& "dev$null") +end diff --git a/noao/digiphot/ptools/ptools.cl b/noao/digiphot/ptools/ptools.cl new file mode 100644 index 00000000..72cacab5 --- /dev/null +++ b/noao/digiphot/ptools/ptools.cl @@ -0,0 +1,50 @@ +# Package script task for the PTOOLSX package. +#{ PTOOLSX -- Photometry tools package. + + +package ptools + +# Define the ptools executable tasks. + +task pconvert, + istable, + pexamine, + tbcrename, + tbkeycol, + txconcat, + txcalc, + txdump, + txrenumber, + txselect, + txsort = "ptools$x_ptools.e" + +# Define the tasks which are CL scripts. + +task tbconcat = "ptools$tbconcat.cl" +task tbdump = "ptools$tbdump.cl" +task tbcalc = "ptools$tbcalc.cl" +task tbrenumber = "ptools$tbrenumber.cl" +task tbselect = "ptools$tbselect.cl" +task tbsort = "ptools$tbsort.cl" + +task pconcat = "ptools$pconcat.cl" +task pcalc = "ptools$pcalc.cl" +task pdump = "ptools$pdump.cl" +task prenumber = "ptools$prenumber.cl" +task pselect = "ptools$pselect.cl" +task psort = "ptools$psort.cl" + +task pttest = "ptools$pttest.cl" + +# Pset tasks. + +task xyplot = "ptools$xyplot.par" +task histplot = "ptools$histplot.par" +task radplot = "ptools$radplot.par" +task surfplot = "ptools$surfplot.par" +task cntrplot = "ptools$cntrplot.par" + +hidetask tbkeycol, tbcrename +hidetask xyplot, histplot, radplot, surfplot, cntrplot + +clbye() diff --git a/noao/digiphot/ptools/ptools.hd b/noao/digiphot/ptools/ptools.hd new file mode 100644 index 00000000..344197a7 --- /dev/null +++ b/noao/digiphot/ptools/ptools.hd @@ -0,0 +1,34 @@ +# Help directory for the PTOOLS package + +$doc = "./doc/" + +$pconvert = "ptools$pconvert/" +$ptutils = "ptools$ptutils/" +$pexamine = "ptools$pexamine/" +$txtools = "ptools$txtools/" + +pcalc hlp=doc$pcalc.hlp, src=ptools$pcalc.cl +pconcat hlp=doc$pconcat.hlp, src=ptools$pconcat.cl +pconvert hlp=doc$pconvert.hlp, src=pconvert$t_pconvert.x +pdump hlp=doc$pdump.hlp, src=ptools$pdump.cl +istable hlp=doc$istable.hlp, src=ptutils$t_istable.x +prenumber hlp=doc$prenumber.hlp, src=ptools$prenumber.cl +pexamine hlp=doc$pexamine.hlp, src=pexamine$t_pexamine.x +pttest hlp=doc$pttest.hlp, src=ptools$pttest.cl +pselect hlp=doc$pselect.hlp, src=ptools$pselect.cl +psort hlp=doc$psort.hlp, src=ptools$psort.cl +tbcalc hlp=doc$tbcalc.hlp, src=ptools$tbcalc.cl +tbconcat hlp=doc$tbconcat.hlp, src=ptools$tbconcat.cl +tbcrename hlp=doc$tbcrename.hlp, src=ptutils$t_tbcrename.x +tbdump hlp=doc$tbdump.hlp, src=ptools$t_tbdump.cl +tbkeycol hlp=doc$tbkeycol.hlp, src=ptutils$t_tbkeycol.x +tbrenumber hlp=doc$tbrenumber.hlp, src=ptools$tbrenumber.cl +tbselect hlp=doc$tbselect.hlp, src=ptools$tbselect.cl +tbsort hlp=doc$tbsort.hlp, src=ptools$tbsort.cl +txconcat hlp=doc$txconcat.hlp, src=txtools$t_txconcat.x +txcalc hlp=doc$txcalc.hlp, src=txtools$t_txcalc.x +txdump hlp=doc$txdump.hlp, src=txtools$t_txdump.x +txrenumber hlp=doc$txrenumber.hlp, src=txtools$t_txrenumber.x +txselect hlp=doc$txselect.hlp, src=txtools$t_txselect.x +txsort hlp=doc$txsort.hlp, src=txtools$t_txsort.x +revisions sys=ptoolsx$Revisions diff --git a/noao/digiphot/ptools/ptools.men b/noao/digiphot/ptools/ptools.men new file mode 100644 index 00000000..2e13df00 --- /dev/null +++ b/noao/digiphot/ptools/ptools.men @@ -0,0 +1,24 @@ + istable - Is a file a table or text database file ? + pconcat - Concatenate a list of apphot/daophot databases + pconvert - Convert from an apphot/daophot text to tables database + pcalc - Do arithmetic on a list of apphot/daophot tables databases + pdump - Print selected columns of a list of daophot/apphot databases + prenumber - Renumber a list of apphot/daophot databases + pexamine - Interactively examine and edit an apphot/daophot database + pselect - Select records from a list of apphot/daophot databases + psort - Sort a list of apphot/daophot databases + pttest - Run basic tests on the ptoolsx package tasks + + tbconcat - Concatenate a list of apphot/daophot tables databases + tbcalc - Do arithmetic on a list of apphot/daophot tables databases + tbdump - Print selected columns of a list of tables databases + tbrenumber - Renumber a list of apphot/daophot tables databases + tbselect - Select records from a list of apphot/daophot tables databases + tbsort - Sort a list of apphot/daophot tables databases + + txconcat - Concatenate a list of apphot/daophot text databases + txcalc - Do arithmetic on a list of apphot/daophot text databases + txdump - Print selected columns of a list of apphot/daophot text databases + txrenumber - Renumber a list of apphot/daophot text databases + txselect - Select records from a list of apphot/daophot text databases + txsort - Sort a list of apphot/daophot text databases diff --git a/noao/digiphot/ptools/ptools.par b/noao/digiphot/ptools/ptools.par new file mode 100644 index 00000000..cf641f88 --- /dev/null +++ b/noao/digiphot/ptools/ptools.par @@ -0,0 +1,3 @@ +# PTOOLSX package parameter file + +version,s,h,"Aug91" diff --git a/noao/digiphot/ptools/pttest.cl b/noao/digiphot/ptools/pttest.cl new file mode 100644 index 00000000..a601a17e --- /dev/null +++ b/noao/digiphot/ptools/pttest.cl @@ -0,0 +1,550 @@ +# PTTEST - Self testing procedure for the PTOOLS package. + +procedure pttest (rootname) + +string rootname {prompt="Root name of the output test files"} +string ptlogfile {"", prompt="Name of the output log file"} +string ptplotfile {"", prompt="Name of the output plot file"} + +begin + # Declare local variables. + string root, txtfile1, txtfile2, tblfile1, ptlog, ptplot + + # Check that the user truly wants to proceed. + s1 = "" + print ("") + print ("PTTEST INITIALIZES THE PTOOLS TASK PARAMETERS") + print ("TYPE 'q' or 'Q' TO QUIT, ANY OTHER KEY TO PROCEED") + if (scan (s1) != EOF) { + if (s1 == "q" || s1 == "Q") { + print ("TERMINATING THE PTTEST TASK") + bye + } + } + print ("") + + # Define the image name and the log and plot file names. + root = rootname + ptlog = ptlogfile + if (ptlog == "") { + ptlog = root // ".log" + } + ptplot = ptplotfile + if (ptplot == "") { + ptplot = root // ".plot" + } + + # Read in the FITS file and check for the existance of the log and + # plot files. + + txtfile1 = root // ".txt.1" + if (! access (txtfile1)) { + copy ("ptools$test/test1.dat", txtfile1, verbose-) + } else { + error (0, "Error: The first test text file already exists on disk") + } + txtfile2 = root // ".txt.2" + if (! access (txtfile2)) { + copy ("ptools$test/test2.dat", txtfile2, verbose-) + } else { + error (0, "Error: The second test text file already exists on disk") + } + tblfile1 = root // ".tbl.1" + if (! access (tblfile1)) { + ; + } else { + error (0, "Error: The test tables file already exists on disk") + } + if (access (ptlog)) { + error (0, "Error: The log file already exists on disk") + } + if (access (ptplot)) { + error (0, "Error: The plot file already exists on disk") + } + + # Initialize the PTOOLS package. + + print ("INITIALIZE THE PTOOLS PACKAGE", >> ptlog) + print ("", >> ptlog) + print ("") + print ("INITIALIZE THE PTOOLS PACKAGE") + print ("") + + unlearn ("txconcat") + unlearn ("txdump") + unlearn ("txrenumber") + unlearn ("txselect") + unlearn ("txsort") + unlearn ("pconvert") + + unlearn ("tbconcat") + unlearn ("tbdump") + unlearn ("tbrenumber") + unlearn ("tbselect") + unlearn ("tbsort") + unlearn ("tbkeycol") + unlearn ("tbcrename") + + unlearn ("pconcat") + unlearn ("pdump") + unlearn ("prenumber") + unlearn ("pselect") + unlearn ("psort") + unlearn ("pexamine") + unlearn ("xyplot") + unlearn ("histplot") + unlearn ("radplot") + unlearn ("surfplot") + unlearn ("cntrplot") + unlearn ("istable") + + # Copy the first test file to the log file. + + print ("COPY THE FIRST TEST FILE TO THE LOG FILE", >> ptlog) + print ("COPY THE FIRST TEST FILE TO THE LOG FILE") + print ("", >> ptlog) + + concatenate (txtfile1, ptlog, append=yes) + + # Testing the TXCONCAT task. + + print ("", >> ptlog) + print ("TESTING THE TXCONCAT TASK (FIRST TEXT FILE)", >> ptlog) + print (" APPENDING THE FIRST TEXT FILE TO ITSELF", >> ptlog) + print ("TESTING THE TXCONCAT TASK (FIRST TEXT FILE)") + print ("", >> ptlog) + + txconcat (txtfile1 // "," // txtfile1, root // ".app.1", task="TASK") + concatenate (root // ".app.1", ptlog, append=yes) + delete (root // ".app.1", ver-, >& "dev$null") + + # Testing the PCONCAT task. + + print ("", >> ptlog) + print ("TESTING THE PCONCAT TASK (FIRST TEXT FILE)", >> ptlog) + print (" APPENDING THE FIRST TEXT FILE TO ITSELF", >> ptlog) + print ("TESTING THE PCONCAT TASK (FIRST TEXT FILE)") + print ("", >> ptlog) + + pconcat (txtfile1 // "," // txtfile1, root // ".app.1", task="TASK") + concatenate (root // ".app.1", ptlog, append=yes) + delete (root // ".app.1", ver-, >& "dev$null") + + # Testing the TXDUMP task. + + print ("", >> ptlog) + print ("TESTING THE TXDUMP TASK (FIRST TEXT FILE)", >> ptlog) + print ("DUMPING FIELDS ID, XCENTER, YCENTER, MSKY AND MAG[1]", + >> ptlog) + print ("TESTING THE TXDUMP TASK (FIRST TEXT FILE)") + print ("", >> ptlog) + + txdump (txtfile1, "id,xcenter,ycenter,msky,mag[1]", "yes", headers-, + parameters+, >> ptlog) + + # Testing the PDUMP task. + + print ("", >> ptlog) + print ("TESTING THE PDUMP TASK (FIRST TEXT FILE)", >> ptlog) + print ("DUMPING FIELDS ID, XCENTER, YCENTER, MSKY AND MAG[1]", + >> ptlog) + print ("TESTING THE PDUMP TASK (FIRST TEXT FILE)") + print ("", >> ptlog) + + pdump (txtfile1, "id,xcenter,ycenter,msky,mag[1]", yes, headers-, + parameters+, >> ptlog) + + # Testing the TXSELECT task. + + print ("", >> ptlog) + print ("TESTING THE TXSELECT TASK (FIRST TEXT FILE)", >> ptlog) + print ("SELECTING RECORDS WITH MAG[1] <= 18.0", >> ptlog) + print ("TESTING THE TXSELECT TASK (FIRST TEXT FILE)") + print ("", >> ptlog) + + txselect (txtfile1, root // ".sel.1", "mag[1] <= 18.0") + concatenate (root // ".sel.1", ptlog, append=yes) + delete (root // ".sel.1", ver-, >& "dev$null") + + # Testing the PSELECT task. + + print ("", >> ptlog) + print ("TESTING THE PSELECT TASK (FIRST TEXT FILE)", >> ptlog) + print ("SELECTING RECORDS WITH MAG[1] <= 18.0", >> ptlog) + print ("TESTING THE PSELECT TASK (FIRST TEXT FILE)") + print ("", >> ptlog) + + pselect (txtfile1, root // ".sel.1", "mag[1] <= 18.0") + concatenate (root // ".sel.1", ptlog, append=yes) + delete (root // ".sel.1", ver-, >& "dev$null") + + # Testing the TXSORT task. + + print ("", >> ptlog) + print ("TESTING THE TXSORT TASK (FIRST TEXT FILE)", >> ptlog) + print ("SORTING ON COLUMN MAG[1]", >> ptlog) + print ("TESTING THE TXSORT TASK (FIRST TEXT FILE)") + print ("", >> ptlog) + + copy (txtfile1, root // ".srt.1", verbose-) + txsort (root // ".srt.1", "MAG[1]", ascend+) + concatenate (root // ".srt.1", ptlog, append=yes) + + # Testing the PSORT task. + + print ("", >> ptlog) + print ("TESTING THE PSORT TASK (FIRST TEXT FILE)", >> ptlog) + print ("SORTING ON COLUMN MAG[1]", >> ptlog) + print ("TESTING THE PSORT TASK (FIRST TEXT FILE)") + print ("", >> ptlog) + + copy (txtfile1, root // ".srt.2", verbose-) + psort (root // ".srt.2", "MAG[1]", ascend+) + concatenate (root // ".srt.1", ptlog, append=yes) + + # Testing the TXRENUMBER task. + + print ("", >> ptlog) + print ("TESTING THE TXRENUMBER TASK (FIRST TEXT FILE)", >> ptlog) + print ("RENUMBERING ON COLUMN ID", >> ptlog) + print ("TESTING THE TXRENUMBER TASK (FIRST TEXT FILE)") + print ("", >> ptlog) + + txrenumber (root // ".srt.1", idoffset=0, id="ID") + concatenate (root // ".srt.1", ptlog, append=yes) + + # Testing the PRENUMBER task. + + print ("", >> ptlog) + print ("TESTING THE PRENUMBER TASK (FIRST TEXT FILE)", >> ptlog) + print ("RENUMBERING ON COLUMN ID", >> ptlog) + print ("TESTING THE PRENUMBER TASK (FIRST TEXT FILE)") + print ("", >> ptlog) + + prenumber (root // ".srt.2", idoffset=0, id="ID") + concatenate (root // ".srt.2", ptlog, append=yes) + + delete (root // ".srt.1", ver-, >& "dev$null") + delete (root // ".srt.2", ver-, >& "dev$null") + + # Copy the second test file to the log file. + + print ("") + print ("", >> ptlog) + print ("COPY THE SECOND TEST FILE TO THE LOG FILE", >> ptlog) + print ("COPY THE SECOND TEST FILE TO THE LOG FILE") + print ("", >> ptlog) + + concatenate (txtfile2, ptlog, append=yes) + + # Testing the TXDUMP task. + + print ("", >> ptlog) + print ("TESTING THE TXDUMP TASK (SECOND TEXT FILE)", >> ptlog) + print ("DUMPING FIELDS ID, XCENTER, YCENTER, MSKY AND MAG[1]", + >> ptlog) + print ("TESTING THE TXDUMP TASK (SECOND TEXT FILE)") + print ("", >> ptlog) + + txdump (txtfile2, "id,xcenter,ycenter,msky,mag[1]", "yes", headers-, + parameters+, >> ptlog) + + # Testing the PDUMP task. + + print ("", >> ptlog) + print ("TESTING THE PDUMP TASK (SECOND TEXT FILE)", >> ptlog) + print ("DUMPING FIELDS ID, XCENTER, YCENTER, MSKY AND MAG[1]", + >> ptlog) + print ("TESTING THE PDUMP TASK (SECOND TEXT FILE)") + print ("", >> ptlog) + + pdump (txtfile2, "id,xcenter,ycenter,msky,mag[1]", yes, headers-, + parameters+, >> ptlog) + + # Testing the TXSELECT task. + + print ("", >> ptlog) + print ("TESTING THE TXSELECT TASK (SECOND TEXT FILE)", >> ptlog) + print ("SELECTING RECORDS WITH MAG[1] >= 11.5", >> ptlog) + print ("TESTING THE TXSELECT TASK (SECOND TEXT FILE)") + print ("", >> ptlog) + + txselect (txtfile2, root // ".sel.1", "mag[1] >= 11.5") + concatenate (root // ".sel.1", ptlog, append=yes) + delete (root // ".sel.1", ver-, >& "dev$null") + + # Testing the PSELECT task. + + print ("", >> ptlog) + print ("TESTING THE PSELECT TASK (SECOND TEXT FILE)", >> ptlog) + print ("SELECTING RECORDS WITH MAG[1] >= 11.5", >> ptlog) + print ("TESTING THE PSELECT TASK (SECOND TEXT FILE)") + print ("", >> ptlog) + + pselect (txtfile2, root // ".sel.1", "mag[1] >= 11.5") + concatenate (root // ".sel.1", ptlog, append=yes) + delete (root // ".sel.1", ver-, >& "dev$null") + + # Testing the TXSORT task. + + print ("", >> ptlog) + print ("TESTING THE TXSORT TASK (SECOND TEXT FILE)", >> ptlog) + print ("SORTING ON COLUMN MAG[1]", >> ptlog) + print ("TESTING THE TXSORT TASK (SECOND TEXT FILE)") + print ("", >> ptlog) + + copy (txtfile2, root // ".srt.1", verbose-) + txsort (root // ".srt.1", "MAG[1]", ascend+) + concatenate (root // ".srt.1", ptlog, append=yes) + + # Testing the PSORT task. + + print ("", >> ptlog) + print ("TESTING THE PSORT TASK (SECOND TEXT FILE)", >> ptlog) + print ("SORTING ON COLUMN MAG[1]", >> ptlog) + print ("TESTING THE PSORT TASK (SECOND TEXT FILE)") + print ("", >> ptlog) + + copy (txtfile2, root // ".srt.2", verbose-) + psort (root // ".srt.2", "MAG[1]", ascend+) + concatenate (root // ".srt.1", ptlog, append=yes) + + # Testing the TXRENUMBER task. + + print ("", >> ptlog) + print ("TESTING THE TXRENUMBER TASK (SECOND TEXT FILE)", >> ptlog) + print ("RENUMBERING ON COLUMN ID", >> ptlog) + print ("TESTING THE TXRENUMBER TASK (SECOND TEXT FILE)") + print ("", >> ptlog) + + txrenumber (root // ".srt.1", id="ID") + concatenate (root // ".srt.1", ptlog, append=yes) + + # Testing the PRENUMBER task. + + print ("", >> ptlog) + print ("TESTING THE PRENUMBER TASK (SECOND TEXT FILE)", >> ptlog) + print ("RENUMBERING ON COLUMN ID", >> ptlog) + print ("TESTING THE PRENUMBER TASK (SECOND TEXT FILE)") + print ("", >> ptlog) + + prenumber (root // ".srt.2", id="ID") + concatenate (root // ".srt.2", ptlog, append=yes) + + delete (root // ".srt.1", ver-, >& "dev$null") + delete (root // ".srt.2", ver-, >& "dev$null") + + # Testing the PCONVERT task. + + print ("", >> ptlog) + print ("TESTING THE PCONVERT TASK (FIRST TEXT FILE)", >> ptlog) + print ("CREATING TABLE FILE BY CONVERTING ALL COLUMNS", >> ptlog) + print ("") + print ("TESTING THE PCONVERT TASK (FIRST TEXT FILE)") + print ("", >> ptlog) + + pconvert (txtfile1, tblfile1, "*", expr+, append-) + + # Check to see if the tables package is loaded. + + if (! defpac ("nttools")) { + + print ("THE NTTOOLS PACKAGE IS NOT LOADED: TERMINATING PTTEST") + + } else { + + # Testing the TBCONCAT task. + + print ("", >> ptlog) + print ("TESTING THE TBCONCAT/TBDUMP TASKS", >> ptlog) + print ("APPENDING TABLE FILE TO ITSELF", >> ptlog) + print ("DUMPING COLUMNS ID, XCENTER, YCENTER, MKSKY, and MAG[1]", + >> ptlog) + print ("TESTING THE TBCONCAT/TBDUMP TASKS") + print ("", >> ptlog) + + tbconcat (tblfile1 // "," // tblfile1, root // ".app.1", + task="TASK") + tbdump (root // ".app.1", "ID,XCENTER,YCENTER,MSKY,MAG\[1]", + "yes", datafile="STDOUT", cdfile="", pfile="", rows="-", + pagwidth=158, >> ptlog) + delete (root // ".app.1", ver-, >& "dev$null") + + # Testing the PCONCAT task. + + print ("", >> ptlog) + print ("TESTING THE PCONCAT/PDUMP TASKS", >> ptlog) + print ("APPENDING TABLE FILE TO ITSELF", >> ptlog) + print ("DUMPING COLUMNS ID, XCENTER, YCENTER, MKSKY, and MAG[1]", + >> ptlog) + print ("TESTING THE PCONCAT/PDUMP TASKS") + print ("", >> ptlog) + + pconcat (tblfile1 // "," // tblfile1, root // ".app.1", + task="TASK") + pdump (root // ".app.1", "ID,XCENTER,YCENTER,MSKY,MAG\[1]", + yes, headers-, parameters+, >> ptlog) + delete (root // ".app.1", ver-, >& "dev$null") + + # Testing the TBSELECT task. + + print ("", >> ptlog) + print ("TESTING THE TBSELECT/TBDUMP TASKS", >> ptlog) + print ("SELECTING RECORDS WITH MAG[1] <= 18.0", >> ptlog) + print ("DUMPING COLUMNS ID, XCENTER, YCENTER, MKSKY, and MAG[1]", + >> ptlog) + print ("TESTING THE TBSELECT/TBDUMP TASKS") + print ("", >> ptlog) + + tbselect (tblfile1, root // ".sel.1", "mag[1] <= 18.0") + tbdump (root // ".sel.1", "ID,XCENTER,YCENTER,MSKY,MAG\[1]", + "yes", datafile="STDOUT", cdfile="", pfile="", rows="-", + pagwidth=158, >> ptlog) + delete (root // ".sel.1", ver-, >& "dev$null") + + # Testing the PSELECT task. + + print ("", >> ptlog) + print ("TESTING THE PSELECT/PDUMP TASKS", >> ptlog) + print ("SELECTING RECORDS WITH MAG[1] <= 18.0", >> ptlog) + print ("DUMPING COLUMNS ID, XCENTER, YCENTER, MKSKY, and MAG[1]", + >> ptlog) + print ("TESTING THE PSELECT/PDUMP TASKS") + print ("", >> ptlog) + + pselect (tblfile1, root // ".sel.1", "mag[1] <= 18.0") + pdump (root // ".sel.1", "ID,XCENTER,YCENTER,MSKY,MAG\[1]", + yes, headers-, parameters+, >> ptlog) + delete (root // ".sel.1", ver-, >& "dev$null") + + # Testing the TBSORT task. + + print ("", >> ptlog) + print ("TESTING THE TBSORT/TBDUMP TASKS", >> ptlog) + print ("SORTING ON COLUMN MAG[1]", >> ptlog) + print ("DUMPING COLUMNS ID, XCENTER, YCENTER, MKSKY, and MAG[1]", + >> ptlog) + print ("TESTING THE TBSORT/TBDUMP TASKS") + print ("", >> ptlog) + + copy (tblfile1, root // ".srt.1", verbose-) + tbsort (root // ".srt.1", "MAG\[1]", ascend+, casesens+) + tbdump (root // ".srt.1", "ID,XCENTER,YCENTER,MSKY,MAG\[1]", + "yes", datafile="STDOUT", cdfile="", pfile="", rows="-", + pagwidth=158, >> ptlog) + + # Testing the PSORT task. + + print ("", >> ptlog) + print ("TESTING THE PSORT/PDUMP TASKS", >> ptlog) + print ("SORTING ON COLUMN MAG[1]", >> ptlog) + print ("DUMPING COLUMNS ID, XCENTER, YCENTER, MKSKY, and MAG[1]", + >> ptlog) + print ("TESTING THE PSORT/PDUMP TASK") + print ("", >> ptlog) + + copy (tblfile1, root // ".srt.2", verbose-) + psort (root // ".srt.2", "MAG\[1]", ascend+) + pdump (root // ".srt.2", "ID,XCENTER,YCENTER,MSKY,MAG\[1]", + yes, headers-, parameters+, >> ptlog) + + # Testing the TBRENUMBER task. + + print ("", >> ptlog) + print ("TESTING THE TBRENUMBER/TBDUMP TASKS", >> ptlog) + print ("RENUMBERING ON COLUMN ID", >> ptlog) + print ("DUMPING COLUMNS ID, XCENTER, YCENTER, MKSKY, and MAG[1]", + >> ptlog) + print ("TESTING THE TBRENUMBER/PDUMP TASKS") + print ("", >> ptlog) + + tbrenumber (root // ".srt.1", idoffset=0, id="ID") + tbdump (root // ".srt.1", "ID,XCENTER,YCENTER,MSKY,MAG\[1]", + "yes", datafile="STDOUT", cdfile="", pfile="", rows="-", + pagwidth=158, >> ptlog) + + # Testing the PRENUMBER task. + + print ("", >> ptlog) + print ("TESTING THE PRENUMBER/PDUMP TASKS", >> ptlog) + print ("RENUMBERING ON COLUMN ID", >> ptlog) + print ("DUMPING COLUMNS ID, XCENTER, YCENTER, MKSKY, and MAG[1]", + >> ptlog) + print ("TESTING THE PRENUMBER/PDUMP TASKS") + print ("", >> ptlog) + + prenumber (root // ".srt.2", id="ID") + pdump (root // ".srt.2", "ID,XCENTER,YCENTER,MSKY,MAG\[1]", + yes, headers-, parameters+, >> ptlog) + + delete (root // ".srt.1", ver-, >& "dev$null") + delete (root // ".srt.2", ver-, >& "dev$null") + } + + # Testing the PEXAMINE task. + + xyplot.x1=16.0 + xyplot.x2=20.0 + xyplot.y1=0.0 + xyplot.y2=0.5 + + histplot.z1=16.0 + histplot.z2=20.0 + histplot.nbins=8 + + print ("") + print ("", >> ptlog) + print ("TESTING THE PEXAMINE TASK (FIRST TEXT FILE)", >> ptlog) + print ("DUMPING THE RESULTS TO THE PLOT FILE", >> ptlog) + print ("TESTING THE PEXAMINE TASK (FIRST TEXT FILE)") + print ("", >> ptlog) + + pexamine (txtfile1, "", "", gcommands="ptools$test/gcommands.dat", + icommands="ptools$test/icommands.dat", >>G ptplot, >& "dev$null") + + print ("", >> ptlog) + print ("TESTING THE PEXAMINE TASK (TABLE FILE)", >> ptlog) + print ("DUMPING THE RESULTS TO THE PLOT FILE", >> ptlog) + print ("TESTING THE PEXAMINE TASK (TABLE FILE)") + print ("", >> ptlog) + + pexamine (tblfile1, "", "", gcommands="ptools$test/gcommands.dat", + icommands="ptools$test/icommands.dat", >>G ptplot, >& "dev$null") + + # Clean up. + delete (txtfile1, ver-, >& "dev$null") + delete (txtfile2, ver-, >& "dev$null") + delete (tblfile1, ver-, >& "dev$null") + + unlearn ("txconcat") + unlearn ("txdump") + unlearn ("txrenumber") + unlearn ("txselect") + unlearn ("txsort") + unlearn ("pconvert") + + unlearn ("tbconcat") + unlearn ("tbdump") + unlearn ("tbrenumber") + unlearn ("tbselect") + unlearn ("tbsort") + unlearn ("tbkeycol") + unlearn ("tbcrename") + + unlearn ("pconcat") + unlearn ("pdump") + unlearn ("prenumber") + unlearn ("pselect") + unlearn ("psort") + unlearn ("pexamine") + + unlearn ("xyplot") + unlearn ("histplot") + unlearn ("radplot") + unlearn ("surfplot") + unlearn ("cntrplot") + + unlearn ("istable") + + bye +end diff --git a/noao/digiphot/ptools/ptutils/mkpkg b/noao/digiphot/ptools/ptutils/mkpkg new file mode 100644 index 00000000..3c3dc1bb --- /dev/null +++ b/noao/digiphot/ptools/ptutils/mkpkg @@ -0,0 +1,12 @@ +# miscellaneous useful tasks + +$checkout libpkg.a ".." +$update libpkg.a +$checkin libpkg.a ".." +$exit + +libpkg.a: + t_istable.x ../../lib/ptkeysdef.h + t_tbkeycol.x <tbset.h> + t_tbcrename.x <tbset.h> + ; diff --git a/noao/digiphot/ptools/ptutils/t_istable.x b/noao/digiphot/ptools/ptutils/t_istable.x new file mode 100644 index 00000000..b8cbf5db --- /dev/null +++ b/noao/digiphot/ptools/ptutils/t_istable.x @@ -0,0 +1,71 @@ +include "../../lib/ptkeysdef.h" + +# T_ISTABLE -- Decide whether an input file is an ST Table, an APPHOT style +# text file or neither. + +procedure t_istable () + +pointer infile # name of the input file + +bool table, text, other +int fd, type +pointer sp, line +int access(), tbtopn(), open(), getline(), strmatch() +errchk tbtopn(), open() + +begin + # Get some working space. + call smark (sp) + call salloc (infile, SZ_FNAME, TY_CHAR) + call salloc (line, SZ_LINE, TY_CHAR) + + # Fetch the name of the input file + call clgstr ("infile", Memc[infile], SZ_FNAME) + if (access (Memc[infile], READ_ONLY, TEXT_FILE) == YES) + type = TEXT_FILE + else + type = BINARY_FILE + + if (type == BINARY_FILE) { + iferr { + fd = tbtopn (Memc[infile], READ_ONLY, 0) + } then { + table = false + text = false + other = true + } else { + table = true + text = false + other = false + call tbtclo (fd) + } + } else { + table = false + iferr { + fd = open (Memc[infile], READ_ONLY, TEXT_FILE) + } then { + text = false + other = true + } else { + Memc[line] = EOS + if (getline (fd, Memc[line]) != EOF) { + if (strmatch (Memc[line], KY_CHAR_IRAF) != 0) { + text = true + other = false + } else { + text = false + other = true + } + } + call close (fd) + } + } + + # Store the results in the istable parameter file. + call clputb ("table", table) + call clputb ("text", text) + call clputb ("other", other) + + # Free memory. + call sfree (sp) +end diff --git a/noao/digiphot/ptools/ptutils/t_tbcrename.x b/noao/digiphot/ptools/ptutils/t_tbcrename.x new file mode 100644 index 00000000..8f54e9d5 --- /dev/null +++ b/noao/digiphot/ptools/ptutils/t_tbcrename.x @@ -0,0 +1,73 @@ +include <tbset.h> + +# T_TBCRENAME -- Rename a list of columns in an ST table. + +procedure t_tbcrename () + +int tlist # the tables list descriptor +int columns # the input columns list descriptor +int names # the output column names list descriptor + +pointer sp, table, incname, outcname, tp, colptr +int clpopnu(), clplen(), clgfil(), access(), tbpsta() +pointer tbtopn() + +begin + # Open the lists of tables and keywords. + tlist = clpopnu ("table") + if (clplen (tlist) <= 0) + return + columns = clpopnu ("columns") + names = clpopnu ("names") + if (clplen (columns) != clplen (names)) + call error (0, + "The number of new names does not equal the number of columns") + + # Allocate working space. + call smark (sp) + call salloc (table, SZ_FNAME, TY_CHAR) + call salloc (incname, SZ_COLNAME, TY_CHAR) + call salloc (outcname, SZ_COLNAME, TY_CHAR) + + # Loop over the list of ST tables. + while (clgfil (tlist, Memc[table], SZ_FNAME) != EOF) { + + # If the file is not an ST table go to the next file in the list. + if (access (Memc[table], 0, TEXT_FILE) == YES) + next + iferr (tp = tbtopn (Memc[table], READ_WRITE, 0)) + next + if (tbpsta (tp, TBL_WHTYPE) == TBL_TYPE_TEXT) + next + + # Loop over the input column list. + while (clgfil (columns, Memc[incname], SZ_COLNAME) != EOF && + clgfil (names, Memc[outcname], SZ_COLNAME) != EOF) { + + # If the output column already exists in the table skip + # to the next input column. + call tbcfnd (tp, Memc[outcname], colptr, 1) + if (colptr != NULL) + next + + # If the input column does not exist in the table skip to the + # next column. + + call tbcfnd (tp, Memc[incname], colptr, 1) + if (colptr == NULL) + next + + # Rename the column. + call tbcnam (tp, colptr, Memc[outcname]) + } + + call tbtclo (tp) + call clprew (columns) + call clprew (names) + } + + call clpcls (columns) + call clpcls (names) + call clpcls (tlist) + call sfree (sp) +end diff --git a/noao/digiphot/ptools/ptutils/t_tbkeycol.x b/noao/digiphot/ptools/ptutils/t_tbkeycol.x new file mode 100644 index 00000000..47923ca6 --- /dev/null +++ b/noao/digiphot/ptools/ptutils/t_tbkeycol.x @@ -0,0 +1,140 @@ +include <tbset.h> + +# T_TBKEYCOL -- For all the rows of a list of ST tables, copy the values of +# selected table keywords into new columns of the same name. If the columns +# already exist no action is taken. + +procedure t_tbkeycol () + +int tlist # the tables list descriptor +int klist # the keywords list descriptor + +bool bval +double dval +int i, keytype, keyptr, nrows, keylength, ival +pointer sp, table, keyword, keyvalue, format, tp, colptr +real rval + +bool itob() +int clpopnu(), clgfil(), clplen(), tbpsta(), strlen(), access() +int ctoi(), ctor(), ctod() +pointer tbtopn() +errchk tbtopn() + +begin + # Open the lists of tables and keywords. + tlist = clpopnu ("tables") + if (clplen (tlist) <= 0) + return + klist = clpopnu ("keywords") + if (clplen (klist) <= 0) + return + + # Allocate working space. + call smark (sp) + call salloc (table, SZ_FNAME, TY_CHAR) + call salloc (keyword, SZ_KEYWORD, TY_CHAR) + call salloc (keyvalue, SZ_PARREC, TY_CHAR) + call salloc (format, SZ_COLFMT, TY_CHAR) + + # Loop over the list of ST tables. + while (clgfil (tlist, Memc[table], SZ_FNAME) != EOF) { + + # If the file is not an ST table go to the next file in the list. + if (access(Memc[table], 0, TEXT_FILE) == YES) + next + iferr (tp = tbtopn (Memc[table], READ_WRITE, 0)) + next + if (tbpsta (tp, TBL_WHTYPE) == TBL_TYPE_TEXT) + next + + + # Loop over the keywords. + while (clgfil (klist, Memc[keyword], SZ_FNAME) != EOF) { + + # If a column named keyword already exists in the table + # skip to the next keyword. + call tbcfnd (tp, Memc[keyword], colptr, 1) + if (colptr != NULL) + next + + # If keyword does not exist in the table skip to the + # next keyword. + call tbhfkr (tp, Memc[keyword], keytype, Memc[keyvalue], + keyptr) + if (keyptr == 0) + next + + nrows = tbpsta (tp, TBL_NROWS) + + # Decode the header value and copy it into all the rows + # of the table. + i = 1 + switch (keytype) { + case TY_BOOL: + call tbcdef (tp, colptr, Memc[keyword], "undefined", + "%-3.3b", keytype, 1, 1) + if (ctoi (Memc[keyvalue], i, ival) <= 0) + ival = NO + bval = itob (ival) + do i = 1, nrows + call tbrptb (tp, colptr, bval, 1, i) + case TY_CHAR: + keylength = strlen (Memc[keyvalue]) + call sprintf (Memc[format], SZ_COLFMT, "%*.*s") + call pargi (-keylength) + call pargi (keylength) + call tbcdef (tp, colptr, Memc[keyword], "undefined", + Memc[format], -keylength, 1, 1) + do i = 1, nrows + call tbrptt (tp, colptr, Memc[keyvalue], keylength, + 1, i) + case TY_INT: + keylength = ctoi (Memc[keyvalue], i, ival) + if (keylength <= 0) { + ival = INDEFI + keylength = 6 + } + call sprintf (Memc[format], SZ_COLFMT, "%%%d.%dd") + call pargi (-keylength) + call pargi (keylength) + call tbcdef (tp, colptr, Memc[keyword], "undefined", + Memc[format], keytype, 1, 1) + do i = 1, nrows + call tbrpti (tp, colptr, ival, 1, i) + case TY_REAL: + keylength = ctor (Memc[keyvalue], i, rval) + if (keylength <= 0) { + rval = INDEFR + keylength = 6 + } + call sprintf (Memc[format], SZ_COLFMT, "%%%dg") + call pargi (-keylength) + call tbcdef (tp, colptr, Memc[keyword], "undefined", + Memc[format], keytype, 1, 1) + do i = 1, nrows + call tbrptr (tp, colptr, rval, 1, i) + case TY_DOUBLE: + keylength = ctod (Memc[keyvalue], i, dval) + if (keylength <= 0) { + dval = INDEFD + keylength = 6 + } + call sprintf (Memc[format], SZ_COLFMT, "%%%dg") + call pargi (-keylength) + call tbcdef (tp, colptr, Memc[keyword], "undefined", + Memc[format], keytype, 1, 1) + do i = 1, nrows + call tbrptd (tp, colptr, dval, 1, i) + } + + } + + call tbtclo (tp) + call clprew (klist) + } + + call clpcls (klist) + call clpcls (tlist) + call sfree (sp) +end diff --git a/noao/digiphot/ptools/radplot.par b/noao/digiphot/ptools/radplot.par new file mode 100644 index 00000000..0d579463 --- /dev/null +++ b/noao/digiphot/ptools/radplot.par @@ -0,0 +1,22 @@ +# The PEXAMINE task radial profile plotting parameters + +rinner,r,h,0.0,,,Inner radius of the region to be plotted in pixels +router,r,h,8.0,,,Outer radius of the region to be plotted in pixels +x1,r,h,INDEF,,,Left world x-coord if not autoscaling +x2,r,h,INDEF,,,Right world x-coord if not autoscaling +y1,r,h,INDEF,,,Lower world y-coord if not autoscaling +y2,r,h,INDEF,,,Upper world y-coord if not autoscaling +marker,s,h,"box","point|box|plus|cross|circle|diamond|hline|vline",,Marker type +szmarker,r,h,1.0,0.0,,Marker size +logx,b,h,no,,,Log scale the x axis? +logy,b,h,no,,,Log scale the y axis? +box,b,h,yes,,,Draw box around periphery of window? +ticklabels,b,h,yes,,,Label tick marks? +majrx,i,h,5,,,Number of major divisions along x axis +minrx,i,h,5,,,Number of minor divisions along x axis +majry,i,h,5,,,Number of major divisions along y axis +minry,i,h,5,,,Number of minor divisions along y axis +round,b,h,no,,,Round axes to nice values? +fill,b,h,yes,,,Fill viewport vs enforce unity aspect ratio? +grid,b,h,no,,,Draw grid lines at major tick marks? +banner,b,h,yes,,,Standard banner? diff --git a/noao/digiphot/ptools/surfplot.par b/noao/digiphot/ptools/surfplot.par new file mode 100644 index 00000000..1d94e5cc --- /dev/null +++ b/noao/digiphot/ptools/surfplot.par @@ -0,0 +1,10 @@ +# The PEXAMINE task surface plotting parameters + +ncolumns,i,h,21,2,,"Number of columns" +nlines,i,h,21,2,,"Number of lines" +axes,b,h,yes,,,Draw axes? +angh,r,h, -33.,,,Horizontal viewing angle (degrees) +angv,r,h,25.,,,Vertical viewing angle (degrees) +floor,r,h,INDEF,,,Minimum value to be plotted +ceiling,r,h,INDEF,,,Maximum value to be plotted +banner,b,h,yes,,,Standard banner? diff --git a/noao/digiphot/ptools/tbcalc.cl b/noao/digiphot/ptools/tbcalc.cl new file mode 100644 index 00000000..25f1ee60 --- /dev/null +++ b/noao/digiphot/ptools/tbcalc.cl @@ -0,0 +1,37 @@ +# TBCALC -- Perform arithmetic operations on a column column of an +# APPHOT/DAOPHOT STSDAS table database. + +procedure tbcalc (tables, column, value) + +file tables {prompt="Input apphot/daophot tables databases to be renumbered"} +string column {prompt="Column to be edited"} +string value {prompt="New value or expression for column"} + +struct *inlist + +begin + # Declare local variables. + file ttables, tcolumn, tvalue + string tmpin, inname + + # Get the positional parameters. + ttables = tables + tcolumn = column + tvalue = value + + tmpin = mktemp ("tmp$") + files (ttables, sort=no, > tmpin) + + inlist = tmpin + while (fscan (inlist, inname) != EOF) { + if (defpar ("tcalc.verbose") || defpar ("tcalc.harmless")) { + tcalc (inname, tcolumn, tvalue, datatype="real", colunits="", + colfmt="", verbose=no, harmless=0.1) + } else { + tcalc (inname, tcolumn, tvalue, datatype="real", colunits="", + colfmt="") + } + } + delete (tmpin, ver-, >& "dev$null") + inlist = "" +end diff --git a/noao/digiphot/ptools/tbconcat.cl b/noao/digiphot/ptools/tbconcat.cl new file mode 100644 index 00000000..d9e5c429 --- /dev/null +++ b/noao/digiphot/ptools/tbconcat.cl @@ -0,0 +1,113 @@ +# TBCONCAT -- Concatenate a list of apphot/daophot STSDAS table databases +# into a single output database. All the input files must of been written +# by the same task. + +procedure tbconcat (tables, outtable) + +file tables {prompt="Input apphot/daophot tables databases to be concatenated"} +file outtable {prompt="Output apphot/daophot STSDAS table database"} +string task {"TASK", prompt="Task name keyword"} + +struct *inlist + +begin + # Declare local variables. + bool stat, first_tab + file in, out + int npars, first_npars, ncols, first_ncols + string tmpin, inname, first_inname, tkname, first_tkname + + # Cache the parameters. + cache ("istable", "keypar", "tinfo") + + # Get the positional parameters. + in = tables + out = outtable + + # Make a file lists. + tmpin = mktemp ("tmp$") + files (in, sort=no, > tmpin) + + # Loop through the list checking that all the files are + # tables that they were created with the same task and + # that they have the same number of parameters and columns + + stat = yes + first_tab = yes + + inlist = tmpin + while (fscan (inlist, inname) != EOF) { + + # Check that the input file is an STSDAS table. + istable (inname) + if (! istable.table) { + print ("ERROR: File " // inname // " is not an ST table") + stat = no + break + } + + + # Check that all the input files were written by the same task. + if (defpar ("keypar.silent")) { + keypar (inname, task, silent=no) + } else { + keypar (inname, task) + } + if (first_tab) { + first_inname = inname + first_tkname = keypar.value + } else { + tkname = keypar.value + if (tkname != first_tkname) { + print ("ERROR:") + print (" File" // first_inname // " written by task " // + first_tkname) + print (" File" // inname // " written by task " // + tkname) + stat = no + break + } + } + + # Check that the number of parameters and columns is the same. + tinfo (inname, ttout=no) + if (first_tab) { + first_npars = tinfo.npar + first_ncols = tinfo.ncols + } else { + npars = tinfo.npar + ncols = tinfo.ncols + if (npars != first_npars) { + print ("ERROR:") + print (" File " // first_inname // " has " // + first_npars // "parameters") + print (" File " // inname // " has " // npars // + "parameters") + stat = no + break + } + if (ncols != first_ncols) { + print ("ERROR:") + print (" File " // first_inname // " has " // + first_ncols // "columns") + print (" File " // inname // " has " // ncols // + "columns") + stat = no + break + } + } + + first_tab = no + } + + delete (tmpin, ver-, >& "dev$null") + inlist = "" + + # Return if status is not ok. + if (! stat) + return + + # Do the actual append. + tmerge (in, out, option="append", allcols=no, tbltype="row", + allrows=100, extracol=0) +end diff --git a/noao/digiphot/ptools/tbcrename.par b/noao/digiphot/ptools/tbcrename.par new file mode 100644 index 00000000..c466c337 --- /dev/null +++ b/noao/digiphot/ptools/tbcrename.par @@ -0,0 +1,6 @@ +# TBCRENAME Parameters + +tables,s,a,,,,Input apphot/daophot tables databases +columns,s,a,"",,,List of column names to be changed +names,s,a,"",,,List of new column names +mode,s,h,"ql",,,Mode of task diff --git a/noao/digiphot/ptools/tbdump.cl b/noao/digiphot/ptools/tbdump.cl new file mode 100644 index 00000000..f3482a5f --- /dev/null +++ b/noao/digiphot/ptools/tbdump.cl @@ -0,0 +1,44 @@ +# TBDUMP -- Dump selected columns of an APPHOT/DAOPHOT STSDAS table database. + +procedure tbdump (tables, fields, expr) + +file tables {prompt = "Input apphot/daophot tables database(s)"} +string fields {"", prompt = "Fields to be extracted"} +string expr {"yes", prompt = "Boolean expression for record selection"} +file datafile {"STDOUT", prompt = "Output file for table data"} +file cdfile {"", prompt = "Output file for table column definitions"} +file pfile {"", prompt = "Output file for table header parameters"} +string rows {"-", prompt = "Range of rows to dump"} +int pagwidth {158, prompt = "Output page width"} + +struct *inlist + +begin + # Declare local variables + file ttables + string tfields, texpr, tmpin, tmpout, inname + + # Get the positional parameters. + ttables = tables + tfields = fields + texpr = expr + + tmpin = mktemp ("tmp$") + files (ttables, sort=no, > tmpin) + + inlist = tmpin + while (fscan (inlist, inname) != EOF) { + if (texpr != "yes") { + tmpout = mktemp ("tmp$") + tselect (inname, tmpout, texpr) + tdump (tmpout, cdfile=cdfile, pfile=pfile, datafile=datafile, + columns=tfields, rows=rows, pwidth=pagwidth) + tdelete (tmpout, ver-, >& "dev$null") + } else { + tdump (inname, cdfile=cdfile, pfile=pfile, datafile=datafile, + columns=tfields, rows=rows, pwidth=pagwidth) + } + } + delete (tmpin, ver-, >& "dev$null") + inlist = "" +end diff --git a/noao/digiphot/ptools/tbkeycol.par b/noao/digiphot/ptools/tbkeycol.par new file mode 100644 index 00000000..bc6bc159 --- /dev/null +++ b/noao/digiphot/ptools/tbkeycol.par @@ -0,0 +1,5 @@ +# TKEYCOL Parameters + +tables,s,a,,,,Input apphot/daophot tables databases +keywords,s,a,"",,,Table keywords to be copied to table columns +mode,s,h,"ql",,,Mode of task diff --git a/noao/digiphot/ptools/tbrenumber.cl b/noao/digiphot/ptools/tbrenumber.cl new file mode 100644 index 00000000..75778ac6 --- /dev/null +++ b/noao/digiphot/ptools/tbrenumber.cl @@ -0,0 +1,36 @@ +# TBRENUMBER -- Renumber the ID column of an APPHOT/DAOPHOT STSDAS table +# database. + +procedure tbrenumber (tables) + +file tables {prompt="Input apphot/daophot tables databases to be renumbered"} +int idoffset {0, min=0, prompt="Id number offset"} +string id {"ID", prompt="Id name keyword"} + +struct *inlist + +begin + # Declare local variables. + file ttables + string tmpin, inname, expr + + # Get the positional parameters. + ttables = tables + expr = "rownum + " // idoffset + + tmpin = mktemp ("tmp$") + files (ttables, sort=no, > tmpin) + + inlist = tmpin + while (fscan (inlist, inname) != EOF) { + if (defpar ("tcalc.verbose") || defpar ("tcalc.harmless")) { + tcalc (inname, id, expr, datatype="real", colunits="", + colfmt="", verbose=no, harmless=0.1) + } else { + tcalc (inname, id, expr, datatype="real", colunits="", + colfmt="") + } + } + delete (tmpin, ver-, >& "dev$null") + inlist = "" +end diff --git a/noao/digiphot/ptools/tbselect.cl b/noao/digiphot/ptools/tbselect.cl new file mode 100644 index 00000000..2ba294f8 --- /dev/null +++ b/noao/digiphot/ptools/tbselect.cl @@ -0,0 +1,20 @@ +# TBSELECT -- Select records from an APPHOT/DAOPHOT STSDAS table based +# on the value of an expression. + +procedure tbselect (intable, outtable, expr) + +file intable {"", prompt = "Input apphot/daophot tables database(s)"} +file outtable {"", prompt = "Output apphot/daophot tables database(s)"} +string expr {"", prompt = "Boolean expression for record selection"} + +begin + # Declare the local variables. + string tintable, touttable, texpr + + # Get the positional parameters. + tintable = intable + touttable = outtable + texpr = expr + + tselect (tintable, touttable, texpr) +end diff --git a/noao/digiphot/ptools/tbsort.cl b/noao/digiphot/ptools/tbsort.cl new file mode 100644 index 00000000..c5d10f24 --- /dev/null +++ b/noao/digiphot/ptools/tbsort.cl @@ -0,0 +1,21 @@ +# TBSORT -- Sort an APPHOT/DAOPHOT STSDAS table using the values in the +# selected columns. + +procedure tbsort (table, fields) + +file table {"", prompt="Input apphot/daophot tables database(s)to be sorted"} +string fields {"", prompt = "Fields to be sorted on"} +bool ascend {yes, prompt = "Sort in ascending value order ?"} +bool casesens {yes, prompt = "Case sensitive sort ?"} + +begin + # Decalre the local variables. + string ttable, tfields + + # Get the positional parameters. + ttable = table + tfields = fields + + # Sort the table. + tsort (ttable, tfields, ascend=ascend, casesens=casesens) +end diff --git a/noao/digiphot/ptools/test/gcommands.dat b/noao/digiphot/ptools/test/gcommands.dat new file mode 100644 index 00000000..1ec5ac13 --- /dev/null +++ b/noao/digiphot/ptools/test/gcommands.dat @@ -0,0 +1,3 @@ +h +i +e diff --git a/noao/digiphot/ptools/test/icommands.dat b/noao/digiphot/ptools/test/icommands.dat new file mode 100644 index 00000000..01058d84 --- /dev/null +++ b/noao/digiphot/ptools/test/icommands.dat @@ -0,0 +1 @@ +g diff --git a/noao/digiphot/ptools/test/test1.dat b/noao/digiphot/ptools/test/test1.dat new file mode 100644 index 00000000..7f2e9dc5 --- /dev/null +++ b/noao/digiphot/ptools/test/test1.dat @@ -0,0 +1,133 @@ +#K IRAF = NOAO/IRAFV2.10BETA version %-23s +#K USER = davis name %-23s +#K HOST = tucana computer %-23s +#K DATE = 10-04-91 mm-dd-yr %-23s +#K TIME = 07:57:32 hh:mm:ss %-23s +#K PACKAGE = apphot name %-23s +#K TASK = phot name %-23s +# +#K SCALE = 1. units %-23.7g +#K FWHMPSF = 2. scaleunit %-23.7g +#K EMISSION = yes switch %-23b +#K DATAMIN = INDEF counts %-23.7g +#K DATAMAX = INDEF counts %-23.7g +#K EXPOSURE = "" keyword %-23s +#K AIRMASS = "" keyword %-23s +#K FILTER = "" keyword %-23s +#K OBSTIME = "" keyword %-23s +# +#K NOISE = poisson model %-23s +#K THRESHOLD = 30. counts %-23.7g +#K CTHRESHOLD = 0. counts %-23.7g +#K SIGMA = 10. counts %-23.7g +#K GAIN = "" keyword %-23s +#K EPADU = 1. e-/adu %-23.7g +#K CCDREAD = "" keyword %-23s +#K READNOISE = 0. e- %-23.7g +# +#K CALGORITHM = none algorithm %-23s +#K CBOXWIDTH = 5. scaleunit %-23.7g +#K MAXSHIFT = 1. scaleunit %-23.7g +#K CMAXITER = 10 number %-23d +#K MINSNRATIO = 1. number %-23.7g +#K CLEAN = no switch %-23b +#K RCLEAN = 1. scaleunit %-23.7g +#K RCLIP = 2. scaleunit %-23.7g +#K KCLEAN = 3. sigma %-23.7g +# +#K SALGORITHM = mode algorithm %-23s +#K ANNULUS = 6. scaleunit %-23.7g +#K DANNULUS = 12. scaleunit %-23.7g +#K SMAXITER = 10 number %-23d +#K SKREJECT = 3. sigma %-23.7g +#K SNREJECT = 50 number %-23d +#K KHIST = 3. sigma %-23.7g +#K BINSIZE = 0.1 sigma %-23.7g +#K SMOOTH = no switch %-23b +#K RGROW = 0. scaleunit %-23.7g +#K SKYVALUE = 0. counts %-23.7g +# +#K WEIGHTING = constant model %-23s +#K APERTURES = 3.0,5.0 scaleunit %-23s +#K ZMAG = 25. zeropoint %-23.7g +# +#N IMAGE XINIT YINIT ID COORDS LID \ +#U imagename pixels pixels ## filename ## \ +#F %-23s %-10.2f %-10.2f %-5d %-23s %-5d +# +#N XCENTER YCENTER XSHIFT YSHIFT XERR YERR CIER CERROR \ +#U pixels pixels pixels pixels pixels pixels ## cerrors \ +#F %-12.2f %-11.2f %-8.2f %-8.2f %-8.2f %-8.2f %-5d %-13s +# +#N MSKY STDEV SSKEW NSKY NSREJ SIER SERROR \ +#U counts counts counts npix npix ## serrors \ +#F %-18.7g %-15.7g %-15.7g %-7d %-6d %-5d %-13s +# +#N ITIME XAIRMASS IFILTER OTIME \ +#U timeunit number name timeunit \ +#F %-18.7g %-15.7g %-23s %-23s +# +#N RAPERT SUM AREA MAG MERR PIER PERROR \ +#U scale counts pixels mag mag ## perrors \ +#F %-12.2f %-15.7f %-15.7f %-7.3f %-6.3f %-5d %-13s +# +testim 41.05 4.01 1 testim.coo.1 1 \ + 41.05 4.01 0.00 0.00 INDEF INDEF 0 No_error \ + 101.2498 10.10408 3.265505 422 10 0 No_error \ + 1. INDEF INDEF INDEF \ + 3.00 4177.432 28.38464 17.212 0.055 0 No_error *\ + 5.00 0. 0. INDEF INDEF 302 Out_of_bounds * +testim 23.05 7.01 2 testim.coo.1 2 \ + 23.05 7.01 0.00 0.00 INDEF INDEF 0 No_error \ + 100.046 10.3039 5.156589 599 26 0 No_error \ + 1. INDEF INDEF INDEF \ + 3.00 3729.583 28.38464 17.627 0.078 0 No_error *\ + 5.00 9275.692 79.08551 17.163 0.083 0 No_error * +testim 18.01 7.98 3 testim.coo.1 3 \ + 18.01 7.98 0.00 0.00 INDEF INDEF 0 No_error \ + 99.18147 9.960084 4.406289 624 27 0 No_error \ + 1. INDEF INDEF INDEF \ + 3.00 3848.674 28.38741 17.465 0.066 0 No_error *\ + 5.00 9254.844 79.12583 17.129 0.078 0 No_error * +testim 25.99 22.00 4 testim.coo.1 4 \ + 25.99 22.00 0.00 0.00 INDEF INDEF 0 No_error \ + 100.8048 10.62133 5.339536 839 57 0 No_error \ + 1. INDEF INDEF INDEF \ + 3.00 4807.073 28.38794 16.777 0.040 0 No_error *\ + 5.00 10242.03 79.1264 16.612 0.053 0 No_error * +testim 35.99 22.00 5 testim.coo.1 5 \ + 35.99 22.00 0.00 0.00 INDEF INDEF 0 No_error \ + 101.8237 10.81446 5.27525 836 32 0 No_error \ + 1. INDEF INDEF INDEF \ + 3.00 5733.314 28.38794 16.366 0.030 0 No_error *\ + 5.00 11055.33 79.12638 16.308 0.041 0 No_error * +testim 8.00 22.96 6 testim.coo.1 6 \ + 8.00 22.96 0.00 0.00 INDEF INDEF 0 No_error \ + 98.55382 9.745545 -1.86605 642 15 0 No_error \ + 1. INDEF INDEF INDEF \ + 3.00 5121.953 28.38596 16.584 0.033 0 No_error *\ + 5.00 10346.71 79.10844 16.484 0.045 0 No_error * +testim 30.96 25.04 7 testim.coo.1 7 \ + 30.96 25.04 0.00 0.00 INDEF INDEF 0 No_error \ + 101.0168 10.24696 1.970369 865 39 0 No_error \ + 1. INDEF INDEF INDEF \ + 3.00 4406.198 28.38385 17.032 0.048 0 No_error *\ + 5.00 10425.96 79.07048 16.532 0.048 0 No_error * +testim 21.06 26.07 8 testim.coo.1 8 \ + 21.06 26.07 0.00 0.00 INDEF INDEF 0 No_error \ + 100.5127 10.64676 6.194943 841 65 0 No_error \ + 1. INDEF INDEF INDEF \ + 3.00 3008.981 28.37686 19.512 0.409 0 No_error *\ + 5.00 8254.723 78.98734 18.753 0.346 0 No_error * +testim 28.96 33.93 9 testim.coo.1 9 \ + 28.96 33.93 0.00 0.00 INDEF INDEF 0 No_error \ + 101.6732 10.37004 5.42453 845 61 0 No_error \ + 1. INDEF INDEF INDEF \ + 3.00 3637.463 28.37949 17.809 0.090 0 No_error *\ + 5.00 8691.696 79.00822 17.953 0.164 0 No_error * +testim 35.99 41.97 10 testim.coo.1 10 \ + 35.99 41.97 0.00 0.00 INDEF INDEF 0 No_error \ + 101.5544 10.21878 4.627132 673 19 0 No_error \ + 1. INDEF INDEF INDEF \ + 3.00 5199.237 28.38675 16.588 0.034 0 No_error *\ + 5.00 10383.58 79.12172 16.573 0.050 0 No_error * diff --git a/noao/digiphot/ptools/test/test2.dat b/noao/digiphot/ptools/test/test2.dat new file mode 100644 index 00000000..20ecab5c --- /dev/null +++ b/noao/digiphot/ptools/test/test2.dat @@ -0,0 +1,315 @@ +#K IRAF = NOAO/IRAF V2.9.version %-15s +#K USER = cmartin name %-15s +#K HOST = kepler computer %-15s +#K DATE = 05-24-91 mm-dd-yr %-15s +#K TIME = 15:13:50 hh:mm:ss %-15s +#K PACKAGE = apphot name %-15s +#K TASK = polyphot name %-15s +# +#K SCALE = 1. units %-15.7g +#K FWHMPSF = 1. scaleunit %-15.7g +#K EMISSION = yes switch %-15b +#K DATAMIN = INDEF counts %-15.7g +#K DATAMAX = INDEF counts %-15.7g +#K EXPOSURE = "" keyword %-15s +#K AIRMASS = "" keyword %-15s +#K FILTER = "" keyword %-15s +# +#K NOISE = poisson model %-15s +#K THRESHOLD = 0. counts %-15.7g +#K CTHRESHOLD = 0. counts %-15.7g +#K SIGMA = INDEF counts %-15.7g +#K GAIN = "" keyword %-15s +#K EPADU = 1. e-/adu %-15.7g +#K CCDREAD = "" keyword %-15s +#K READNOISE = 0. e- %-15.7g +# +#K CALGORITHM = centroid algorithm %-15s +#K CBOXWIDTH = 5. scaleunit %-15.7g +#K MAXSHIFT = 1. scaleunit %-15.7g +#K CMAXITER = 10 number %-15d +#K MINSNRATIO = 1. number %-15.7g +#K CLEAN = no switch %-15b +#K RCLEAN = 1. scaleunit %-15.7g +#K RCLIP = 2. scaleunit %-15.7g +#K KCLEAN = 3. sigma %-15.7g +# +#K SALGORITHM = mode algorithm %-15s +#K ANNULUS = 10. scaleunit %-15.7g +#K DANNULUS = 10. scaleunit %-15.7g +#K SMAXITER = 10 number %-15d +#K SKREJECT = 3. sigma %-15.7g +#K SNREJECT = 50 number %-15d +#K KHIST = 3. sigma %-15.7g +#K BINSIZE = 0.1 sigma %-15.7g +#K SMOOTH = no switch %-15b +#K RGROW = 0. scaleunit %-15.7g +#K SKYVALUE = 0. counts %-15.7g +# +#K WEIGHTING = constant model %-15s +#K ZMAG = 26. zeropoint %-15.7g +# +#N IMAGE XINIT YINIT ID COORDS LID \ +#U imagename pixels pixels ## filename ## \ +#F %-23s %-10.2f %-10.2f %-5d %-20s %-5d +# +#N XCENTER YCENTER XSHIFT YSHIFT XERR YERR CIER CERROR \ +#U pixels pixels pixels pixels pixels pixels ## cerrors \ +#F %-12.2f %-9.2f %-7.2f %-7.2f %-7.2f %-7.2f %-5d %-13s +# +#N MSKY STDEV SSKEW NSKY NSREJ SIER SERROR \ +#U counts counts counts npix npix ## serrors \ +#F %-18.7g %-15.7g %-15.7g %-7d %-6d %-5d %-13s +# +#N ITIME XAIRMASS IFILTER \ +#U timeunit number name \ +#F %-18.7g %-15.7g %-23s +# +#N SUM AREA MAG MERR PIER PERROR \ +#U counts pixels mag mag ## perrors \ +#F %-18.7g %-15.7g %-9.3f %-8.3f %-7d %-13s +# +#N POLYGONS PID OLDXMEAN OLDYMEAN XMEAN YMEAN MINRAD NVER \ +#U filename ## pixels pixels pixels pixels pixels ## \ +#F %-23s %-5d %-9.2f %-9.2f %-9.2f %-9.2f %-9.2f %-5d +# +#N XVERTEX YVERTEX \ +#U pixels pixels \ +#F %-12.2f %-9.2f +# +rot.N2903 186.64 195.51 1 nullfile 1 \ + 187.70 198.05 1.06 2.54 0.00 0.01 27 Shift_too_big \ + 11.29906 43.04229 33.70715 702 243 0 No_error \ + 1. INDEF INDEF \ + 412419.6 404.0344 11.974 0.003 0 No_error \ + ell.N2903 1 186.64 195.51 187.70 198.05 17.77 14 \ + 171.03 198.06 *\ + 176.03 203.81 *\ + 181.03 205.44 *\ + 186.03 206.08 *\ + 191.03 205.96 *\ + 196.03 205.04 *\ + 201.03 202.89 *\ + 204.37 198.05 *\ + 199.37 192.30 *\ + 194.37 190.66 *\ + 189.37 190.03 *\ + 184.37 190.15 *\ + 179.37 191.07 *\ + 174.37 193.22 * +rot.N2903 186.64 195.51 2 nullfile 2 \ + 187.70 198.05 1.06 2.54 0.00 0.01 27 Shift_too_big \ + 11.29906 43.04229 33.70715 702 243 0 No_error \ + 1. INDEF INDEF \ + 491112.9 1657.524 11.814 0.008 0 No_error \ + ell.N2903 2 186.64 195.51 187.70 198.05 34.43 28 \ + 154.37 198.06 *\ + 159.37 206.55 *\ + 164.37 209.57 *\ + 169.37 211.52 *\ + 174.37 212.83 *\ + 179.37 213.67 *\ + 184.37 214.10 *\ + 189.37 214.16 *\ + 194.37 213.86 *\ + 199.37 213.16 *\ + 204.37 212.02 *\ + 209.37 210.31 *\ + 214.37 207.73 *\ + 219.37 203.09 *\ + 221.03 198.05 *\ + 216.03 189.56 *\ + 211.03 186.54 *\ + 206.03 184.59 *\ + 201.03 183.27 *\ + 196.03 182.44 *\ + 191.03 182.01 *\ + 186.03 181.95 *\ + 181.03 182.25 *\ + 176.03 182.95 *\ + 171.03 184.09 *\ + 166.03 185.80 *\ + 161.03 188.38 *\ + 156.03 193.02 * +rot.N2903 186.64 195.51 3 nullfile 3 \ + 187.70 198.05 1.06 2.54 0.00 0.01 27 Shift_too_big \ + 11.29906 43.04229 33.70715 702 243 0 No_error \ + 1. INDEF INDEF \ + 692970.2 3752.306 11.467 0.011 0 No_error \ + ell.N2903 3 186.64 195.51 187.70 198.05 51.10 42 \ + 137.70 198.05 *\ + 142.70 208.60 *\ + 147.70 212.57 *\ + 152.70 215.33 *\ + 157.70 217.41 *\ + 162.70 219.00 *\ + 167.70 220.23 *\ + 172.70 221.13 *\ + 177.70 221.76 *\ + 182.70 222.12 *\ + 187.70 222.24 *\ + 192.70 222.12 *\ + 197.70 221.76 *\ + 202.70 221.13 *\ + 207.70 220.23 *\ + 212.70 219.00 *\ + 217.70 217.41 *\ + 222.70 215.33 *\ + 227.70 212.57 *\ + 232.70 208.60 *\ + 237.70 198.05 *\ + 237.70 198.05 *\ + 232.70 187.51 *\ + 227.70 183.54 *\ + 222.70 180.78 *\ + 217.70 178.70 *\ + 212.70 177.11 *\ + 207.70 175.88 *\ + 202.70 174.98 *\ + 197.70 174.35 *\ + 192.70 173.99 *\ + 187.70 173.87 *\ + 182.70 173.99 *\ + 177.70 174.35 *\ + 172.70 174.98 *\ + 167.70 175.88 *\ + 162.70 177.11 *\ + 157.70 178.70 *\ + 152.70 180.78 *\ + 147.70 183.54 *\ + 142.70 187.51 *\ + 137.70 198.05 * +rot.N2903 186.64 195.51 4 nullfile 4 \ + 187.70 198.05 1.06 2.55 0.00 0.01 27 Shift_too_big \ + 11.29906 43.04229 33.70715 702 243 0 No_error \ + 1. INDEF INDEF \ + 1187322. 6709.435 10.885 0.011 0 No_error \ + ell.N2903 4 186.64 195.51 187.70 198.05 67.77 54 \ + 121.03 198.06 *\ + 126.03 210.31 *\ + 131.03 215.05 *\ + 136.03 218.44 *\ + 141.03 221.09 *\ + 146.03 223.23 *\ + 151.03 224.99 *\ + 156.03 226.44 *\ + 161.03 227.62 *\ + 166.03 228.56 *\ + 171.03 229.28 *\ + 176.03 229.81 *\ + 181.03 230.15 *\ + 186.03 230.30 *\ + 191.03 230.27 *\ + 196.03 230.05 *\ + 201.03 229.66 *\ + 206.03 229.06 *\ + 211.03 228.27 *\ + 216.03 227.25 *\ + 221.03 225.99 *\ + 226.03 224.44 *\ + 231.03 222.57 *\ + 236.03 220.27 *\ + 241.03 217.41 *\ + 246.03 213.67 *\ + 251.03 208.13 *\ + 254.37 198.04 *\ + 249.37 185.80 *\ + 244.37 181.06 *\ + 239.37 177.67 *\ + 234.37 175.02 *\ + 229.37 172.88 *\ + 224.37 171.12 *\ + 219.37 169.67 *\ + 214.37 168.50 *\ + 209.37 167.55 *\ + 204.37 166.83 *\ + 199.37 166.30 *\ + 194.37 165.96 *\ + 189.37 165.81 *\ + 184.37 165.84 *\ + 179.37 166.06 *\ + 174.37 166.45 *\ + 169.37 167.05 *\ + 164.37 167.84 *\ + 159.37 168.86 *\ + 154.37 170.12 *\ + 149.37 171.67 *\ + 144.37 173.55 *\ + 139.37 175.84 *\ + 134.37 178.70 *\ + 129.37 182.44 *\ + 124.37 187.98 * +rot.N2903 186.64 195.51 5 nullfile 5 \ + 187.70 198.05 1.06 2.54 0.00 0.01 27 Shift_too_big \ + 11.29906 43.04229 33.70715 702 243 0 No_error \ + 1. INDEF INDEF \ + 1607853. 10511.2 10.568 0.013 0 No_error \ + ell.N2903 5 186.64 195.51 187.70 198.05 84.43 68 \ + 104.37 198.05 *\ + 109.37 211.81 *\ + 114.37 217.20 *\ + 119.37 221.13 *\ + 124.37 224.26 *\ + 129.37 226.85 *\ + 134.37 229.03 *\ + 139.37 230.90 *\ + 144.37 232.49 *\ + 149.37 233.85 *\ + 154.37 235.00 *\ + 159.37 235.97 *\ + 164.37 236.76 *\ + 169.37 237.38 *\ + 174.37 237.85 *\ + 179.37 238.17 *\ + 184.37 238.34 *\ + 189.37 238.36 *\ + 194.37 238.24 *\ + 199.37 237.97 *\ + 204.37 237.56 *\ + 209.37 236.98 *\ + 214.37 236.25 *\ + 219.37 235.35 *\ + 224.37 234.26 *\ + 229.37 232.97 *\ + 234.37 231.46 *\ + 239.37 229.69 *\ + 244.37 227.61 *\ + 249.37 225.17 *\ + 254.37 222.24 *\ + 259.37 218.63 *\ + 264.37 213.86 *\ + 269.37 206.08 *\ + 271.03 198.05 *\ + 266.03 184.30 *\ + 261.03 178.91 *\ + 256.03 174.98 *\ + 251.03 171.85 *\ + 246.03 169.26 *\ + 241.03 167.08 *\ + 236.03 165.21 *\ + 231.03 163.62 *\ + 226.03 162.26 *\ + 221.03 161.10 *\ + 216.03 160.14 *\ + 211.03 159.35 *\ + 206.03 158.73 *\ + 201.03 158.26 *\ + 196.03 157.94 *\ + 191.03 157.77 *\ + 186.03 157.75 *\ + 181.03 157.87 *\ + 176.03 158.14 *\ + 171.03 158.55 *\ + 166.03 159.13 *\ + 161.03 159.86 *\ + 156.03 160.76 *\ + 151.03 161.85 *\ + 146.03 163.14 *\ + 141.03 164.65 *\ + 136.03 166.42 *\ + 131.03 168.49 *\ + 126.03 170.94 *\ + 121.03 173.87 *\ + 116.03 177.48 *\ + 111.03 182.25 *\ + 106.03 190.03 * diff --git a/noao/digiphot/ptools/txcalc.par b/noao/digiphot/ptools/txcalc.par new file mode 100644 index 00000000..d557d988 --- /dev/null +++ b/noao/digiphot/ptools/txcalc.par @@ -0,0 +1,6 @@ +# TXCALC Parameters + +textfiles,s,a,,,,Input apphot/daophot text database(s) +field,s,a,,,,Field to be edited +value,s,a,,,,New value or expression for field +mode,s,h,"ql",,,Mode of task diff --git a/noao/digiphot/ptools/txconcat.par b/noao/digiphot/ptools/txconcat.par new file mode 100644 index 00000000..57249639 --- /dev/null +++ b/noao/digiphot/ptools/txconcat.par @@ -0,0 +1,6 @@ +# TXCONCAT Parameters + +textfiles,s,a,,,,Input apphot/daophot text databases to be concatenated +outfile,s,a,,,,Output apphot/daophot text database +task,s,h,"TASK",,,Task name keyword +mode,s,h,"ql",,,Mode of task diff --git a/noao/digiphot/ptools/txdump.par b/noao/digiphot/ptools/txdump.par new file mode 100644 index 00000000..ce400817 --- /dev/null +++ b/noao/digiphot/ptools/txdump.par @@ -0,0 +1,8 @@ +# TXDUMP Parameters + +textfiles,s,a,,,,Input apphot/daophot text database(s) +fields,s,a,,,,Fields to be extracted +expr,s,a,yes,,,Boolean expression for record selection +headers,b,h,no,,,Print the field headers ? +parameters,b,h,yes,,,Print the parameters if headers is yes ? +mode,s,h,"ql",,,Mode of task diff --git a/noao/digiphot/ptools/txrenumber.par b/noao/digiphot/ptools/txrenumber.par new file mode 100644 index 00000000..a9140216 --- /dev/null +++ b/noao/digiphot/ptools/txrenumber.par @@ -0,0 +1,6 @@ +# TXRENUMBER Parameters + +textfiles,s,a,,,,Input apphot/daophot text database(s) to be renumbered +idoffset,i,h,0,,,Id number offset +id,s,h,ID,,,Id name keyword +mode,s,h,"ql",,,Mode of task diff --git a/noao/digiphot/ptools/txselect.par b/noao/digiphot/ptools/txselect.par new file mode 100644 index 00000000..080bc6d7 --- /dev/null +++ b/noao/digiphot/ptools/txselect.par @@ -0,0 +1,6 @@ +# TXSELECT Parameters + +textfiles,s,a,,,,Input apphot/daophot text database(s) +outfiles,s,a,,,,Output apphot/daophot text databases(s) +expr,s,a,"yes",,,Boolean expression for record selection +mode,s,h,"ql",,,Mode of task diff --git a/noao/digiphot/ptools/txsort.par b/noao/digiphot/ptools/txsort.par new file mode 100644 index 00000000..95cc14e4 --- /dev/null +++ b/noao/digiphot/ptools/txsort.par @@ -0,0 +1,6 @@ +# TXSORT Parameters + +textfiles,s,a,,,,Input apphot/daophot text database(s) to be sorted +field,s,a,MAG,,,Field to be sorted on +ascend,b,h,yes,,,Sort in increasing value order? +mode,s,h,"ql",,,Mode of task diff --git a/noao/digiphot/ptools/txtools/mkpkg b/noao/digiphot/ptools/txtools/mkpkg new file mode 100644 index 00000000..55485e70 --- /dev/null +++ b/noao/digiphot/ptools/txtools/mkpkg @@ -0,0 +1,23 @@ +# TXTOOLS tasks + +$checkout libpkg.a ".." +$update libpkg.a +$checkin libpkg.a ".." +$exit + +libpkg.a: + t_txconcat.x ../../lib/ptkeysdef.h <fset.h> <error.h> + t_txdump.x + ptxdump.x <fset.h> <error.h> <evexpr.h> ../../lib/ptkeysdef.h + t_txcalc.x <fset.h> + ptxcalc.x ../../lib/ptkeysdef.h <error.h> \ + <ctype.h> <evexpr.h> + t_txrenumber.x <fset.h> + ptrenumb.x ../../lib/ptkeysdef.h + t_txsort.x <fset.h> + ptsortnum.x <ctype.h> ../../lib/ptkeysdef.h + ptqsort.x + t_txselect.x <fset.h> + ptxselect.x ../../lib/ptkeysdef.h <error.h> \ + <ctype.h> <evexpr.h> + ; diff --git a/noao/digiphot/ptools/txtools/ptqsort.x b/noao/digiphot/ptools/txtools/ptqsort.x new file mode 100644 index 00000000..3883424f --- /dev/null +++ b/noao/digiphot/ptools/txtools/ptqsort.x @@ -0,0 +1,215 @@ +define LOGPTR 20 # log2(maxpts) (1e6) + +# PT_QSORT -- Vector Quicksort. In this version the index array is +# sorted. + +procedure pt_qsortr (data, a, b, npix) + +real data[ARB] # data array +int a[ARB], b[ARB] # index array +int npix # number of pixels + +int i, j, lv[LOGPTR], p, uv[LOGPTR], temp +real pivot + +begin + # Initialize the indices for an inplace sort. + do i = 1, npix + a[i] = i + call amovi (a, b, npix) + + p = 1 + lv[1] = 1 + uv[1] = npix + while (p > 0) { + + # If only one elem in subset pop stack otherwise pivot line. + if (lv[p] >= uv[p]) + p = p - 1 + else { + i = lv[p] - 1 + j = uv[p] + pivot = data[b[j]] + + while (i < j) { + for (i=i+1; data[b[i]] < pivot; i=i+1) + ; + for (j=j-1; j > i; j=j-1) + if (data[b[j]] <= pivot) + break + if (i < j) { # out of order pair + temp = b[j] # interchange elements + b[j] = b[i] + b[i] = temp + } + } + + j = uv[p] # move pivot to position i + temp = b[j] # interchange elements + b[j] = b[i] + b[i] = temp + + if (i-lv[p] < uv[p] - i) { # stack so shorter done first + lv[p+1] = lv[p] + uv[p+1] = i - 1 + lv[p] = i + 1 + } else { + lv[p+1] = i + 1 + uv[p+1] = uv[p] + uv[p] = i - 1 + } + + p = p + 1 # push onto stack + } + } +end + + +# PT_QSORT -- Vector Quicksort. In this version the index array is +# sorted. + +procedure pt_qsorti (data, a, b, npix) + +int data[ARB] # data array +int a[ARB], b[ARB] # index array +int npix # number of pixels + +int i, j, lv[LOGPTR], p, uv[LOGPTR], temp +int pivot + +begin + # Initialize the indices for an inplace sort. + do i = 1, npix + a[i] = i + call amovi (a, b, npix) + + p = 1 + lv[1] = 1 + uv[1] = npix + while (p > 0) { + + # If only one elem in subset pop stack otherwise pivot line. + if (lv[p] >= uv[p]) + p = p - 1 + else { + i = lv[p] - 1 + j = uv[p] + pivot = data[b[j]] + + while (i < j) { + for (i=i+1; data[b[i]] < pivot; i=i+1) + ; + for (j=j-1; j > i; j=j-1) + if (data[b[j]] <= pivot) + break + if (i < j) { # out of order pair + temp = b[j] # interchange elements + b[j] = b[i] + b[i] = temp + } + } + + j = uv[p] # move pivot to position i + temp = b[j] # interchange elements + b[j] = b[i] + b[i] = temp + + if (i-lv[p] < uv[p] - i) { # stack so shorter done first + lv[p+1] = lv[p] + uv[p+1] = i - 1 + lv[p] = i + 1 + } else { + lv[p+1] = i + 1 + uv[p+1] = uv[p] + uv[p] = i - 1 + } + + p = p + 1 # push onto stack + } + } +end + + +# PT_QSORT -- Vector Quicksort. In this version the index array is +# sorted. + +procedure pt_qsortb (data, a, b, npix) + +bool data[ARB] # data array +int a[ARB], b[ARB] # index array +int npix # number of pixels + +int i, j, lv[LOGPTR], p, uv[LOGPTR], temp +bool pivot +int pt_compareb() + +begin + # Initialize the indices for an inplace sort. + do i = 1, npix + a[i] = i + call amovi (a, b, npix) + + p = 1 + lv[1] = 1 + uv[1] = npix + while (p > 0) { + + # If only one elem in subset pop stack otherwise pivot line. + if (lv[p] >= uv[p]) + p = p - 1 + else { + i = lv[p] - 1 + j = uv[p] + pivot = data[b[j]] + + while (i < j) { + #for (i=i+1; data[b[i]] != pivot; i=i+1) + for (i=i+1; pt_compareb (data[b[i]], pivot) < 0; i=i+1) + ; + for (j=j-1; j > i; j=j-1) + #if (data[b[j]] != pivot) + if (pt_compareb (data[b[j]], pivot) <= 0) + break + if (i < j) { # out of order pair + temp = b[j] # interchange elements + b[j] = b[i] + b[i] = temp + } + } + + j = uv[p] # move pivot to position i + temp = b[j] # interchange elements + b[j] = b[i] + b[i] = temp + + if (i-lv[p] < uv[p] - i) { # stack so shorter done first + lv[p+1] = lv[p] + uv[p+1] = i - 1 + lv[p] = i + 1 + } else { + lv[p+1] = i + 1 + uv[p+1] = uv[p] + uv[p] = i - 1 + } + + p = p + 1 # push onto stack + } + } +end + + +# PT_COMPAREB -- Compare to booleans for the sort routine. + +int procedure pt_compareb (a, b) + +bool a # first boolean +bool b # second boolean + +begin + if (! a && b) + return (-1) + else if (a && ! b) + return (1) + else + return (0) +end diff --git a/noao/digiphot/ptools/txtools/ptrenumb.x b/noao/digiphot/ptools/txtools/ptrenumb.x new file mode 100644 index 00000000..85fee34a --- /dev/null +++ b/noao/digiphot/ptools/txtools/ptrenumb.x @@ -0,0 +1,221 @@ +include "../../lib/ptkeysdef.h" + +# PT_RENUMBER -- Renumber the input file. + +int procedure pt_renumber (tp_in, tp_out, idoffset, id) + +int tp_in # the input text file descriptor +int tp_out # the output text file descriptor +int idoffset # the id number offset +char id[ARB] # the name of the id column + +int first_rec, nunique, uunique, funique, record +int ncontinue, recptr, nchars, field +pointer key, line +int getline(), strncmp(), pt_kstati() + +begin + # Initialize keyword structure. + call pt_kyinit (key) + + # Initialize the file read. + first_rec = YES + nunique = 0 + uunique = 0 + funique = 0 + record = 0 + call malloc (line, SZ_LINE, TY_CHAR) + + # Initilize the record read. + ncontinue = 0 + recptr = 1 + + # Loop over the text file records. + repeat { + + # Read in a line of the text file. + nchars = getline (tp_in, Memc[line]) + if (nchars == EOF) + break + + # Determine the type of record. + if (Memc[line] == KY_CHAR_POUND) { + + if (strncmp (Memc[line], KY_CHAR_KEYWORD, KY_LEN_STR) == 0) { + call pt_kyadd (key, Memc[line], nchars) + call putline (tp_out, Memc[line]) + } else if (strncmp (Memc[line], KY_CHAR_NAME, + KY_LEN_STR) == 0) { + nunique = nunique + 1 + call pt_kname (key, Memc[line], nchars, nunique) + call putline (tp_out, Memc[line]) + } else if (strncmp (Memc[line], KY_CHAR_UNITS, + KY_LEN_STR) == 0) { + uunique = uunique + 1 + call pt_knunits (key, Memc[line], nchars, uunique) + call putline (tp_out, Memc[line]) + } else if (strncmp (Memc[line], KY_CHAR_FORMAT, + KY_LEN_STR) == 0) { + funique = funique + 1 + call pt_knformats (key, Memc[line], nchars, funique) + call putline (tp_out, Memc[line]) + } else { + # skip lines beginning with # sign + call putline (tp_out, Memc[line]) + } + + } else if (Memc[line] == KY_CHAR_NEWLINE) { + + # skip blank lines + call putline (tp_out, Memc[line]) + + } else { + + # Check that the ID column exists and its datatype is + # integer. + + if (first_rec == YES) { + field = pt_kstati (key, id, KY_INDEX) + if (field <= 0) + break + if (pt_kstati (key, id, KY_DATATYPE) != TY_INT) + break + } + + # Replace the ID string. + call pt_idreplace (key, field, 1, Memc[line], nchars, + record + idoffset + 1, first_rec, recptr, ncontinue) + + # Write the output record. + call putline (tp_out, Memc[line]) + + # Do the record book-keeping. + if (Memc[line+nchars-2] != KY_CHAR_CONT) { + + # Increment the record counter. + record = record + 1 + first_rec = NO + + # Reinitialize the record read. + ncontinue = 0 + recptr = 1 + } + } + + } + + # Cleanup. + call mfree (line, TY_CHAR) + call pt_kyfree (key) + + return (record) +end + + +# PT_IDREPLACE -- Replace the id with the current record number. + +procedure pt_idreplace (key, field, element, line, nchars, record, first_rec, + recptr, ncontinue) + +pointer key # pointer to record structure +int field # field to be fetched +int element # field array element +char line[ARB] # input line +int nchars # length of line array +int record # current record number +int first_rec # first record +int recptr # line per record index +int ncontinue # number of unique lines per record + +int len, i, cip, nper_line, nokeys, nckeys, nkeys +pointer sp, str + +begin + call smark (sp) + call salloc (str, SZ_FNAME, TY_CHAR) + + # The number of header columns defined by #K at the beginning of + # the file is nokeys. + if (recptr == 1) + nokeys = KY_NPKEYS(key) + + # Increment the continuation statement counter or reset to 0. + if (line[nchars-2] == '*') + ncontinue = ncontinue + 1 + else + ncontinue = 0 + + # Replace the current id with the record number. + cip = 1 + if (ncontinue < 1) { + + nper_line = Memi[KY_NPLINE(key)+recptr-1] + nkeys = nokeys + nper_line + call amovki (int(1), Memi[KY_NELEMS(key)+nokeys], nper_line) + + do i = nokeys + 1, nkeys { + len = Memi[KY_KINDICES(key)+i-1] + if (i == field) { + call sprintf (Memc[str], SZ_FNAME, "%*s") + call pargi (-len) + call pargi (record) + call amovc (Memc[str], line[cip], len) + } + cip = cip + len + } + + recptr = recptr + 1 + nokeys = nkeys + + } else if (ncontinue == 1) { + + nckeys = nokeys + 1 + nkeys = nokeys + Memi[KY_NPLINE(key)+recptr-1] + + if (first_rec == YES) { + Memi[KY_NCONTINUE(key)+recptr-1] = KY_NLINES + do i = nckeys, nkeys + call malloc (Memi[KY_PTRS(key)+i-1], KY_NLINES * + Memi[KY_KINDICES(key)+i-1], TY_CHAR) + } + + do i = nckeys, nkeys { + len = Memi[KY_KINDICES(key)+i-1] + if ((i == field) && (element == 1)) { + call sprintf (Memc[str], SZ_FNAME, "%*s") + call pargi (-len) + call pargi (record) + call amovc (Memc[str], line[cip], len) + } + cip = cip + len + } + + nokeys = nkeys + recptr = recptr + 1 + + } else { + + if (ncontinue > Memi[KY_NCONTINUE(key)+recptr-2]) { + Memi[KY_NCONTINUE(key)+recptr-2] = + Memi[KY_NCONTINUE(key)+recptr-2] + KY_NLINES + do i = nckeys, nkeys + call realloc (Memi[KY_PTRS(key)+i-1], + Memi[KY_NCONTINUE(key)+recptr-2] * + Memi[KY_KINDICES(key)+i-1], TY_CHAR) + } + + do i = nckeys, nkeys { + len = Memi[KY_KINDICES(key)+i-1] + if ((i == field) && (element == ncontinue)) { + call sprintf (Memc[str], SZ_FNAME, "%*s") + call pargi (-len) + call pargi (record) + call amovc (Memc[str], line[cip], len) + } + Memi[KY_NELEMS(key)+i-1] = ncontinue + cip = cip + len + } + } + + call sfree (sp) +end diff --git a/noao/digiphot/ptools/txtools/ptsortnum.x b/noao/digiphot/ptools/txtools/ptsortnum.x new file mode 100644 index 00000000..463b2f38 --- /dev/null +++ b/noao/digiphot/ptools/txtools/ptsortnum.x @@ -0,0 +1,446 @@ +include <ctype.h> +include "../../lib/ptkeysdef.h" + +# PT_SORTNUM -- Decode the column used for the sort, compute the file +# record structure map, sort on the extracted column, reorder the +# input file and write the output file. + +int procedure pt_sortnum (tp_in, tp_out, column, ascend) + +pointer tp_in # input Table descriptor +pointer tp_out # output Table descriptor +char column[ARB] # column name for sort +int ascend # forward sort + +int coltype, colwidth, nrecs +pointer key, colptr, colindex, recmap +int pt_colmap() + +begin + # Initialize. + call pt_kyinit (key) + colptr = NULL + colindex = NULL + recmap = NULL + + # Decode the sort column and map the record structure. + nrecs = pt_colmap (key, tp_in, tp_out, column, colptr, colindex, + coltype, colwidth, recmap) + + # Sort the column and write the output file. + if (nrecs > 0) { + call pt_colsort (colptr, Memi[colindex], nrecs, coltype) + if (ascend == NO) + call pt_flipi (Memi[colindex], nrecs) + call pt_reorder (tp_in, tp_out, Memi[recmap], Memi[colindex], nrecs) + } + + # Free space. + if (colptr != NULL) + call mfree (colptr, coltype) + if (colindex != NULL) + call mfree (colindex, TY_INT) + if (recmap != NULL) + call mfree (recmap, TY_INT) + call pt_kyfree (key) + + return (nrecs) +end + + +define BUFSIZE 1000 + +# PT_COLMAP -- Decode the column to be sorted and compute the record +# structure of the file. + +int procedure pt_colmap (key, tp_in, tp_out, column, colptr, colindex, coltype, + bufwidth, recmap) + +pointer key # pointer to the database structure +int tp_in # the input text file descriptor +int tp_out # the output text file descriptor +char column[ARB] # column to be sorted +pointer colptr # pointer to extracted column array +pointer colindex # pointer to index array for extracted column +int coltype # data type of the column to be sorted +int bufwidth # column width if chars +pointer recmap # pointer to the record structure map + +int first_rec, nunique, uunique, funique, record +int ncontinue, recptr, nchars, szbuf, colwidth, field, element +long loffset, roffset +pointer sp, line, name, value +int getline(), strncmp(), pt_kstati() +long note() + +begin + call smark (sp) + call salloc (line, SZ_LINE, TY_CHAR) + call salloc (name, SZ_FNAME, TY_CHAR) + call salloc (value, SZ_FNAME, TY_CHAR) + + # Initialize the file read. + first_rec = YES + nunique = 0 + uunique = 0 + funique = 0 + record = 0 + szbuf = 0 + + # Initilize the record read. + ncontinue = 0 + recptr = 1 + + # Loop over the text file records. + repeat { + + # Read in a line of the text file. + loffset = note (tp_in) + nchars = getline (tp_in, Memc[line]) + if (nchars == EOF) + break + + # Determine the type of record. + if (Memc[line] == KY_CHAR_POUND) { + + if (strncmp (Memc[line], KY_CHAR_KEYWORD, KY_LEN_STR) == 0) { + call pt_kyadd (key, Memc[line], nchars) + if (first_rec == YES) + call putline (tp_out, Memc[line]) + } else if (strncmp (Memc[line], KY_CHAR_NAME, + KY_LEN_STR) == 0) { + nunique = nunique + 1 + call pt_kname (key, Memc[line], nchars, nunique) + call putline (tp_out, Memc[line]) + } else if (strncmp (Memc[line], KY_CHAR_UNITS, + KY_LEN_STR) == 0) { + uunique = uunique + 1 + call pt_knunits (key, Memc[line], nchars, uunique) + call putline (tp_out, Memc[line]) + } else if (strncmp (Memc[line], KY_CHAR_FORMAT, + KY_LEN_STR) == 0) { + funique = funique + 1 + call pt_knformats (key, Memc[line], nchars, funique) + call putline (tp_out, Memc[line]) + } else { + # skip lines beginning with # sign + call putline (tp_out, Memc[line]) + } + + } else if (Memc[line] == KY_CHAR_NEWLINE) { + # skip blank lines + call putline (tp_out, Memc[line]) + + } else { + + # Get the variable index. + if (first_rec == YES) { + call pt_kid (column, Memc[name], element) + field = pt_kstati (key, Memc[name], KY_INDEX) + if (field <= 0) + break + } + + # Save the offset of the beginning of the current record. + if (recptr == 1) + roffset = loffset + + # Construct the data record. + call pt_kgfield (key, field, element, Memc[line], nchars, + Memc[value], first_rec, recptr, ncontinue) + + # Decode the selected fields. + if (Memc[line+nchars-2] != KY_CHAR_CONT) { + + # Select the appropriate column, get its datatype and + # allocate the appropriate space. + + if (first_rec == YES) { + element = pt_kstati (key, column, KY_ELEMENT) + if (IS_INDEFI(element)) + break + coltype = pt_kstati (key, column, KY_DATATYPE) + if (IS_INDEFI(coltype)) + break + colwidth = pt_kstati (key, column, KY_LENGTH) + if (coltype == TY_CHAR) + bufwidth = colwidth + 1 + else + bufwidth = 1 + } + + # Reallocate buffer space if necessary. + if (record >= szbuf) { + szbuf = szbuf + BUFSIZE + if (coltype == TY_CHAR) + call realloc (colptr, szbuf * bufwidth, TY_CHAR) + else + call realloc (colptr, szbuf, coltype) + call realloc (colindex, szbuf, TY_INT) + call realloc (recmap, szbuf, TY_INT) + } + + # Decode the selected column. + record = record + 1 + Memi[colindex+record-1] = 1 + (record - 1) * bufwidth + Memi[recmap+record-1] = roffset + call pt_gsrt (Memc[value], colptr, coltype, bufwidth, + record) + first_rec = NO + + # Reinitialize the record read. + ncontinue = 0 + recptr = 1 + } + } + + } + + # Cleanup. + call sfree (sp) + return (record) +end + + +# PT_KGFIELD -- Fetch a single fields from the input file. + +procedure pt_kgfield (key, field, element, line, nchars, value, first_rec, + recptr, ncontinue) + +pointer key # pointer to record structure +int field # field to be fetched +int element # field array element +char line[ARB] # input line +int nchars # length of line array +char value[ARB] # the field value +int first_rec # first record +int recptr # line per record index +int ncontinue # number of unique lines per record + +int len, i, cip, nper_line, nokeys, nckeys, nkeys + +begin + # Fetch the value if it is a #K parameter as this will already + # be sorted in the key structure. + + if ((recptr == 1) && (field <= KY_NPKEYS(key))) { + len = Memi[KY_KINDICES(key)+field-1] + call amovc (Memc[Memi[KY_PTRS(key)+field-1]], value, len) + value[len+1] = EOS + } + + # The number of header columns defined by #K at the beginning of + # the file is nokeys. + if (recptr == 1) + nokeys = KY_NPKEYS(key) + + # Increment the continuation statement counter or reset to 0. + if (line[nchars-2] == '*') + ncontinue = ncontinue + 1 + else + ncontinue = 0 + + # Fill in the record. + cip = 1 + if (ncontinue < 1) { + + nper_line = Memi[KY_NPLINE(key)+recptr-1] + nkeys = nokeys + nper_line + call amovki (int(1), Memi[KY_NELEMS(key)+nokeys], nper_line) + + do i = nokeys + 1, nkeys { + len = Memi[KY_KINDICES(key)+i-1] + if (i == field) { + call amovc (line[cip], value, len) + value[len+1] = EOS + } + cip = cip + len + } + + recptr = recptr + 1 + nokeys = nkeys + + } else if (ncontinue == 1) { + + nckeys = nokeys + 1 + nkeys = nokeys + Memi[KY_NPLINE(key)+recptr-1] + + if (first_rec == YES) { + Memi[KY_NCONTINUE(key)+recptr-1] = KY_NLINES + do i = nckeys, nkeys + call malloc (Memi[KY_PTRS(key)+i-1], KY_NLINES * + Memi[KY_KINDICES(key)+i-1], TY_CHAR) + } + + do i = nckeys, nkeys { + len = Memi[KY_KINDICES(key)+i-1] + if ((i == field) && (element == 1)) { + call amovc (line[cip], value, len) + value[len+1] = EOS + } + cip = cip + len + } + + nokeys = nkeys + recptr = recptr + 1 + + } else { + + if (ncontinue > Memi[KY_NCONTINUE(key)+recptr-2]) { + Memi[KY_NCONTINUE(key)+recptr-2] = + Memi[KY_NCONTINUE(key)+recptr-2] + KY_NLINES + do i = nckeys, nokeys + call realloc (Memi[KY_PTRS(key)+i-1], + Memi[KY_NCONTINUE(key)+recptr-2] * + Memi[KY_KINDICES(key)+i-1], TY_CHAR) + } + + do i = nckeys, nkeys { + len = Memi[KY_KINDICES(key)+i-1] + if ((i == field) && (element == ncontinue)) { + call amovc (line[cip], value, len) + value[len+1] = EOS + } + Memi[KY_NELEMS(key)+i-1] = ncontinue + cip = cip + len + } + } +end + + +# PT_COLSORT -- Sort the column. + +procedure pt_colsort (colptr, colindex, nrecs, coltype) + +pointer colptr # array of column pointers +int colindex[ARB] # column indices +int nrecs # number of records +int coltype # column type + +begin + # Sort the column. + switch (coltype) { + case TY_INT: + call pt_qsorti (Memi[colptr], colindex, colindex, nrecs) + case TY_REAL: + call pt_qsortr (Memr[colptr], colindex, colindex, nrecs) + case TY_CHAR: + call strsrt (colindex, Memc[colptr], nrecs) + case TY_BOOL: + call pt_qsortb (Memb[colptr], colindex, colindex, nrecs) + } +end + + +# PT_REORDER -- Reorder the input file and write it to the output file. + +procedure pt_reorder (tp_in, tp_out, recmap, colindex, nrecs) + +int tp_in # input table file descriptor +int tp_out # output file descriptor +int recmap[ARB] # record strucuture map +int colindex[ARB] # column index +int nrecs # number of records + +int i +long lptr +pointer sp, line + +begin + call smark (sp) + call salloc (line, SZ_LINE, TY_CHAR) + + do i = 1, nrecs { + lptr = recmap[colindex[i]] + call seek (tp_in, lptr) + call pt_rwrecord (tp_in, tp_out, Memc[line]) + } + + call sfree (sp) +end + + +# PT_GSRT -- Decode the column to be sorted. + +procedure pt_gsrt (value, colptr, coltype, colwidth, record) + +char value[ARB] # value to be decoded +pointer colptr # pointer to the decode column +int coltype # the data type of the sort column +int colwidth # width of the column +int record # the current record number + +int ip +int ctoi(), ctor(), ctowrd() + +begin + # Decode the output value. + ip = 1 + switch (coltype) { + case TY_INT: + if (ctoi (value, ip, Memi[colptr+record-1]) <= 0) + Memi[colptr+record-1] = INDEFI + case TY_REAL: + if (ctor (value, ip, Memr[colptr+record-1]) <= 0) + Memr[colptr+record-1] = INDEFR + case TY_BOOL: + while (IS_WHITE(value[ip])) + ip = ip + 1 + switch (value[ip]) { + case 'Y', 'y': + Memb[colptr+record-1] = true + case 'N', 'n': + Memb[colptr+record-1] = false + default: + Memb[colptr+record-1] = false + } + case TY_CHAR: + if (ctowrd (value, ip, Memc[colptr+(record-1)*colwidth], + colwidth) <= 0) + Memc[colptr+(record-1)*colwidth] = EOS + default: + ; + } +end + + +# PT_FLIPI -- Filp an integer array in place. + +procedure pt_flipi (a, npix) + +int a[ARB] # array to be flipped +int npix # number of pixels + +int i, nhalf, ntotal, itemp + +begin + nhalf = npix / 2 + ntotal = npix + 1 + do i = 1, nhalf { + itemp = a[i] + a[i] = a[ntotal-i] + a[ntotal-i] = itemp + } +end + + +# PT_RWRECORD -- Read a text record and write it out to the output file. + +procedure pt_rwrecord (tp_in, tp_out, line) + +int tp_in # input file descriptor +int tp_out # output file descriptor +char line[ARB] # line buffer + +int nchars +int getline() + +begin + nchars = getline (tp_in, line) + while (nchars != EOF) { + call putline (tp_out, line) + if (line[nchars-1] != KY_CHAR_CONT) + break + nchars = getline (tp_in, line) + } +end diff --git a/noao/digiphot/ptools/txtools/ptxcalc.x b/noao/digiphot/ptools/txtools/ptxcalc.x new file mode 100644 index 00000000..5e3d07ac --- /dev/null +++ b/noao/digiphot/ptools/txtools/ptxcalc.x @@ -0,0 +1,255 @@ +include <ctype.h> +include <error.h> +include <evexpr.h> +include "../../lib/ptkeysdef.h" + +define LEN_LONGLINE 10 + +# PT_XCALC -- Edit a field in a record using a value expression and a +# a selection expression. + +int procedure pt_xcalc (tp_in, tp_out, field, value, expr) + +int tp_in # the input text file descriptor +int tp_out # the output text file descriptor +char field[ARB] # field to be edited +char value[ARB] # the new value expression +char expr[ARB] # the expression to be evaluated + +bool oexpr +int first_rec, nunique, uunique, funique, fieldno, fieldtype, fieldlen +int elem, record, editall, ncontinue, recptr, nchars, buflen, lenrecord +int offset, fieldptr +pointer key, lline, o, v, sp, line, name, newvalue, fmtstr + +bool streq() +extern pt_getop() +int getline(), strncmp(), pt_kstati(), pt_fmkrec() +pointer evexpr(), locpr() +errchk evexpr(), locpr(), pt_getop() + +begin + # Get some working space. + call smark (sp) + call salloc (line, SZ_LINE, TY_CHAR) + call salloc (name, SZ_FNAME, TY_CHAR) + call salloc (newvalue, SZ_FNAME, TY_CHAR) + call salloc (fmtstr, SZ_FNAME, TY_CHAR) + + # Initialize keyword structure. + call pt_kyinit (key) + + # Initialize the file read. + first_rec = YES + nunique = 0 + uunique = 0 + funique = 0 + record = 0 + + # Initialize the buffers. + buflen = LEN_LONGLINE * SZ_LINE + call malloc (lline, buflen, TY_CHAR) + + # Initilize the record read. + ncontinue = 0 + recptr = 1 + fieldptr = 0 + + # Initialize the expression decoding. + o = NULL + if (streq (expr, "yes") || streq (expr, "YES")) + editall = YES + else + editall = NO + v = NULL + + # Loop over the text file records. + repeat { + + # Read in a line of the text file. + nchars = getline (tp_in, Memc[line]) + if (nchars == EOF) + break + + # Determine the type of record. + if (Memc[line] == KY_CHAR_POUND) { + + if (strncmp (Memc[line], KY_CHAR_KEYWORD, KY_LEN_STR) == 0) { + call pt_kyadd (key, Memc[line], nchars) + call putline (tp_out, Memc[line]) + } else if (strncmp (Memc[line], KY_CHAR_NAME, + KY_LEN_STR) == 0) { + nunique = nunique + 1 + call pt_kname (key, Memc[line], nchars, nunique) + call putline (tp_out, Memc[line]) + } else if (strncmp (Memc[line], KY_CHAR_UNITS, + KY_LEN_STR) == 0) { + uunique = uunique + 1 + call pt_knunits (key, Memc[line], nchars, uunique) + call putline (tp_out, Memc[line]) + } else if (strncmp (Memc[line], KY_CHAR_FORMAT, + KY_LEN_STR) == 0) { + funique = funique + 1 + call pt_knformats (key, Memc[line], nchars, funique) + call putline (tp_out, Memc[line]) + } else { + # skip lines beginning with # sign + call putline (tp_out, Memc[line]) + } + + } else if (Memc[line] == KY_CHAR_NEWLINE) { + # skip blank lines + call putline (tp_out, Memc[line]) + + } else { + + # Set the record size and set the column to be altered. + if (recptr == 1) { + lenrecord = nchars + if (first_rec == YES) { + call pt_kid (field, Memc[name], elem) + fieldno = pt_kstati (key, Memc[name], KY_INDEX) + if (fieldno <= 0) { + call eprintf ( + "Cannot find field %s in input file\n") + call pargstr (Memc[name]) + break + } + fieldtype = pt_kstati (key, Memc[name], KY_DATATYPE) + if (fieldtype != TY_INT && fieldtype != TY_REAL) { + call eprintf ("Field %s is not numeric\n") + call pargstr (Memc[name]) + break + } + fieldlen = pt_kstati (key, Memc[name], KY_LENGTH) + call pt_kstats (key, Memc[name], KY_FMTSTR, + Memc[fmtstr], SZ_FNAME) + } + } else + lenrecord = lenrecord + nchars + + # Build the record. + offset = pt_fmkrec (key, fieldno, elem, Memc[line], + nchars, first_rec, recptr, ncontinue) + if (offset > 0) + fieldptr = lenrecord - nchars + offset + + # Reallocate the temporary record space if necessary. + if (lenrecord > buflen) { + buflen = buflen + SZ_LINE + call realloc (lline, buflen, TY_CHAR) + } + + # Store the record. + call amovc (Memc[line], Memc[lline+lenrecord-nchars], nchars) + Memc[lline+lenrecord] = EOS + + # Do the record bookkeeping. + if (Memc[line+nchars-2] != KY_CHAR_CONT) { + + # Evaluate the value and selection expression. + iferr { + + if (editall == NO) { + call pt_apset (key) + o = evexpr (expr, locpr (pt_getop), 0) + if (O_TYPE(o) != TY_BOOL) + call error (0, + "Selection expression must be a boolean") + oexpr = O_VALB(o) + } else + oexpr = true + + if (oexpr) { + call pt_apset (key) + v = evexpr (value, locpr (pt_getop), 0) + switch (fieldtype) { + case TY_BOOL: + if (O_TYPE(v) != TY_BOOL) { + call error (0, + "Value must be a boolean expression") + } else if (fieldptr > 0) { + call sprintf (Memc[newvalue], fieldlen, + Memc[fmtstr]) + call pargb (O_VALB(v)) + call amovc (Memc[newvalue], + Memc[lline+fieldptr-1], fieldlen) + } + case TY_INT: + if (O_TYPE(v) != TY_INT) { + call error (0, + "Value must be an integer expression") + } else if (fieldptr > 0) { + call sprintf (Memc[newvalue], fieldlen, + Memc[fmtstr]) + call pargi (O_VALI(v)) + call amovc (Memc[newvalue], + Memc[lline+fieldptr-1], fieldlen) + } + case TY_REAL: + if (O_TYPE(v) != TY_REAL) { + call error (0, + "Value must be a real expression") + } else if (fieldptr > 0) { + call sprintf (Memc[newvalue], fieldlen, + Memc[fmtstr]) + call pargr (O_VALR(v)) + call amovc (Memc[newvalue], + Memc[lline+fieldptr-1], fieldlen) + } + case TY_CHAR: + if (O_TYPE(v) != TY_CHAR) { + call error (0, + "Value must be a string expression") + } else if (fieldptr > 0) { + call sprintf (Memc[newvalue], fieldlen, + Memc[fmtstr]) + call pargstr (O_VALC(v)) + call amovc (Memc[newvalue], + Memc[lline+fieldptr-1], fieldlen) + } + default: + call error (0, + "Value expression is undefined") + } + } + + } then { + call erract (EA_WARN) + call error (0, + "Error evaluating the value expression") + } + + # Write out the record. + call putline (tp_out, Memc[lline]) + + # Increment the record counter. + record = record + 1 + first_rec = NO + + # Reinitialize the record read. + ncontinue = 0 + recptr = 1 + fieldptr = 0 + if (o != NULL) { + call xev_freeop (o) + call mfree (o, TY_STRUCT) + } + o = NULL + if (v != NULL) { + call xev_freeop (v) + call mfree (v, TY_STRUCT) + } + v = NULL + } + } + + } + + # Cleanup. + call mfree (lline, TY_CHAR) + call sfree (sp) + call pt_kyfree (key) + + return (record) +end diff --git a/noao/digiphot/ptools/txtools/ptxdump.x b/noao/digiphot/ptools/txtools/ptxdump.x new file mode 100644 index 00000000..5d98f1e3 --- /dev/null +++ b/noao/digiphot/ptools/txtools/ptxdump.x @@ -0,0 +1,421 @@ +include <fset.h> +include <error.h> +include <evexpr.h> +include "../../lib/ptkeysdef.h" + +# PT_XDUMP -- Procedure to select records from a text file in apphot/daophot +# format. This procedure reads through an apphot/daophot output file line by +# line. The lines preceded by #K define the task parameters. These are +# fields which do not often change during the execution of an apphot/daophot +# task. The lines beginning with #N describe the fields in the output +# record which change for each star. The lines beginning with #U describe +# the units of each field, while those beginning with #F describe the format +# of each field. Blank lines and lines beginning with # are ignored. + +procedure pt_xdump (fd, fields, expr, headers, parameters) + +int fd # text file descriptor +char fields[ARB] # fields to be output +char expr[ARB] # boolean expression to be evaluated +int headers # format the output file ? +int parameters # dump the parameters ? + +bool oexpr +int nchars, nunique, uunique, funique, ncontinue, first_rec, recptr +int nselect, szbuf, nmove, printall +pointer sp, line, key, outline, o + +bool streq() +extern pt_getop() +int fstati(), getline(), strncmp(), pt_kszselbuf, pt_fmt(), pt_ffmt() +pointer pt_choose(), evexpr(), locpr() +errchk evexpr (), pt_getop() + +begin + # If the output has been redirected do not flush on a newline. + if (fstati (STDOUT, F_REDIR) == NO) + call fseti (STDOUT, F_FLUSHNL, YES) + + # Allocate temporary space and space for the keyword structure. + call smark (sp) + call salloc (line, SZ_LINE, TY_CHAR) + call pt_kyinit (key) + + # Initialize counters. + nunique = 0 + uunique = 0 + funique = 0 + + # Setup the record counters. First_rec is set to NO after the first + # record is read. A record usually consists of several lines of text. + # A '\' in column 80 indicats that the current line is a part of + # the previous record. If there is a blank in column 80 the current + # line terminates the current record. In some cases the fields of a + # record may have more than one value, for example the magnitude field. + # These lines are marked by a '*\' in columns 79 and 80 respectively. + + # The variable first_rec is set to NO after the first record is read. + # The variable recptr maintains a counter of the number of unique + # lines there are in a given record while ncontinue maintains a count + # of the number of times a given portion of the record is repeated. + + # Initialize the record reading. + outline = NULL + first_rec = YES + recptr = 1 + ncontinue = 0 + + # Initialize the expression decoding. + o = NULL + if (streq (expr, "yes")) { + oexpr = true + printall = YES + } else { + oexpr = false + printall = NO + } + + # Loop over the text file records. + nchars = getline (fd, Memc[line]) + while (nchars != EOF) { + + # Determine the type of record. Add keywords to the database. + if (Memc[line] == KY_CHAR_POUND) { + + if (strncmp (Memc[line], KY_CHAR_KEYWORD, KY_LEN_STR) == 0) { + call pt_kyadd (key, Memc[line], nchars) + if (headers == YES && parameters == YES) + call putline (STDOUT, Memc[line]) + } else if (strncmp (Memc[line], KY_CHAR_NAME, + KY_LEN_STR) == 0) { + nunique = nunique + 1 + call pt_kname (key, Memc[line], nchars, nunique) + } else if (strncmp (Memc[line], KY_CHAR_UNITS, + KY_LEN_STR) == 0) { + uunique = uunique + 1 + call pt_knunits (key, Memc[line], nchars, uunique) + } else if (strncmp (Memc[line], KY_CHAR_FORMAT, + KY_LEN_STR) == 0) { + funique = funique + 1 + call pt_knformats (key, Memc[line], nchars, funique) + } else if (headers == YES && parameters == YES) { + if (nunique == 0 || nunique != uunique || nunique != + funique) + call putline (STDOUT, Memc[line]) + } + + } else if (Memc[line] == KY_CHAR_NEWLINE) { + # Skip lines beginning with a newline + + } else { + + # Construct the record. This routine is called repeatedly + # until a record without the continuation character is + # encountered. + + call pt_mkrec (key, Memc[line], nchars, first_rec, recptr, + ncontinue) + + # Construct the output record when there is no terminating + # continuation char. + if (Memc[line+nchars-2] != KY_CHAR_CONT) { + + # Select the appropriate records and compute the size of + # the output buffer. This routine only needs to be called + # once. + + if (outline == NULL) { + nselect = pt_choose (key, fields) + if (nselect <= 0) + break + szbuf = pt_kszselbuf (key) + call malloc (outline, szbuf, TY_CHAR) + } else + Memc[outline] = EOS + + # Evaluate the expression. + iferr { + if (printall == NO) { + call pt_apset (key) + o = evexpr (expr, locpr (pt_getop), 0) + if (O_TYPE(o) != TY_BOOL) + call error (0, "Expression must be a boolean") + oexpr = O_VALB(o) + } + } then { + call erract (EA_WARN) + call error (0, "Error evaluating selection expression") + } + + if (first_rec == YES && headers == YES) { + call pt_fnstr (key, Memc[outline], szbuf) + call putline (STDOUT, Memc[outline]) + call pt_fustr (key, Memc[outline], szbuf) + call putline (STDOUT, Memc[outline]) + call pt_ffstr (key, Memc[outline], szbuf) + call putline (STDOUT, Memc[outline]) + call putline (STDOUT, "#\n") + } + + # Construct the output record. + if (oexpr) { + if (headers == YES) + nmove = pt_fmt (key, Memc[outline], szbuf) + else + nmove = pt_ffmt (key, Memc[outline], szbuf) + if (nmove > 0) + call putline (STDOUT, Memc[outline]) + } + + # Get ready for next record. + first_rec = NO + recptr = 1 + ncontinue = 0 + if (o != NULL) { + call xev_freeop (o) + call mfree (o, TY_STRUCT) + } + } + } + + # Read the next line. + nchars = getline (fd, Memc[line]) + } + + # Free space. + call pt_kyfree (key) + if (outline != NULL) + call mfree (outline, TY_CHAR) + call sfree (sp) +end + + +# PT_FMT -- Procedure to format an apphot/daophot output record. + +int procedure pt_fmt (key, line, szbuf) + +pointer key # pointer to keys strucuture +char line[ARB] # output line +int szbuf # maximum buffer size + +char blank +int i, op, kip, nk, index, elem, maxch +data blank /' '/ + +begin + # Add leading three blanks. + call strcpy (" ", line[1], 3) + + # Move records. + op = 4 + do i = 1, KY_NSELECT(key) { + + # Find the key. + index = Memi[KY_SELECT(key)+i-1] + elem = Memi[KY_ELEM_SELECT(key)+i-1] + maxch = Memi[KY_LEN_SELECT(key)+i-1] + kip = Memi[KY_PTRS(key)+index-1] + (elem - 1) * maxch + + # Trim leading whitespace. + for (nk = 0; Memc[kip] == ' ' && nk < maxch; nk = nk + 1) + kip = kip + 1 + + # Check the buffer size. + if ((op + maxch) >= szbuf) + break + + # Copy value to output buffer. + call amovc (Memc[kip], line[op], maxch - nk) + op = op + maxch - nk + call amovkc (blank, line[op], nk) + op = op + nk + } + + line[op] = '\n' + line[op+1] = EOS + return (op) +end + + +# PT_FFMT -- Procedure to free format an apphot output record. + +int procedure pt_ffmt (key, line, szbuf) + +pointer key # pointer to keys strucuture +char line[ARB] # output line +int szbuf # size of the output buffer + +int i, op, kip, nk, index, elem, maxch + +begin + op = 1 + do i = 1, KY_NSELECT(key) { + + # Find the key. + index = Memi[KY_SELECT(key)+i-1] + elem = Memi[KY_ELEM_SELECT(key)+i-1] + maxch = Memi[KY_LEN_SELECT(key)+i-1] + kip = Memi[KY_PTRS(key)+index-1] + (elem - 1) * maxch + + # Trim leading whitespace. + for (nk = 0; Memc[kip] == ' ' && nk < maxch; nk = nk + 1) + kip = kip + 1 + + # Trim trailing whitesapce. + for (nk = 0; Memc[kip+nk] != ' ' && nk < maxch; nk = nk + 1) + ; + + # Check buffer space. + if ((op + nk + 2) >= szbuf) + break + + # Copy value to output buffer. + call amovc (Memc[kip], line[op], nk) + op = op + nk + line[op] = ' ' + op = op + 1 + line[op] = ' ' + op = op + 1 + } + + if (op > 1) { + line[op-2] = '\n' + line[op-1] = EOS + return (op - 2) + } else { + line[1] = EOS + return (0) + } +end + + +# PT_FNSTR -- Format an apphot/daophot selected name string. + +procedure pt_fnstr (key, line, maxline) + +pointer key # pointer to keys strucuture +char line[ARB] # output line +int maxline # add new line every max lines + +int op, nchars +int gstrcpy() + +begin + # Add leading three characters. + call strcpy (KY_CHAR_NAME, line[1], KY_LEN_STR) + + # Copy the selected name string. + op = KY_LEN_STR + 1 + nchars = gstrcpy (Memc[KY_NAME_SELECT(key)], line[op], maxline - + KY_LEN_STR) + + # Add the newline and EOS character. + op = op + nchars + line[op] = '\n' + line[op+1] = EOS +end + + +# PT_FUSTR -- Format an apphot/daophot selected units string. + +procedure pt_fustr (key, line, maxline) + +pointer key # pointer to keys strucuture +char line[ARB] # output line +int maxline # add new line every max lines + +int op, nchars +int gstrcpy() + +begin + # Add leading three blanks. + op = 1 + call strcpy (KY_CHAR_UNITS, line[op], KY_LEN_STR) + + # Copy the selected name string. + op = KY_LEN_STR + 1 + nchars = gstrcpy (Memc[KY_UNIT_SELECT(key)], line[op], maxline - + KY_LEN_STR) + + # Add the newline and EOS character. + op = op + nchars + line[op] = '\n' + line[op+1] = EOS +end + + +# PT_FFSTR -- Format an apphot selected format string. + +procedure pt_ffstr (key, line, maxline) + +pointer key # pointer to keys strucuture +char line[ARB] # output line +int maxline # add new line every max lines + +char ctype +int fwidth, prec, type, op, nchars +pointer sp, format +int pt_kyfstr(), gstrcpy() + +begin + fwidth = Memi[KY_LEN_SELECT(key)] + call smark (sp) + call salloc (format, fwidth, TY_CHAR) + + # Adjust the format of the first field to correct for the three + # blanks. + call strcpy (Memc[KY_FMT_SELECT(key)], Memc[format], fwidth) + if (pt_kyfstr (Memc[format], fwidth, prec, type, ctype) != ERR) { + if (type == TY_REAL) { + Memc[format] = '%' + call sprintf (Memc[format+1], fwidth - 1, "%d.%d%c%*t") + call pargi (-(fwidth+KY_LEN_STR)) + call pargi (prec) + call pargc (ctype) + call pargi (fwidth) + } else { + Memc[format] = '%' + call sprintf (Memc[format+1], fwidth - 1, "%d%c%*t") + call pargi (-(fwidth+KY_LEN_STR)) + call pargc (ctype) + call pargi (fwidth) + } + call amovc (Memc[format], Memc[KY_FMT_SELECT(key)], fwidth) + } + + # Add leading three blanks. + op = 1 + call strcpy (KY_CHAR_FORMAT, line[op], KY_LEN_STR) + + # Copy the selected name string. + op = KY_LEN_STR + 1 + nchars = gstrcpy (Memc[KY_FMT_SELECT(key)], line[op], maxline - + KY_LEN_STR) + + # Add the newline and EOS character. + op = op + nchars + line[op] = '\n' + line[op+1] = EOS + + call sfree (sp) +end + + +# PT_KSZSELBUF -- Compute the buffer size required to hold the output selected +# line. + +int procedure pt_kszselbuf (key) + +pointer key # pointer to the keyword structure + +int i, szbuf + +begin + szbuf = 0 + + do i = 1, KY_NSELECT(key) + szbuf = szbuf + Memi[KY_LEN_SELECT(key)+i-1] + 2 + szbuf = szbuf + 4 + + return (szbuf) +end diff --git a/noao/digiphot/ptools/txtools/ptxselect.x b/noao/digiphot/ptools/txtools/ptxselect.x new file mode 100644 index 00000000..77990909 --- /dev/null +++ b/noao/digiphot/ptools/txtools/ptxselect.x @@ -0,0 +1,160 @@ +include <ctype.h> +include <error.h> +include <evexpr.h> +include "../../lib/ptkeysdef.h" + +define LEN_LONGLINE 10 + +# PT_XSELECT -- Select records based on evaluating a logical expression. + +int procedure pt_xselect (tp_in, tp_out, expr) + +int tp_in # the input text file descriptor +int tp_out # the output text file descriptor +char expr[ARB] # the expression to be evaluated + +bool oexpr +int first_rec, nunique, uunique, funique, record, printall +int ncontinue, recptr, nchars, buflen, lenrecord +pointer key, line, lline, o + +bool streq() +extern pt_getop() +int getline(), strncmp() +pointer evexpr(), locpr() +errchk evexpr(), pt_getop() + +begin + # Initialize keyword structure. + call pt_kyinit (key) + + # Initialize the file read. + first_rec = YES + nunique = 0 + uunique = 0 + funique = 0 + record = 0 + + # Initialize the buffers. + buflen = LEN_LONGLINE * SZ_LINE + call malloc (line, SZ_LINE, TY_CHAR) + call malloc (lline, buflen, TY_CHAR) + + # Initilize the record read. + ncontinue = 0 + recptr = 1 + + # Initialize the expression decoding. + o = NULL + if (streq (expr, "yes")) { + oexpr = true + printall = YES + } else { + oexpr = false + printall = NO + } + + # Loop over the text file records. + repeat { + + # Read in a line of the text file. + nchars = getline (tp_in, Memc[line]) + if (nchars == EOF) + break + + # Determine the type of record. + if (Memc[line] == KY_CHAR_POUND) { + + if (strncmp (Memc[line], KY_CHAR_KEYWORD, KY_LEN_STR) == 0) { + call pt_kyadd (key, Memc[line], nchars) + call putline (tp_out, Memc[line]) + } else if (strncmp (Memc[line], KY_CHAR_NAME, + KY_LEN_STR) == 0) { + nunique = nunique + 1 + call pt_kname (key, Memc[line], nchars, nunique) + call putline (tp_out, Memc[line]) + } else if (strncmp (Memc[line], KY_CHAR_UNITS, + KY_LEN_STR) == 0) { + uunique = uunique + 1 + call pt_knunits (key, Memc[line], nchars, uunique) + call putline (tp_out, Memc[line]) + } else if (strncmp (Memc[line], KY_CHAR_FORMAT, + KY_LEN_STR) == 0) { + funique = funique + 1 + call pt_knformats (key, Memc[line], nchars, funique) + call putline (tp_out, Memc[line]) + } else { + # skip lines beginning with # sign + call putline (tp_out, Memc[line]) + } + + } else if (Memc[line] == KY_CHAR_NEWLINE) { + # skip blank lines + call putline (tp_out, Memc[line]) + + } else { + + # Reset the record size. + if (recptr == 1) + lenrecord = nchars + else + lenrecord = lenrecord + nchars + + # Build the record. + call pt_mkrec (key, Memc[line], nchars, first_rec, recptr, + ncontinue) + + # Reallocate the temporary record space. + if (lenrecord > buflen) { + buflen = buflen + SZ_LINE + call realloc (lline, buflen, TY_CHAR) + } + + # Store the record. + call amovc (Memc[line], Memc[lline+lenrecord-nchars], nchars) + Memc[lline+lenrecord] = EOS + + # Do the record bookkeeping. + if (Memc[line+nchars-2] != KY_CHAR_CONT) { + + # Evaluate the expression. + iferr { + if (printall == NO) { + call pt_apset (key) + o = evexpr (expr, locpr (pt_getop), 0) + if (O_TYPE(o) != TY_BOOL) + call error (0, "Expression must be a boolean") + oexpr = O_VALB(o) + } + } then { + call erract (EA_WARN) + call error (0, "Error evaluating selection expression") + } + + # Write out the expression. + if (oexpr) + call putline (tp_out, Memc[lline]) + + # Increment the record counter. + record = record + 1 + first_rec = NO + + # Reinitialize the record read. + ncontinue = 0 + recptr = 1 + if (o != NULL) { + call xev_freeop (o) + call mfree (o, TY_STRUCT) + } + } + } + + } + + # Cleanup. + call mfree (line, TY_CHAR) + call mfree (lline, TY_CHAR) + call pt_kyfree (key) + + return (record) +end diff --git a/noao/digiphot/ptools/txtools/t_txcalc.x b/noao/digiphot/ptools/txtools/t_txcalc.x new file mode 100644 index 00000000..2c7c39db --- /dev/null +++ b/noao/digiphot/ptools/txtools/t_txcalc.x @@ -0,0 +1,65 @@ +include <fset.h> + +# T_TXCALC -- Edit a field in an APPHOT/DAOPHOT text data base using a +# value expression. + +procedure t_txcalc () + +pointer infile # the input file list +pointer outfile # the output file list +pointer field # pointer to the field to be edited +pointer value # pointer to the value expression string + +int inlist, tp_in, tp_out, nrecs +pointer sp +int clpopnu(), access(), open(), fstati(), clgfil(), pt_xcalc() + +begin + # Set the standard output to flush on newline. + if (fstati (STDOUT, F_REDIR) == NO) + call fseti (STDOUT, F_FLUSHNL, YES) + + # Get some memory. + call smark (sp) + call salloc (infile, SZ_FNAME, TY_CHAR) + call salloc (outfile, SZ_FNAME, TY_CHAR) + call salloc (field, SZ_FNAME, TY_CHAR) + call salloc (value, SZ_LINE, TY_CHAR) + + # Get the various task parameters. + inlist = clpopnu ("textfiles") + #outlist = clpopnu ("outfiles") + call clgstr ("field", Memc[field], SZ_FNAME) + call strupr (Memc[field]) + call clgstr ("value", Memc[value], SZ_LINE) + + while (clgfil (inlist, Memc[infile], SZ_FNAME) != EOF) { + + # Open the input file. + if (access (Memc[infile], 0, TEXT_FILE) == YES) + tp_in = open (Memc[infile], READ_ONLY, TEXT_FILE) + else + call error (0, "The input file is a binary file.") + + # Open an output text file. + call mktemp ("temp", Memc[outfile], SZ_FNAME) + tp_out = open (Memc[outfile], NEW_FILE, TEXT_FILE) + + # Select the stars. + nrecs = pt_xcalc (tp_in, tp_out, Memc[field], Memc[value], "yes") + + # Close up the input and output files. + call close (tp_in) + call close (tp_out) + + if (nrecs <= 0) { + call delete (Memc[outfile]) + } else { + call delete (Memc[infile]) + call rename (Memc[outfile], Memc[infile]) + } + } + + call clpcls (inlist) + call sfree (sp) +end diff --git a/noao/digiphot/ptools/txtools/t_txconcat.x b/noao/digiphot/ptools/txtools/t_txconcat.x new file mode 100644 index 00000000..cae8354b --- /dev/null +++ b/noao/digiphot/ptools/txtools/t_txconcat.x @@ -0,0 +1,128 @@ +include <fset.h> +include <error.h> +include "../../lib/ptkeysdef.h" + +# T_TXCONCAT -- Procedure to concatenate standard APPHOT and DAOPHOT text +# output files into a single file. The task checks to see that the list +# of input files was produced by the same task. + +procedure t_txconcat() + +int list # input file list descriptor +int tp_in # input file descriptor +int tp_out # output file descriptor + +int len_list, first_file, stat +pointer sp, infile, outfile, task, task1, task2 +int fstati(), clpopnu(), clplen(), open(), clgfil(), strncmp() + +begin + # Set the standard output to flush on newline. + if (fstati (STDOUT, F_REDIR) == NO) + call fseti (STDOUT, F_FLUSHNL, YES) + + # Get some memory. + call smark (sp) + call salloc (infile, SZ_FNAME, TY_CHAR) + call salloc (outfile, SZ_FNAME, TY_CHAR) + call salloc (task, SZ_FNAME, TY_CHAR) + call salloc (task1, SZ_FNAME, TY_CHAR) + call salloc (task2, SZ_FNAME, TY_CHAR) + + # Get the task parameters. + list = clpopnu ("textfiles") + len_list = clplen (list) + if (len_list <= 0) + call error (0, "Empty input file list.\n") + else if (len_list == 1) + call error (0, "Input file list has only one file.\n") + call clgstr ("outfile", Memc[outfile], SZ_FNAME) + call clgstr ("task", Memc[task], SZ_FNAME) + + # Loop over the input files to check the task keyword. + first_file = YES + stat = OK + while (clgfil (list, Memc[infile], SZ_FNAME) != EOF) { + tp_in = open (Memc[infile], READ_ONLY, TEXT_FILE) + if (first_file == YES) { + call pt_gtaskname (tp_in, Memc[task], Memc[task1], SZ_FNAME) + if (Memc[task1] == EOS) { + call eprintf ( + "File: %s is not an APPHOT/DAOPHOT text database file") + call pargstr (Memc[infile]) + stat = ERR + } + first_file = NO + } else { + call pt_gtaskname (tp_in, Memc[task], Memc[task2], SZ_FNAME) + if (Memc[task2] == EOS) { + call eprintf ( + "File: %s is not an APPHOT/DAOPHOT text database file\n") + call pargstr (Memc[infile]) + stat = ERR + } + if (strncmp (Memc[task1], Memc[task2], SZ_FNAME) != 0) { + call eprintf ( + "TASK keyword is not the same for all input files\n") + stat = ERR + } + } + call close (tp_in) + if (stat == ERR) + break + } + call clprew (list) + + # Loop over the input text files and copy each file to the output + # file. + if (stat == OK) { + tp_out = open (Memc[outfile], NEW_FILE, TEXT_FILE) + while (clgfil (list, Memc[infile], SZ_FNAME) != EOF) { + tp_in = open (Memc[infile], READ_ONLY, TEXT_FILE) + call fcopyo (tp_in, tp_out) + call close (tp_in) + } + call close (tp_out) + } + + call clpcls (list) + call sfree (sp) +end + + +# PT_GTASKNAME -- Fetch a task name from an APPHOT/DAOPHOT text file. + +procedure pt_gtaskname (tp_in, name, outname, maxch) + +int tp_in # input file descriptor +char name[ARB] # task keyword +char outname[ARB] # output task name +int maxch # maximum number of characters + +int findex, lindex +pointer sp, line +int getline(), strncmp(), gstrmatch(), ctowrd() + +begin + call smark (sp) + call salloc (line, SZ_LINE, TY_CHAR) + + outname[1] = EOS + while (getline (tp_in, Memc[line]) != EOF) { + if (Memc[line] != KY_CHAR_POUND) + break + if (strncmp (Memc[line], KY_CHAR_KEYWORD, KY_LEN_STR) != 0) + next + if (gstrmatch (Memc[line], name, findex, lindex) == 0) + next + lindex = lindex + 1 + if (ctowrd (Memc[line], lindex, outname, maxch) <= 0) + break + lindex = lindex + 1 + if (ctowrd (Memc[line], lindex, outname, maxch) <= 0) + outname[1] = EOS + break + } + + call sfree (sp) +end diff --git a/noao/digiphot/ptools/txtools/t_txdump.x b/noao/digiphot/ptools/txtools/t_txdump.x new file mode 100644 index 00000000..8d2b332e --- /dev/null +++ b/noao/digiphot/ptools/txtools/t_txdump.x @@ -0,0 +1,45 @@ +# T_TXDUMP -- Procedure to perform a relational select operation upon a set of +# records within a text file. Our function is to select all records from the +# input file matching some criterion, printing the listed fields on the +# standard output. Dumping the keywords and reheadersting is optional. + +procedure t_txdump () + +pointer textfile # list of input text files +pointer fields # list of fields to be dumped +pointer expr # boolean expression to be evaluated +int headers # format the output +int parameters # print the headers + +int list, fd +pointer sp +bool clgetb() +int clpopnu(), clgfil(), open(), btoi() + +begin + # Allocate working space. + call smark (sp) + call salloc (textfile, SZ_FNAME, TY_CHAR) + call salloc (fields, SZ_LINE, TY_CHAR) + call salloc (expr, SZ_LINE, TY_CHAR) + + # Get the parameters. + list = clpopnu ("textfiles") + call clgstr ("fields", Memc[fields], SZ_LINE) + call strupr (Memc[fields]) + call clgstr ("expr", Memc[expr], SZ_LINE) + headers = btoi (clgetb ("headers")) + parameters = btoi (clgetb ("parameters")) + + # Select records. + while (clgfil (list, Memc[textfile], SZ_FNAME) != EOF) { + fd = open (Memc[textfile], READ_ONLY, TEXT_FILE) + if (Memc[fields] != EOS) + call pt_xdump (fd, Memc[fields], Memc[expr], headers, + parameters) + call close (fd) + } + + call clpcls (list) + call sfree (sp) +end diff --git a/noao/digiphot/ptools/txtools/t_txrenumber.x b/noao/digiphot/ptools/txtools/t_txrenumber.x new file mode 100644 index 00000000..2b41d541 --- /dev/null +++ b/noao/digiphot/ptools/txtools/t_txrenumber.x @@ -0,0 +1,65 @@ +include <fset.h> + +# T_TXRENUMBER -- Procedure to renumber standard APPHOT and DAOPHOT text +# output files. The ST TTOOLS task can be used for binary format. +# The program assumes that there is a column labelled ID. + +procedure t_txrenumber () + +pointer tp_in # pointer to the input table +pointer tp_out # pointer to the output table +pointer id # name of the id column + +int inlist, nrecs, idoffset +pointer sp, infile, outfile +int clpopnu(), clgeti(), clgfil(), access(), open(), fstati(), pt_renumber() + +begin + # Set the standard output to flush on newline. + if (fstati (STDOUT, F_REDIR) == NO) + call fseti (STDOUT, F_FLUSHNL, YES) + + # Get some memory. + call smark (sp) + call salloc (infile, SZ_FNAME, TY_CHAR) + call salloc (outfile, SZ_FNAME, TY_CHAR) + call salloc (id, SZ_FNAME, TY_CHAR) + + # Get the various task parameters. + inlist = clpopnu ("textfiles") + idoffset = clgeti ("idoffset") + call clgstr ("id", Memc[id], SZ_FNAME) + call strlwr (Memc[id]) + + # Loop over the input files. + while (clgfil (inlist, Memc[infile], SZ_FNAME) != EOF) { + + # Open the input file. + if (access (Memc[infile], 0, TEXT_FILE) == YES) + tp_in = open (Memc[infile], READ_ONLY, TEXT_FILE) + else + next + + # Open an output text file. + call mktemp ("temp", Memc[outfile], SZ_FNAME) + tp_out = open (Memc[outfile], NEW_FILE, TEXT_FILE) + + # Renumber the stars. + nrecs = pt_renumber (tp_in, tp_out, idoffset, Memc[id]) + + # Close up the input and output files. + call close (tp_in) + call close (tp_out) + + # Rename the files. + if (nrecs <= 0) + call delete (Memc[outfile]) + else { + call delete (Memc[infile]) + call rename (Memc[outfile], Memc[infile]) + } + } + + call clpcls (inlist) + call sfree (sp) +end diff --git a/noao/digiphot/ptools/txtools/t_txselect.x b/noao/digiphot/ptools/txtools/t_txselect.x new file mode 100644 index 00000000..3dee8a51 --- /dev/null +++ b/noao/digiphot/ptools/txtools/t_txselect.x @@ -0,0 +1,64 @@ +include <fset.h> + +# T_TXSELECT -- Select records from an APPHOT file based on the value of +# a logical expression. + +procedure t_txselect () + +int tp_in # input file descriptor +int tp_out # output file descriptor +pointer expr # pointer to the expression string + +int inlist, outlist +pointer sp, infile, outfile +int clpopnu(), clplen(), access(), open(), fstati(), clgfil(), pt_xselect() + +begin + # Set the standard output to flush on newline. + if (fstati (STDOUT, F_REDIR) == NO) + call fseti (STDOUT, F_FLUSHNL, YES) + + # Get some memory. + call smark (sp) + call salloc (infile, SZ_FNAME, TY_CHAR) + call salloc (outfile, SZ_FNAME, TY_CHAR) + call salloc (expr, SZ_LINE, TY_CHAR) + + # Get the various task parameters. + inlist = clpopnu ("textfiles") + outlist = clpopnu ("outfiles") + call clgstr ("expr", Memc[expr], SZ_LINE) + + # Check that the input and output file lists have the + # same length. + if (clplen (inlist) != clplen (outlist)) + call error (0, + "Input and output file lists are not the same length") + + while ((clgfil (inlist, Memc[infile], SZ_FNAME) != EOF) && + (clgfil (outlist, Memc[outfile], SZ_FNAME) != EOF)) { + + # Open the input file. + if (access (Memc[infile], 0, TEXT_FILE) == YES) + tp_in = open (Memc[infile], READ_ONLY, TEXT_FILE) + else + call error (0, "The input file is a binary file.") + + # Open an output text file. + tp_out = open (Memc[outfile], NEW_FILE, TEXT_FILE) + + # Select the stars. + if (pt_xselect (tp_in, tp_out, Memc[expr]) <= 0) { + call eprintf ("File: %s is empty\n") + call pargstr (Memc[infile]) + } + + # Close up the input and output files. + call close (tp_in) + call close (tp_out) + } + + call clpcls (inlist) + call clpcls (outlist) + call sfree (sp) +end diff --git a/noao/digiphot/ptools/txtools/t_txsort.x b/noao/digiphot/ptools/txtools/t_txsort.x new file mode 100644 index 00000000..4635a881 --- /dev/null +++ b/noao/digiphot/ptools/txtools/t_txsort.x @@ -0,0 +1,65 @@ +include <fset.h> + +# T_TXSORT -- Procedure to sort standard APPHOT and DAOPHOT text +# output files. The ST TTOOLS task can be used for binary format. + +procedure t_txsort () + +int tp_in # input file descriptor +int tp_out # input file descriptor + +int inlist, ascend, nrecs +pointer sp, infile, outfile, column +bool clgetb() +int clpopnu(), clgfil(), access(), btoi(), open(), fstati(), pt_sortnum() + +begin + # Set the standard output to flush on newline. + if (fstati (STDOUT, F_REDIR) == NO) + call fseti (STDOUT, F_FLUSHNL, YES) + + # Get some memory. + call smark (sp) + call salloc (infile, SZ_FNAME, TY_CHAR) + call salloc (outfile, SZ_FNAME, TY_CHAR) + call salloc (column, SZ_FNAME, TY_CHAR) + + # Get the various task parameters. + inlist = clpopnu ("textfiles") + call clgstr ("field", Memc[column], SZ_FNAME) + ascend = btoi (clgetb ("ascend")) + + # Check the column on which to sort. + call strlwr (Memc[column]) + if (Memc[column] == EOS) + call error (0, "The sort column is undefined.") + + while (clgfil (inlist, Memc[infile], SZ_FNAME) != EOF) { + + # Open the input file. + if (access (Memc[infile], 0, TEXT_FILE) == YES) + tp_in = open (Memc[infile], READ_ONLY, TEXT_FILE) + else + call error (0, "The input file is not a text file.") + + # Open an output text file. + call mktemp ("temp", Memc[outfile], SZ_FNAME) + tp_out = open (Memc[outfile], NEW_FILE, TEXT_FILE) + + # Sort the stars. + nrecs = pt_sortnum (tp_in, tp_out, Memc[column], ascend) + + # Close up the input and output files. + call close (tp_in) + call close (tp_out) + if (nrecs <= 0) + call delete (Memc[outfile]) + else { + call delete (Memc[infile]) + call rename (Memc[outfile], Memc[infile]) + } + } + + call clpcls (inlist) + call sfree (sp) +end diff --git a/noao/digiphot/ptools/x_ptools.x b/noao/digiphot/ptools/x_ptools.x new file mode 100644 index 00000000..25ecc59d --- /dev/null +++ b/noao/digiphot/ptools/x_ptools.x @@ -0,0 +1,11 @@ +task pconvert = t_pconvert, + istable = t_istable, + pexamine = t_pexamine, + tbcrename = t_tbcrename, + tbkeycol = t_tbkeycol, + txconcat = t_txconcat, + txcalc = t_txcalc, + txdump = t_txdump, + txrenumber = t_txrenumber, + txselect = t_txselect, + txsort = t_txsort diff --git a/noao/digiphot/ptools/xyplot.par b/noao/digiphot/ptools/xyplot.par new file mode 100644 index 00000000..3ae725b0 --- /dev/null +++ b/noao/digiphot/ptools/xyplot.par @@ -0,0 +1,20 @@ +# The PEXAMINE task x-y plot parameters + +x1,r,h,INDEF,,,Left world x-coord if not autoscaling +x2,r,h,INDEF,,,Right world x-coord if not autoscaling +y1,r,h,INDEF,,,Lower world y-coord if not autoscaling +y2,r,h,INDEF,,,Upper world y-coord if not autoscaling +marker,s,h,"box","point|box|plus|cross|circle|diamond|hline|vline",,Marker type +szmarker,r,h,1.0,0.0,,Marker size +logx,b,h,no,,,Log scale the x axis? +logy,b,h,no,,,Log scale the y axis? +box,b,h,yes,,,Draw box around periphery of window? +ticklabels,b,h,yes,,,Label tick marks? +majrx,i,h,5,,,Number of major divisions along x axis +minrx,i,h,5,,,Number of minor divisions along x axis +majry,i,h,5,,,Number of major divisions along y axis +minry,i,h,5,,,Number of minor divisions along y axis +round,b,h,no,,,Round axes to nice values? +fill,b,h,yes,,,Fill viewport vs enforce unity aspect ratio? +grid,b,h,no,,,Draw grid lines at major tick marks? +banner,b,h,yes,,,Standard banner? |